Skip to content | Change text size
Handbooks Courses Units Related information
 

AAM4001 - Research project in archaeology and ancient history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As part of the Masters Qualifying in Archaeology with a research component, students undertake a research project in the area of archaeology and ancient history on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff.

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.

  1. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.

  1. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)


AAM4060 - Predynastic and early dynastic Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

It is recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture and documents the processes which culminated in Unification. It examines Egypt's links with Nubia, the Sahara and the Levant to determine spheres of influence and impact. Modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.
  2. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.
  3. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.
  4. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.
  5. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.
  6. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAM4100 - Research methods in classical antiquity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Gillian E. Bowen

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of methodological approaches to studying the ancient classical world: Greece, the Hellenistic kingdoms and Rome. Categories of data studied include: historiography, numismatic, epigraphic, papyrological, and material remains. The unit is organised around a series of case studies; these include aspects of Athens under Peisistratos and Perikles, the Hellenistic world in the reign of Ptolemy II, and Rome under Gaius Caligula.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have an understanding of the variety of data available for accessing the ancient classical world;
  2. Have developed a sound approach to a using a wide range of methodologies in researching the ancient past;
  3. Have an understanding of the different historiographic approaches of the authors of the three cultures studied;
  4. Have well-developed textual analysis skills for each of the cultures studied;
  5. Demonstrate an ability to use coins, inscriptions, papyri and objects to reconstruct aspects of, or events in, the past;
  6. Have developed good presentation skills; and
  7. Demonstrate an ability to use a variety of source material to produce a sustained piece of written work.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Oral and written presentation: 20%
Seminar/workshop participation: 10%

Contact hours

One one-hour lecture and one one-hour seminar/workshop per week for 13 weeks.

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Archaeology and Ancient History

Co-requisites

AAM4740

Prohibitions

AAH4100


AAM4740 - Reading the ancient past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological and textual data. Through the detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt, it will study the types of material which are available for use, and their relative reliability in respect of the question posed. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.

  1. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.

  1. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.

  1. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.

  1. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.

  1. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


AAM5010 - Research in archaeology: the new kingdom

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the current state of our knowledge of the 18th-20th Dynasties with a focus upon those factors which characterise the period and distinguish it from preceding phases of Egyptian history. It examines documentary and archaeological sources relating to specific topics in an attempt to account for the changes, exploring internal and external influences. Textual data is analysed to ensure a thorough understanding of the primary sources. Similar emphasis is placed upon aspects of the material culture. Recurrent themes throughout the unit include the role of the individual in relation to society as a whole, and sex and gender definition and role assignment.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough knowledge of the relevant historical and documentary sources.

  1. An ability to understand Egyptian texts within their cultural context in light of peculiarities of the language.

  1. A detailed understanding of the problems inherent in the surviving documentation.

  1. The facility to explore complex cultural issues combining a variety of data which need detailed and careful analysis.

  1. Sophisticated research skills in the examination of a series of related but distinct topics.

  1. A thorough knowledge of secondary and tertiary source material, displaying finely-tuned critical faculties.

Assessment

Bibliographic review essay (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (6000 words): 65%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAM5020 - Research topics in archaeology: Ptolemaic and Roman Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the current state of knowledge of aspects of Egypt's history in the wake of Alexander the Great's conquest. Themes include the response of the Egyptians to the introduction of hellenism and their interaction with the Macedonian and subsequent Roman overlords. It focuses upon the continuation of ancient cult practices within a multi-cultural environment and the subtle change in the nature of Egyptian society. Aspects of sex, gender definition and role assignment are explored in relation to the roles of the Ptolemaic queens. Literary, documentary and archaeological sources are analysed to identify and account for the changes, exploring internal and external influences.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough knowledge of the available historical and documentary sources.

  1. A critical appraisal of primary, secondary and tertiary source material.

  1. An understanding of how to read and appraise papyrological evidence.

  1. The facility to explore complex cultural issues combining a variety of data which need detailed and careful analysis.

  1. Sophisticated research skills in the examination of a series of related but distinct topics.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)


AAM5060 - Predynastic and early dynastic Egypt

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

It is recognised that the genesis of the Pharaonic state lay within the traditions which emerged within Egypt during the Predynastic Period and that the ensuing Early Dynastic Period was a transitional phase. This subject analyses the development of Egyptian culture and documents the processes which culminated in Unification. It examines Egypt's links with Nubia, the Sahara and the Levant to determine spheres of influence and impact. Modern theories of the emergence of complex society as they relate to Egypt, the impact of environmental change on this development and the techniques used to explore non-literate societies are examined.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Developed a knowledge of the archaeological record of the Predynastic and Early Dynastic Periods.

  1. Understood the complex cultural processes which led to the emergence of the unified Egyptian state.

  1. Examined the impact of environmental change upon north-east Africa.

  1. Developed skills in interpreting archaeological data in the light of cultural tradition reflected in later literary material from Egypt.

  1. Explored current theories of the emergence of complex society in the Near East and how the Egyptian evidence might be interpreted in light of them.

  1. Developed the ability to present a sustained argument drawing upon a variety of data.

  1. A sophisticated grasp of the relationship between Egypt and other Near Eastern societies and the role of archaeological analysis and data in building more complete theoretical models concerning the emergence of complex societies.

Assessment

Written work: 85% (7500 words)
seminar presentation: 15%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AAM5740 - Reading the ancient past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Colin Hope and Gillian Bowen

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit focuses upon the technicalities involved in the interpretation and assessment of archaeological and textual data. Through the detailed examination of specific problems relating to Egypt, it will study the types of material which are available for use, and their relative reliability in respect of the question posed. The unit will also consider changing theories relating to the interpretation of cultural data.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An ability to use various types of data, such as textual, archaeological and pictorial, in relation to specific problems.

  1. An ability to appraise critically the reliability of the source material.

  1. The ability to identify and appraise the various interpretations which have been placed upon data by scholars at different times.

  1. An awareness of the impact of contemporary ideology and religious beliefs upon the interpretation of the ancient past from the nineteenth century to the present day.

  1. A breadth of understanding of how aspects of the ancient past may be studied and the limitations of the available data.

  1. The ability to present a detailed analytical discussion which draws upon a wide variety of source material.

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the variety of source materials available and a greater degree of source-critical ability.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


AEH4001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4005 - Arts Exchange Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH4006 - Arts Exchange Unit

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5001 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5002 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5003 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AEH5004 - Arts Exchange Unit

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty to enrol students undertaking outbound exchange studies at a host institution. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES. The faculty will manage the enrolment of students undertaking an outbound exchange program to ensure fees and credit are processed accurately.


AIS5000 - Research project in Australian indigenous studies

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Lynette Russell

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a topic of their choice related to Australian Indigenous Studies under staff supervision, through preparing a 9000 word project.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate skills to initiate and conduct independent research.
  2. Demonstrate an appreciation of and commitment to ethical research.
  3. Demonstrate advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills.
  4. Demonstrate advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word project.

Assessment

Written work: Research project 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Fortnightly supervisory consultations

Prerequisites

Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Australian Studies (or other relevant Master degree)


AIS5000(A) - Research project in Australian indigenous studies A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AIS5000(B) - Research project in Australian indigenous studies B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


ALM4110 - General linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Introduction to the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics; The representation of sound in language (phonetics); the organisation of sounds in languages (phonology); the structure of words (morphology); the organisation of words in sentences (syntax); meaning, meaning relations and meaning change (semantics and pragmatics); the analysis of discourse and conversation; writing systems and historical linguistics; digital tools for linguistics.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have knowledge of the fundamental concepts and tools of analysis used in linguistics and applied linguistics; be equipped with basic skills in linguistic analysis; have been introduced to a number of research areas in linguistics; and have developed a critical perspective on language issues and problems relevant to society (language policy and planning, language in education, language in the professions, language in business and the media, bilingualism, language learning, etc.).

Assessment

Three assignments (9000 words in total): 25%+25%+50%


ALM4120 - Applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Three contexts for the application of linguistics are highlighted: education, the media and the professions. Language issues and problems including literacy and oracy; second language acquisition; language and ideology; language and discrimination; language and power; language policy and planning; intercultural and cross-cultural communication

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4130 - Language in society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The forms, functions and uses of language in societies around the world. Areas of study include variation in language (eg social, regional, local, gender-based, age-based), language varieties (eg standard languages, registers, pidgins, creoles), notions such as that of a speech community, language change, language and culture, the statuses of languages and varieties, language attitudes, the uses and functions of language(s). The course also discusses a range of methods and approaches to the study of language in society, eg sociolinguistics, sociology of language, ethnography.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4140 - Special topic in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An opportunity for students on-campus to undertake a program of directed readings on a topic of relevance to their professional interests, subject to departmental approval.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Linguistics and allied programs.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4150 - Research design in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The 'what, how and why' of doing research in applied linguistics. Approaches to doing research in applied linguistics and to types and methods of research eg qualitative, quantitative, grounded research etc. Ways of data collection (eg interviewing, participant observation, questionnaires) and issues in data description, analysis and interpretation. Ethical concerns relating to research in applied linguistics.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10% (on campus students only)
Participation: 10% (off campus students only)

Contact hours

Off-campus: N/A On-campus: 2 hours lecture/seminar per week


ALM4190 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw and Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Specialisation in a relevant topic selected by the student in consultation with the likely supervisor and the coordinator.

Assessment

Research report (9000-10,000 words): 100%


ALM4250 - Second language acquisition

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of second language acquisition and attrition. The relation between first and second language acquisition; learning/acquisition contexts; foreign language learning vs second language acquisition; contrastive and error analysis; interlanguage; learner variability - age, aptitude, cognitive styles, attitude and motivation; theories of second language acquisition; learning strategies; classroom interaction analysis; implications for curriculum content; and attrition as the inverse of acquisition. Students work on problems in a language of interest to them.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM4350 - World Englishes

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Structural properties of varieties of English around the world; descriptive surveys (covering both phonology and grammar) of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties and also major contact and ESL varieties; historical and cultural background and current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation (i.e. what are the least/most frequent features); notion of Standard English; attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Prohibitions

Either ALM4350 or ALM5350, but not both.


ALM5010 - Topics in linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A program of directed readings on a topic of relevance to the student's thesis.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5130 - Language in society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The forms, functions and uses of language in societies around the world. Areas of study include variation in language (eg social, regional, local, gender-based, age-based), language varieties (eg standard languages, registers, pidgins, creoles), notions such as that of a speech community, language change, language and culture, the statuses of languages and varieties, language attitudes, the uses and functions of language(s). The course also discusses a range of methods and approaches to the study of language in society, eg sociolinguistics, sociology of language, ethnography.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5150 - Research design in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Simon Musgrave

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The 'what, how and why' of doing research in applied linguistics. Approaches to doing research in applied linguistics and to types and methods of research eg qualitative, quantitative, grounded research etc. Ways of data collection (eg interviewing, participant observation, questionnaires) and issues in data description, analysis and interpretation. Ethical concerns relating to research in applied linguistics.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of quantitative and qualitative approaches to research in applied study of language (with a particular focus on English);
  2. articulate research questions for the purpose of developing a thesis or project;
  3. plan the elements of a thesis or research project, including literature review, methodology and data analysis;
  4. .identify major types of data collection, and issues associated with analysis and interpretation of data;
  5. address ethical concerns in relation to language research.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Contact hours

Off-campus: N/A On-campus: 2 hours lecture/seminar per week


ALM5210 - Language and learning

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The role of language in learning. Conceptions of language (and linguistics analysis) and conceptions of learning (and the study of learning) which best enable us to establish useful connections between language and learning. The systemic-functional grammar and discourse analysis of M A K Halliday and its application to texts produced by learners. Issues including learning theory, cognitive science and the theory of knowledge.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5230 - Bilingualism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Language contact theory and its application in Australia; transference and code-switching; definitions of bilingualism; advantages and disadvantages of bilingualism; types and goals of bilingual education; the distribution and use of community languages in Australia; language maintenance and shift; language policy, including school language policy; field work.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5250 - Second language acquisition

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Anna Margetts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the study of second language acquisition and attrition. The relation between first and second language acquisition; learning/acquisition contexts; foreign language learning vs second language acquisition; contrastive and error analysis; interlanguage; learner variability - age, aptitude, cognitive styles, attitude and motivation; theories of second language acquisition; learning strategies; classroom interaction analysis; implications for curriculum content; and attrition as the inverse of acquisition. Students work on problems in a language of interest to them.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5270 - Literacy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Issues of mother-tongue and second language literacy. The socio-cultural context of literacy, especially cross-cultural and gender issues. The development of literacy in the pre-school years and in the classroom context. Approaches to the teaching of reading and writing. Genre theory and the contribution of a systemic-function approach to the development of writing.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5290 - Child language acquisition

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Children's acquisition of their first language, from infant pre-speech to adolescence. Different views of language acquisition and learning. The acquisition of phonological, morphological and syntactic systems, the development of word meaning and the acquisition of communicative competence. Students specialise in one of the above areas in the preparation of a research project.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5350 - World Englishes

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Kate Burridge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Structural properties of varieties of English around the world; descriptive surveys (covering both phonology and grammar) of the main national standard Englishes, as well as a selection of the distinctive regional, ethnic and social varieties and also major contact and ESL varieties; historical and cultural background and current sociolinguistic situation of the respective regions; special focus on the non-standard varieties of Australasia and Pacific; global tendencies in phonological and grammatical variation (i.e. what are the least/most frequent features); notion of Standard English; attitudes to local varieties of English and the problem of standards.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should know the main distinguishing features, at the key linguistic levels, of the more important varieties of English around the world (native-speaker and 'new'; standard and non-standard) and also the origins and development of these features, and be able to explain the relevant facts using the terminology of linguistics; understand the main facts and issues associated with the statuses and functions of these varieties in the various societies in which they are used, the attitudes which users of English have adopted with respect to these varieties, and the connections between all these issues; be in a position to analyse new situations involving language varieties (English or other) in these terms; be in a position to develop critical and well-informed positions on the practical upshots of these considerations (educational, language planning, etc.)

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Prohibitions

Either ALM4350 or ALM5350, but not both.


ALM5370 - Discourse analysis

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Theoretical and methodological approaches to the analysis of discourses and texts. Analysis of written texts and conversation, especially cohesive factors in texts and stylistic and varietal differences in discourse structure. Conversational structure; narrative structures in different languages; indicators of semantic cohesion; how topics are introduced and terminated; how they are recognised and maintained; the distribution of information in a text (givenness, focus, etc.); the place of knowledge and context in language and understanding and the construction of texts in social contexts.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5390 - Language and Identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the role of language in the construction of identity or identities, with a particular focus on gender identity. It examines the relationship between language, gender and the representation of masculinities and femininities, particularly in spoken texts. Topics covered include speech styles of women and men speaking in same sex and mixed sex groups, the issue of power and gender, sexuality, and women and men in their speech communities. In addition, language and identity construction will be examined in relation to nationality, ethnicity, religion, youth culture and second language learning.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, a student will be able to:

  • Summarize key theoretical debates in relation to identity and language;
  • Compare the approaches of theorists from different discipline backgrounds;
  • Reflect on gender differences across languages in the light of theoretical and empirical studies;
  • Evaluate major methodological approaches to the study of identity and language;
  • Work in teams to apply at least one methodology to a selected context;
  • Use data thus collected to support an argument in relation to theoretical debates;
  • Present a coherent oral and written account of research thus conducted.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar (Day students only)


ALM5410 - Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw and Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project allowing specialisation in a relevant topic, supervised by one or more members of the Department of Linguistics who are expert in the selected field of study.

Assessment

Written Work (9,000 words in total): 100%


ALM5460 - Special topic in applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Julie Bradshaw and Dr Keith Allan

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Guided reading in an area of applied linguistics of participants' choice. Guided reading involves the location and critical examination of the relevant literature in the chosen topic. The examination of the reading and its discussion with the supervisor will form the basis of the assessment for the subject.

Assessment

Written work and Literature review: 95%
Oral presentation: 5%


ALM5510 - Language maintenance in practice

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

Aims
On completion of this unit students should have:

  • applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;
  • developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally

Objectives
  • On completion of this unit students should be able to:
  • draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;
  • formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;
  • plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;
  • apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;
  • undertake independent research;
  • analyse primary data;
  • write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

ALM4110, LIN4040, LIN4050


ALM5510A - Language maintenance in practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

Aims
On completion of this unit students should have:

  • applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;
  • developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally

Objectives
  • On completion of this unit students should be able to:
  • draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;
  • formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;
  • plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;
  • apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;
  • undertake independent research;
  • analyse primary data;
  • write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

ALM4110, LIN4040, LIN4050


ALM5510B - Language maintenance in practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to apply theoretical knowledge and understanding of the issues involved in language endangerment. Students will develop and implement a research project with outcomes of practical benefit in strengthening or supporting language maintenance practice within a community or organisation. Possible topics include developing curriculum for a school or community language program, documenting aspects of a previously undescribed language, preparing a sketch grammar drawing upon existing documentation or archival materials, developing language teaching and literacy materials, preparing topical wordlists in the endangered language.

Objectives

Aims
On completion of this unit students should have:

  • applied their knowledge of language maintenance strategies;
  • developed an ability to implement language maintenance programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally

Objectives
  • On completion of this unit students should be able to:
  • draw on in-depth and critical knowledge of the literature in this field to write a literature review;
  • formulate a detailed proposal to develop a language maintenance project;
  • plan the stages in carrying out research in an endangered language community or an organisational setting;
  • apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;
  • undertake independent research;
  • analyse primary data;
  • write a thesis based on original research.

Assessment

Minor thesis (16000 words): 100%.

Contact hours

(Supervised)

Prerequisites

ALM4110, LIN4040, LIN4050


ASM4000 - Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students conduct a pilot study as preparation for a larger study to be undertaken for a masters degree or a PhD. In workshops and through individual supervision, students learn research skills in terms of formulating a research topic in a specialised area, designing an empirical study, piloting the study, and writing a research report on the preliminary findings.

Assessment

Research report (9000 words): 100%


ASM4230 - Culture and conflict in Indonesia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brett Hough

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Processes of class formation and conflict in the context of the political economy of structural change in Indonesia. The cultural mediation of conflict, the cultural reproduction of group identity, and the dynamics of social movements engendered by modernisation - mass movements which draw on the symbols of Islam, ethnicity, nationalism, and various political ideologies.

Assessment

Written work: 95% (9,000 words)
Seminar Participation: 5%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 1 hour film screening and 2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


ASM4290 - Into the field: The theory and practice of Ethnography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ANY4399,ASM5290


ASM4380 - Women, psychiatry and madness

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A socio-historical analysis of the institutionalisation of madness and the current practice of de-institutionalisation. Critical assessment of sociological, medical and feminist theories of femininity, psychiatry and madness. Examine interpretations of psychoanalysis and female subjectivity (Freudian, Lacanian, French feminist).

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

SCY3380


ASM4430 - The third world

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Trudy Jacobsen

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The social consequences of economic development. The emergence of industrial capitalism and how through colonialism the seeds of capitalism and underdevelopment were sown in the Third World. The response of the Third World to these transformations. Debates about famine, debt-crisis, ecology, gender, and their connections with development processes.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Test: 20%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ANY3430


ASM4440 - Asia and the West

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Penny Graham

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit considers how categories like Asia and the West are constituted in the scholarly and popular imagination. Using film and written materials, the unit examines specific representations of Asian regions, cultures and societies with regard to issues of knowledge, power and subject position. Topics range from the problematic relationship between ecology and culture to a comparative analysis of how ancestral cosmologies, world religions, forms of modernity and the nation-state all work to shape local identities in Asia. Themes explored include how cross-cultural knowledge is constituted, how the workings of power are conceptualised and how status hierarchies are enacted and challenged.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students should be able to

  1. identify and critique key features of dichotomising accounts of Asia and the West (assessed in tasks 1 and 2);
  2. critically analyse a variety of tropes informing anthropological accounts of regions within Asia vis-a-vis the West (assessed in tasks 2 and 3);
  3. demonstrate a grasp of conceptual problems in the anthropological analysis of societies in Asia (assessed in tasks 2, 3 and 4);
  4. evaluate selected theoretical and ethnographic approaches to understanding the historical and sociological complexity of cultural and social formations in Asia (assessed in tasks 2, 3 and 4).

Assessment

Written work: 70%
Seminar participation: 10%
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

33 hours: 3-hour workshops x 11 weeks during semester

Prohibitions

ASM5440,ANY5440


ASM4800 - Special Subject (Third Year Subject Upgraded to Fourth)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jo Lindsay and John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In special circumstances, students may be permitted to enrol in other approved twelve-point fourth-year level units offered by the discipline. They must have the approval of the school graduate coordinator and enrol in the unit under this special code. This code does not apply to units outside the discipline.


ASM5080 - Theory and practice of research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit prepares students for research work and alerts them to the ethical issues in human subject research. It allows students to see how research is done and enables them to judge the value of specific research projects.

Assessment

Written (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ASM5100 - Violences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Brett Hough

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores violences as a complex set of practices, from a range of disciplinary perspectives although with an overall emphasis on the social sciences. Topic areas covered in any year may include state-sanctioned violences like institutionalised torture and capital punishment; interpersonal violences such as rape and child abuse; and intellectual and political debates over ethics, research methodologies and epistemologies, and issues of representation. This unit will also entail examining violences via cross-cultural perspectives in order to highlight differences and similarities throughout the world.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should be able to:

  1. Appreciate the plural character of the phenomenon 'violences'.

  1. Show a critical awareness of the diversity of understandings of and proffered solutions to violences.

  1. Present a debate or issue central to the project of trying to eliminate violence from social life.

  1. Demonstrate some understanding of the methodological, epistemological, ethical and political issues in researching a form of violence.

  1. Appreciate the relationship of work on violences to the 'crisis in representation' in the social sciences.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 hour film screening) per week

Prohibitions

ANY4100, ASM4100


ASM5290 - Into the field: The theory and practice of Ethnography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Bradley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Theoretical foundations for researching and analyzing cultural and social aspects of specific societies. Discussion will centre on theories associated with French structuralism and post-structuralism and British Social theory cultural studies. Each of these will be examined for its respective treatment of the relationship between individual creativity, culture and society and for their impact on the theory of ethnographic research.

Assessment

One seminar paper (3000 words): 40%
Essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ASM5800 - Special Subject (Fourth Year Subject Upgraded to Fifth)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In special circumstances, students may be permitted to enrol in other approved twelve-point fifth-year level units offered by the discipline. They must have the approval of the school graduate coordinator and enrol in the unit under this special code. This code does not apply to units outside the discipline.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Exam: 45%
Participation: 10%


AST4000 - Contemporary Issues in Asia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores political, economic, and social issues confronting societies in contemporary Asia. Students are encouraged to develop expertise on a particular country or issue, but they are also expected to become informed about Asia as a region.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
exam: 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST4090 - Computer-Assisted Language Learning

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to carry out a wide range of small-scale CALL activities, which can be developed further to larger scale CALL projects. Students are required to work with lecturers of a Monash Language course of their choice to produce some integrated CALL activities.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST4110 - Research Project in Asian Studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students should collect 'Guidelines for students undertaking a research project' from The Program Coordinator.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Approval of a research topic and supervisor


AST4220 - Investigating other societies: Area studies in Global perspective

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer and Marika Vicziany

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the "ownership" of knowledge.

Objectives

Students successfully completing AST4220 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.

  1. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.

  1. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.

  1. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (6000 words)
2 hour exam: 30%
Class participation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


AST4680 - Research Project A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the unit. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

JAL4610 or permission


AST4690 - Research Project B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the subject. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

AST4680


AST5000 - Contemporary Issues in Asia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores political, economic, and social issues confronting societies in contemporary Asia. Students are encouraged to develop expertise on a particular country or issue, but they are also expected to
become informed about Asia as a region.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST5060 - Japan and Asia since 1945: war legacies and memory wars

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examine various debates about World War II legacies in the Asian region, affecting particularly Japan's relationship with Korea, with China and with various other peoples and nations that suffered from Japan's invasion up to 1945. As well as examining the parameters of these debates, the unit encourages reflection on the politicised and consumable nature of the past, and on the processes of remembering and forgetting upon which the identity of nations and communities are built.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit, the students should have 1) acquired a solid foundation of knowledge about the Second World War in Asia and the Pacific 2)become familiar with a number of specific issues related to war legacies and war memory 3)developed critical insights into the contested and fluid nature of representations of the past, and become familiar with the major writers in the area 4)developed research and interpretation skills through preparation for and participation in the weekly seminars, and through preparation for their written assignments 5) practised devising a feasible research project 6) practised presenting and debating ideas and interpretations effectively and in an informed manner, both orally and in writing

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

1 one-hour lecture per week for 13 weeks and 1 two-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


AST5090 - Computer-Assisted Language Learning

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to carry out a wide range of small-scale CALL activities, which can be developed further to larger scale CALL projects. Students are required to work with lecturers of a Monash language course of their choice to produce some integrated CALL activities.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


AST5110 - Research Project in Asian Studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AST5220 - Investigating other societies: Area studies in Global perspective

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer and Marika Vicziany

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the challenges of research work in the Asian region and seeks to equip students with some of the skills needed for it. In a series of modules, students will be introduced to a range of potential source materials for the study of Asia, such as documents, census reports, fictional texts, and films, and to a range of research methodologies applicable to the study of Asia including fieldwork in villages, archival work, data collection and interviews. Students will be encouraged to think about issues of ethical obligations in relation to fieldwork, such as those raised by non-Asian scholars making judgments about Asia, cultural bias, and the "ownership" of knowledge.

Objectives

Students successfully completing AST5220 will:

  1. Be able to converse intelligently about issues of cultural bias and the ownership of knowledge.

  1. Have a firm grasp of a range of sources and methodologies applicable to research in Asia and a firm understanding of the scholarly principles that underpin them.

  1. Have a firm understanding of the link between scholarship, public debate and nationalistic political agendas in Asia.

  1. Be able to put together a sophisticated Asia-related research or consultancy proposal.

  1. Be able to discuss in detail and to justify the significance of research on a particular aspect of Asia or Australia's relationship to Asia.

  1. Have a clear idea as to how to research and write a policy document.

  1. Have considerable sophistication in terms of the ways they represent Asia.

Assessment

Written work: 50% (6000 words)
2 hour exam: 30%
Class participation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in a postgraduate program

Co-requisites

At least one other unit in a postgraduate program


AST5250 - Reading Subject

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marika Vicziany

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


AST5680 - Research Project A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the unit. The paper will be written in English.

Assessment

Written work: up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

JAL4610 or permission


AST5690 - Research Project B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research project on a topic in Asian studies based on the student's collection of data. The topic must be selected before enrolment in the subject. The paper will be written in English. Fifth-year students use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work up to 10,000 words: 100%

Prerequisites

AST4680


AST5700A - Research Dissertation - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A substantial research project under the direction of a supervisor in the School, and a dissertation of 15,000 to 18,000 words. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with the research topic.


AST5700B - Research Dissertation - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A substantial research project under the direction of a supervisor in the School, and a dissertation of 15,000 to 18,000 words. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate a deeper acquaintance with the research topic.


ATM4010 - Tourism industry and marketing

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the structure of the tourism industry from a global perspective. The key questions of: what types of tourists exist, who are the key players driving development and what are the basic economic principles of demand, supply and yield management that underpin its existence are addressed. Students are then presented with an overview of basic international service marketing concepts within a marketing planning framework. Topics include marketing research and analysis, the marketing mix, segmentation, target marketing, marketing strategy, communication methods, advertising, public relations and publicity.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. An understanding of the structure and operation of the tourism industry globally, and within Australia.
  2. The ability to undertake a critical analysis of tourism marketing strategies employed by countries, regions and individual firms.
  3. An understanding the basic economic concepts associated with the tourism industry.
  4. An understanding of the concepts and theories of marketing as applied to the tourism industry.
  5. An understanding of the basic techniques and tools of marketing management as applied to the tourism industry.
  6. Developed their research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Examination (3 hrs) : 30%
Research Paper (2500) : 25%
Major Assignment (3500) : 35%
Participation : 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATD4010


ATM4020 - Ecotourism management

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions and adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Group Research Project (4000) : 40%
Thematic Essay (2000) : 20%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions

ATM5020


ATM4060 - Contemporary Issues in Tourism

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as poverty alleviation through tourism and the growth of independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to a destination such as Fiji or North Queensland. (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have gained:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. a developed capacity to undertake original research on an area of their particular interest;
  3. enhanced written and oral communication skills suitable for progress in the tourism profession;
  4. an understanding of key issues facing the future development of the industry;
  5. an understanding of the principles and practices of e-tourism.

Assessment

Written work: 70%
2 hour exam: 20%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

6 x 2 hour lectures, 1 x 3 hour student presentation seminars and a 7 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060; ATM5060


ATM4120 - Sustainable tourism development and planning

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Patterns of sustainable tourism product development and management and the contemporary role of planning for tourism. Key study areas comprise the future of global tourism, government policy and industry practice, the impacts of the tourism industry on the economy, communities and the environment and the design and implementation of tourism planning.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. encourage critical analysis of sustainable tourism development in terms of potential positive and negative impacts on cultures and the environment;
  2. familiarise students with the historical origins of tourism so that they may apply their understanding to contemporary tourism patterns and dilemmas;
  3. acquaint students with the planning and policy making role of Governments, private operators and communities in tourism development;
  4. enable students to 'read' changes in tourism landscapes from which they can draw conclusions and raise questions about future tourism development;
  5. familiarise students with planning procedures for tourism purposes;
  6. develop students' research and presentation skills on tourism related subjects.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
3 Hour exam: 30%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

ATD4120


ATM4141 - Cultural tourism and special events

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Trends, theories and practices in cultural tourism and special events, especially the role of social/environmental impacts and related policy issues in modifying the future of cultural tourism internationally. Unit explores the interpretation of cultural phenomena, institutions, places and landscapes as tourism attractions and identifies cultural product and marketing practices which bridge the gap between tourism and cultural resource management.

Objectives

On successful completion of this units students will be able to:

  1. Provide a foundation knowledge of the role of cultural tourism in Australian and international contexts.
  2. Provide understanding of the theory and practice of cultural tourism product development, including major cultural institutions such as museums, theatres and galleries and of cultural precincts.
  3. Equip with skills in analyzing the interaction of tourism with built and natural cultural heritage and Aboriginal culture and history.
  4. Develop research, writing and oral presentation skills

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Oral presentation: 10% (1000 words)
3 Hour exam 30%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

ATD4140, ATM5140


ATM5001 - Study Abroad - Tourism

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to help facilitate graduate students gaining an international tourism perspective by spending a full semester on exchange at a specific exchange partner university. Students must complete the equivalent of 24 points of level 5 Monash units whilst on exchange. Students must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to ATM5090 at the exchange partner institution.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of international tourism through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies : 100
Students will undertake full time exchange studies for one semester at a partner institution and must seek approval from the course coordinator to take a substitute unit to ATM5090.

Contact hours

Exchange Studies

Prerequisites

Distinction average in ATD4010 or ATM4010 and ATD4120 or ATM4120

Prohibitions

ATD4000


ATM5010 - Tourism industry and marketing

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ATM4010

Assessment

Group assignment (9000 words): 45%
Class participation: 10%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ATD4010, ATM4010


ATM5020 - Ecotourism management

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Key issues surrounding the economics and marketing of the environment as a tourism product are introduced within the wider context of debates on environmental sustainability in both International and Australian contexts. Specific focus is placed on the funding and management of national parks, nature-based attractions, and outdoor adventure tourism operations as well as on how both public sector and private enterprise operators develop sustainable environmentally based products. Techniques for quantifying negative and positive impacts of this kind of tourism are reviewed as are the social, political and economic impacts on regional communities. A compulsory program of fieldwork is undertaken in the Gippsland region and students will be expected to attend classes at both the city and Gippsland campuses.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of direct and indirect physical, social and economic implications of nature-based tourism development on communities
  2. Knowledge and skills in measuring and quantifying the impacts of ecotourism product development on the environment and local economies
  3. Understanding of ecotourism product development, marketing and management strategies as undertaken by both government and private agencies
  4. The ability to apply relevant theoretical concepts to practical fieldwork and engagement with industry practitioners in both Melbourne and the Gippsland region
  5. Development of written and oral communication skills
  6. A capacity to undertake original applied research in an area of their interest through liaison with an industry partner.

Assessment

Exam (3hrs) : 30%
Industry Research Project (6000) : 60%
Research Presentation : 10%

Contact hours

One 3 hour seminar at the City campus and 3 x 2 day seminars in block mode at Gippsland Campus including fieldwork.

Prohibitions

ATM4020


ATM5060 - Contemporary issues in tourism

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This contemporary unit is designed to focus on key issues arising in the global tourism industry such as poverty alleviation through tourism and the growth of independent travel. The unit is presented via a number of key industry seminars and a proposed field work study tour to a destination such as Fiji or North Queensland. (The selected study tour destination will be nominated at the start of semester and may vary from year to year)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. an understanding of key problems and issues in the current and future development of the global tourism industry;
  2. an understanding of the principles and practices of e-tourism;
  3. enhanced research and writing skills through the application of appropriate theory to real-life problem solving;
  4. enhanced oral communication skills suitable for professional progression in management of the tourism profession;
  5. experience in working with tourism professionals in response to industry needs.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

6 x 2 hour lectures, 1 x 3 hour student presentation seminars and a 7 day intensive study tour with industry seminars and field work

Prohibitions

ATD4060, ATM4060


ATM5070 - International tourism marketing

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An overview of international tourism from a cost/benefit approach. Principles of international marketing. Australia's international marketing strategies, especially regarding Japan, Europe, UK and Ireland, North America, New Zealand and Asia.

Assessment

Assignment (7000 words): 45%
Class participation: 15%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

ATM5010

Prohibitions

ATD4070, ATM4070


ATM5090 - Applied industry research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Reviews the strategic role research plays in the tourism industry both globally and in Australia. Topics include, defining the research problem and objectives, analyzing secondary data sources, qualitative and quantitative methodology selection, questionnaire design, fieldwork preparation, data analysis and presentation.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the availability of secondary research data and an overview of tourism trends and research directions from both an Australian and Global perspective.

  1. To develop students' capacity to understand the basics principles of research design for both qualitative and quantitative studies and the role played by research in tourism strategic planning.

  1. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of secondary tourism data.

  1. To develop students' written and oral communication skills.

  1. To provide students with an understanding of how to conduct a primary quantitative research study including questionnaire design, data entry, analysis and presentation.

  1. To provide students with an understanding of the applicability of the SPSS computer program to research in the tourism industry.

Assessment

Analytical assignment/take-home exam (2000 words): 30%
Group research report (6000 words): 50%
Research presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar

Prohibitions

ATD4090


ATM5100 - Industry Internship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jeff Jarvis and Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The special industry based research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in tourism associated with an industry partner. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for identifying and contacting a suitable industry partner and arranging the placement as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. Students then formulate their research topic in consultation with their appointed supervisor and the industry partner. Students should work with the industry partner over a four to five week period. Students are not permitted to undertake the project in their usual place of work.

Objectives

  1. To develop students' skills to undertake a critical analysis of a project or firm associated with the tourism industry.

  1. To develop students' capacity to underdertake an independent research project.

  1. To develop practical work skills in an industry environment.

  1. To develop an understanding of the key concepts of management and how it applies to the tourism industry.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

High Credit average in ATM4010, ATM4120, ATM4141 and permission from course co-ordinator


ATM5140 - Cultural Tourism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ATD5140

Assessment

Written work: 70% (7000 words)
3 hour exam: 30%


ATM5500 - Industry research thesis

24 points, SCA Band 3, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved tourism related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allows the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at an advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the tourism industry and tourism related issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Thesis (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s).

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Tourism program.


ATM5500(A) - Industry research thesis

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


ATM5500(B) - Industry research thesis

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


AUS4010 - Exploring Australia: Diverse people, diverse lives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Exploring Australia investigates diverse local communities and the networks of places, activities and loyalties that collectively form Australian society. Through guided project work and excursions to key cultural sites in the city and the bush, students will be introduced to a rich and complex Indigenous culture and many of the other communities that have shaped contemporary Australia. This interdisciplinary unit informed by film, literature and history, will enable students to reflect on their own cultural values and critically engage with differing perspectives on the diversity of Australian society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  2. Recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values.
  3. Reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers.
  4. Utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites.
  5. Communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness.
  6. Employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  7. Develop collaborative skills in working within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals.
  8. Work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 40%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 10%
Research project (4000) : 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS5010


AUS4025 - Australia unlimited: Local issues, global challenges

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Contemporary Australia is experiencing global challenges, such as the movement of refugees, threats to the environment and international terrorism. This troubled engagement with the outside world has been a recurrent theme in Australia's history and shaped the nature of our society. Australia Unlimited looks at Australia through the context of the region and the world. An interdisciplinary unit, it explores the origins of key Australian institutions and examines the issues and debates dividing modern Australia. Topics include the attempted dispossession of Australia's Indigenous communities, immigration and asylum seekers, class and gender inequality and the impact of globalization.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to transnational issues as they impact on Australia, especially the concept of 'glocalisation';
  2. recognise and account for the effects of globalisation in Australia, including the changing role of government and changing patterns of work and consumption;
  3. recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values;
  4. reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers;
  5. utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  6. communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness;
  7. employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to Australia in a global context;
  8. work collaboratively within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals;
  9. work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 30%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 15%
Research project (4000) : 45%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS5025


AUS4220 - Australian landscape

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Bruce Scates

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The study of a particular topic in Australian culture or society or, in exceptional circumstances, a unit taken in a cognate discipline. Students should consult with the unit coordinator.

Objectives

To maximize opportunities for graduate students to exploit the resources available in the Australian Studies and allied programs

Assessment

Work equivalent to 9,000-10,000 words: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

AUS5220


AUS5000 - Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vicki Peel and Dr Jeff Jarvis

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible to formulate their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended research project focusing on a topic of their particular interest.

  1. To develop students' capacity to draw on a range of research methodologies suitable to their topic.

  1. To develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data.

  1. To develop students' written communication skills.

  1. To develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

Assessment

Major Research Essay or the equivalent of two articles (9000 - 10,000 words total): 9000 - 10,000 words 100%

Prerequisites

Special permission from the course co-ordinator.


AUS5003 - Research Project in Australian Studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The special research project offers students an opportunity to undertake an extended supervised research project in Australian Studies. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member or university associate other than the supervisor. Students formulate their research topics in consultation with their supervisor.

Objectives

Upon the completion of the special research project students will have demonstrated a capacity:

  1. To plan and undertake an extended research project in Australian Studies.

  1. To undertake original research of a scholarly nature of an extended kind.

  1. To research and successfully interpret a body of documentary source material in conjunction with a range of suitable secondary sources.

  1. To complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Essay or research project of 9000-10,000 words or the equivalent of two publishable articles (9000-10,000 words total): 100%

Prerequisites

An approved complement of 4th years subjects totaling 48 pts with a credit average or better


AUS5010 - Exploring Australia: Diverse people, diverse lives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Exploring Australia investigates diverse local communities and the networks of places, activities and loyalties that collectively form Australian society. Through guided project work and excursions to key cultural sites in the city and the bush, students will be introduced to a rich and complex Indigenous culture and many of the other communities that have shaped contemporary Australia. This interdisciplinary unit informed by film, literature and history, will enable students to reflect on their own cultural values and critically engage with differing perspectives on the diversity of Australian society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  2. Recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values.
  3. Reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers.
  4. Utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites.
  5. Communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness.
  6. Employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to the diversity of social and cultural experience within Australia.
  7. Develop collaborative skills in working within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals.
  8. Work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers.
  9. Undertake social science research using interviews or questionnaires.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 40%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 10%
Research project (4000) : 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS4010


AUS5025 - Exploring Australia: Diverse people, diverse lives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Contemporary Australia is experiencing global challenges, such as the movement of refugees, threats to the environment and international terrorism. This troubled engagement with the outside world has been a recurrent theme in Australia's history and shaped the nature of our society. Australia Unlimited looks at Australia through the context of the region and the world. An interdisciplinary unit, it explores the origins of key Australian institutions and examines the issues and debates dividing modern Australia. Topics include the attempted dispossession of Australia's Indigenous communities, immigration and asylum seekers, class and gender inequality and the impact of globalization.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify, represent and critically engage with differing views relating to transnational issues as they impact on Australia, especially the concept of 'glocalisation';
  2. recognise and account for the effects of globalisation in Australia, including the changing role of government and changing patterns of work and consumption;
  3. recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and develop the ability to reflect on one's own cultural values;
  4. reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback from one's peers;
  5. utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  6. communicate ideas to an international audience with clarity, coherence and persuasiveness;
  7. employ effective essay and report writing skills showing ability to integrate and critically assess material from a variety of sources relating to Australia in a global context;
  8. work collaboratively within international groups, and contribute creatively, flexibly and adaptively to the achievement of shared goals;
  9. work independently and to deadlines within a guided framework, with a capacity to define problems/questions and to know how to set about finding answers;
  10. Undertake social science research using interviews or questionnaires.

Assessment

Participation (on-campus) Learning journal (off-campus) (1000) : 10%
Short assignment (2 x 1500 words) (3000) : 30%
Project proposal and literature review (1000) : 15%
Research project (4000) : 45%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2-hour seminar) per week (on-campus students only)

Prohibitions

AUS4025


AUS5035A - Research Dissertation in Australian Studies - Pt 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students devise a research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with the unit coordinator and a potential supervisor. Students develop skills of independent learning and critical thinking through carrying out their research under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. The completion of an 18,000-word dissertation assesses the student's ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Objectives

Upon completing AUS5035 students should be able to demonstrate:

  1. skills of independent learning and research;
  2. the ability to reflect on personal learning and respond productively to constructive feedback;
  3. the ability to utilise proficiently a range of IT resources such as word processing and email, search databases and text files, and to locate, employ and evaluate internet sites;
  4. knowledge of a specific body of research in the field of Australian Studies;
  5. critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills;
  6. the ability to recognise, represent and critically reflect upon ideas and concepts from diverse cultures, and the ability to reflect on their own cultural values;
  7. a critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to Australian Studies;
  8. effective written communication skills across an 18,000-word project;
  9. the ability to complete a work of research that satisfies the highest standards of scholarly argument, research, documentation and referencing.

Assessment

Dissertation proposal synopsis and outline (1500 words): 10%;

Literature review (1500 words): 10%;

Dissertation (15,000 words): 80

Contact hours

Average contact 1 hour fortnightly with 24 hours of private study per week

Prohibitions

AUS5003 Research Project in Australian Studies


AUS5035B - Research Dissertation in Australian Studies - Pt 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for AUS5035A

Objectives

As for AUS5035A

Assessment

AS for AUS5035A

Contact hours

As for AUS5035A

Prohibitions

As for AUS5035A


AUS5220 - Australian landscape

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


CHB4101 - Ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. It deals with developments in meta-ethics since Hume, and with the three main traditional perspectives in normative ethics: utilitarianism, Kantianism, and virtue ethics.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4101.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4101.php


CHB4102 - Questions of life and death

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4102.php

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 50%
Take-home exam: 50% (For DE students required to keep a journal)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB4101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4102.php


CHB4203 - Ethical issues in patient care

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of certain key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles commonly appealed to in this context: autonomy, privacy, beneficence and justice. These principles and the relations and conflicts between them will be examined in terms of a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as paternalism, confidentiality, informed consent, surrogacy, resource allocation, and euthanasia. There will also be some discussion of competing models of health professional-patient relationships, and issues of professional autonomy.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4203.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB4101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4203.php


CHB4204 - Legal issues in bioethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for understanding the role and impact of law in areas of concern in bioethics, and considers how ethical and social debate can affect the process of law reform. It initially examines what values the state ought to be committed to, and the justifiable limits on legislative intervention. This is followed by an examination of the current law and legal approach to areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, prenatal diagnosis, IVF, embryo experimentation, informed consent, confidentiality, and euthanasia. The process of legal change and development and its relationship to scientific advances and ethical debate will also be discussed.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4204.php

Assessment

Written work: 50% (5000 words)
Take home exam: 50% ; DE students required to keep a journal.

Contact hours

2 hour (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB4101 and CHB4203, or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4204.php


CHB4215 - Bioethics supervised research paper

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete an original supervised research paper on a bioethical topic of their own choice. In the paper, students are required to articulate and defend a line of ethical reasoning or argument on their chosen topic. While not a general requirement, some topics may allow scope for a limited amount of original empirical research. Students will be allocated a supervisor on the basis of their research proposal, and should meet with their supervisor on a regular basis throughout the semester.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4215.php

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

CHB4101, CHB4102, and CHB4203, or equivalents

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb4215.php


CHB5101 - Ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide students with a basic understanding of ethical theory, as a foundation for their studies in bioethics. The unit outlines three main perspectives in normative ethics - Kantianism, Utilitarianism, and Virtue Ethics - and examines several key problems for each of these approaches. The unit also considers certain issues in meta-ethics, such as the question of whether moral judgements must be relative to individuals or cultures, or whether they can be objective.
For further information, see the unit's website at:
http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5101.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5101.php


CHB5102 - Questions of life and death

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Linda Barclay

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines a variety of ethical issues concerning the beginning and end of life, such as the morality of abortion, infanticide, and causing death. The unit also deals with the ethical problems raised by new reproductive research and biomedical technologies, such as embryo experimentation, cloning, genetic counselling, genetic therapy and genetic engineering. There will be discussion of a range of philosophical problems central to these issues, including the sanctity of life doctrine, notions of potentiality, the nature of personhood, the acts/omissions distinction, and the definition of death.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5102.php

Assessment

Essay (5000 words): 50%
Take-home exam: 50% (For DE students required to keep a journal)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5102.php


CHB5203 - Health care ethics: Principles and practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses initially on four ethical principles used to justify decisions in patient care: autonomy, privacy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are then applied to a variety of ethical issues in health care practice, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalistic interventions, breaches of confidentiality, assisted reproductive technologies, surrogate motherhood, and euthanasia. The role of health professionals is also considered, in relation to issues in family caregiving, and conscientious refusals to treat patients, and the unit also examines some key ethical issues in biomedical research involving human subjects.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5203.php

Objectives

On successful completion of CHB5203, students should have acquired the skills to:

  • bring a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to the analysis and evaluation of certain ethical issues in patient care;
  • think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles; and
  • make informed judgements about the ethics of certain ways of acting in ethically sensitive areas of patient care, and be able to defend those judgements on the basis of argument.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHB5203 and CHB5233; CHB5203 and CHB4203

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5203.php


CHB5204 - Bioethics, public policy, and the law

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for analysing and evaluating public policy and law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on what values the state ought to promote, and the formulation of public policy in democratic pluralist societies. These political moralities are then used to examine current law and public policy in areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, prenatal diagnosis, embryonic stem cell research, reproductive cloning, surrogate motherhood, voluntary euthanasia, and the treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants. The unit also considers law and public policy in relation to informed consent, and the regulation of research on humans.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5204.php

Objectives

On successful completion of CHB5204 students should have acquired the skills to:

  • uncover the political values underlying views about State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices
  • think critically about those political values
  • understand some of the practical problems in State regulation of various reproductive and health care practices
  • develop sufficient understanding of the ethics of regulating various reproductive and health care practices to provide a basis for forming your own views on these matters.

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

two hours/week

Prerequisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHB5204 and CHB5255; CHB5204 and CHB4204

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5204.php


CHB5206 - Bioethics supervised research paper

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This is an individual supervised reading course. Students will be assigned a supervisor, and will formulate a topic of their choosing in collaboration with their supervisor. The supervisor will then recommend reading relevant to that topic, and will provide guidance in structuring the written assignment. As a part of this process students will write an initial research proposal and a critical commentary on a relevant article or book chapter.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5206.php

Assessment

Research outline 1000 words 10%
Research paper 8000 words 90%

Co-requisites

CHB5101 or equivalent

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5206.php


CHB5207 - Ethical issues in professional life

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life, and the moral foundations of professional obligations. The unit begins by introducing the three main ethical theories - Kantianism, utilitarianism, and virtue ethics - and explains how each theory characteristically approaches issues in professional ethics. It moves on to examine euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; and social justice and business professionals. It also deals with whistle-blowing and some issues in the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5207.php

Assessment

Written work: 60% (6000 words)
Take home exam: 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5207.php


CHB5233 - Principles of health care ethics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Sparrow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop students' critical and analytical understanding of key ethical issues in patient care. The unit focuses initially on four main ethical principles, embodying the concepts of autonomy, privacy, beneficence, and justice. These principles are used to analyse and discuss a variety of broad ethical issues which arise in patient care, such as the allocation of health care resources, the justifiability of paternalism, breaches of patient confidentiality, in vitro fertilisation, research involving humans, and euthanasia. There is also some discussion of the role of health professionals, in relation to conscientious refusals to treat patients, and issues in family caregiving.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired the skills to:

  1. Use a rigorous framework of principles of health care ethics to analyse and evaluate ethical issues in patient care.

  1. Think critically about the key concepts involved in those principles.

  1. Make informed judgements about the ethics of certain patient care practices, and use argument to defend those judgements.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

CHB5233 and CHB5203


CHB5255 - Legal issues in bioethics and health care ethics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for understanding the role and impact of law in areas of concern in bioethics. The unit focuses initially on views about what values the state ought to promote, the justifiable limits of legislative intervention, and approaches to public policy formulation in a democratic pluralist society. We then examine the current law and legal approach (particularly in Australia) to areas of bioethical concern, such as abortion, voluntary euthanasia, selective treatment of severely handicapped newborn infants, prenatal diagnosis, surrogate motherhood, and the health professional-patient relationship, particularly with regard to informed consent and confidentiality.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


CHB5288 - Ethical issues in legal and professional life

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Justin Oakley

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines some fundamental ethical issues in professional life generally, and considers how debates about specific ethical issues familiar to those in certain professions can be advanced by comparisons with discussions about parallel ethical issues arising in other professions. We investigate what sorts of moral considerations might allow professional roles to license behaviour which departs significantly from what ordinary morality would permit. The unit then examines euthanasia and the medical and nursing professions; zealous advocacy and the legal profession; social justice and business professionals, along with whistleblowing, and the moral psychology of professional roles.
For further information, please see: http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5288.php

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Take-home exam (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Additional information on this unit is available from the faculty at:

http://www.arts.monash.edu.au/bioethics/pgrad/units/chb5288.php


CHI4010 - Chinese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.

  1. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

CHI1010, CHI1901, CHI2010, CHI2901, CHI5010


CHI4020 - Chinese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work & tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1020, CHI1902, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI5020


CHI4030 - Chinese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the skills acquired in Beginning Chinese, upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).

  1. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.

  1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.

  1. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.

  1. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI3903, CHI5030


CHI4050 - Chinese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4; Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI3040 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI3095, CHI5050


CHI4060 - Chinese 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI4050 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI5060


CHI4070 - Chinese 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 (CHI1060) or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1070, CHI1079, CHI2070, CHI2079, CHI3070, CHI3079, CHI4079, CHI4907, CHI5070


CHI4080 - Chinese 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1080, CHI1098, CHI2080, CHI2098, CHI3080, CHI3098, CHI4089, CHI4908, CHI5080


CHI4090 - Chinese 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


CHI4100 - Chinese 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating
Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2190, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


CHI4110 - Chinese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week



Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


CHI4119 - Chinese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through investigation into literature writings in Chinese language, this unit will help students to understand Chinese language as it used to express complex ideas of contemporary Chinese writers about social, political and cultural changes in post-Mao China. Through various research projects, this unit will also help students to write critical essays in Chinese language for academic purposes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired an ability to write and speak effectively in standard Chinese on a range of intellectual issues in post-Mao China. More specifically, students are expected to improve:

  1. their understanding of key issues in contemporary Chinese literature and cultural issues;
  2. their knowledge of recent developments in Chinese literature and Chinese cinema;
  3. their understanding of Chinese language as it used to express complex social, cultural, political and economic change in contemporary China;
  4. their basic analytical and language skills necessary for research in Chinese studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI 3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4911, CHI5110


CHI4120 - Chinese 12

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4129, CHI4912, CHI5120


CHI4430 - Understanding modern China

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of key features of modern Chinese intellectual history with reference to: East-West perspectives on Chinese Studies; May Fourth concepts of enlightenment, democracy, science and nationalism; the Cultural Revolution and the renewal of humanist values in post-Mao China.
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies.
  3. Translation skills (appropriate to the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies.
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political contexts of the evolution of modern Chinese thought in the twentieth century.
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation:(3000 words): 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Literature review (750 words): 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

CHI2430/3430/4439


CHI4440 - Understanding contemporary China

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will extend on the work completed in "Understanding Modern China" by introducing students to further aspects of the Chinese language as it is used in academic writing within the Chinese humanities. It will cover a range of key topics in the disciplines of literature, politics, history and cultural studies, as these are discussed and written about in English and Chinese. It will also examine and compare Chinese and Western styles of academic writing and research methods. Questions of translation, both linguistic and cultural, will be central to this unit.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A basic understanding of issues and themes in contemporary Chinese critical inquiry with reference to intellectual debates on: inter-cultural dialogue; the public sphere; socialist principles vs. globalisation; new theoretical developments in the Chinese humanities and social sciences;
  2. Library and web-based research skills relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  3. Translation skills (in accordance with the Chinese language ability of individual students) and an understanding of aspects of translation theory relevant to modern Chinese studies;
  4. A good knowledge of the socio-political context of contemporary Chinese critical inquiry;
  5. Skills of analysis and interpretation in the study of China through exposure to the textual sources used in this unit.

Assessment

Written work and translation project: 67%
Oral presentation and written summary (750 words): 16%; Film review (750 words): 17%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

CHI2440/3440/4449


CHI4550 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The usage of Chinese for professional purposes through participation in the production of an online Chinese language student journal, which will be published on the School's web site. Entry is limited to twelve places per semester.

Assessment

Class contribution: 10%
Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

Prohibitions

CHI2550, CHI2955, CHI3550, CHI3955, CHI4559


CHI4560 - Professional Chinese language internship, Part 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The usage of Chinese for professional purposes through participation in the production of an online Chinese language student journal, which will be published on the School's web site. Entry is limited to twelve places per semester.

Assessment

Class contribution: 10%
Written work: 60%
Presentations: 30%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese level equivalent to Chinese 7

Prohibitions

CHI2560, CHI2960, CHI3560, CHI3960, CHI4569


CHI4909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI5090, CHI5909


CHI4910 - Chinese 10 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s to 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours of three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1100, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910, CHI5100


CHI5010 - Chinese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to spoken and written modern standard Chinese to students with no prior knowledge of Mandarin. An overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese is begun with equal emphasis on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around 250 Chinese characters and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around 250 Chinese characters in simple composition.

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a small number of everyday practical situations.

  1. Use the pinyin romanisation system.

Assessment

Written work and tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

CHI1010, CHI1901, CHI2010, CHI2901, CHI4010


CHI5020 - Chinese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Scott Grant

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Read around an additional 250 Chinese characters (500 in total) and identify important associated radicals.

  1. Write around an additional 250 Chinese characters in simple composition (around 500 in total).

  1. Use oral/aural skills necessary for communication in a range of everyday practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency level 1-: minimum creative proficiency).

Assessment

Written work & tests: 60%
Exam: 25%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 1 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1020, CHI1902, CHI2020, CHI2902, CHI4020


CHI5030 - Chinese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 3 continues the overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese begun in Chinese 1 and 2. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations, to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer-assisted language learning materials.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have acquired:

  1. The ability to read and write an additional 200 Chinese characters (700 in total).

  1. A preliminary understanding of the basic syntax of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.

  1. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study.

  1. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations.

  1. Cultural (socio-political) knowledge to enhance understanding of the texts under study and the cultural sensitivity to communicate using appropriate levels of formality with Chinese from mainland China, Taiwan and various parts of the Chinese Diaspora.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 2 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1030, CHI1903, CHI2030, CHI2903, CHI3903, CHI4030


CHI5040 - Chinese 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robert Irving

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Chinese 4 completes an overview of the important sentence structures of modern standard Chinese. Equal emphasis is placed on the four skills of reading, writing, listening and speaking. Speaking classes cover practical, everyday situations to develop interactive competence at a basic level in a range of situations likely to be encountered in daily life in contemporary China. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and reading skills will be further developed through the use of audio/visual, Web-based and computer assisted learning materials.

Objectives

Building on the language skills acquired in Chinese 3, on successful completion of Chinese 4 students will have developed:

  1. The ability to read and write around an additional 200 Chinese characters (900) total.
  2. An understanding of the basic syntax system of Modern Standard Chinese and of the similarities and differences between it and English.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework with which to analyse and describe the vernacular Chinese under study facilitating progression to later study of formal written Chinese (in Chinese Media Studies and

Advanced Chinese). 4. Comprehension skills necessary o read simple modern vernacular texts. 5. Basic Chinese word processing skills. 6. Oral/aural skills necessary to communicate quantitatively and qualitatively in a range of everyday, practical situations (approximates to International Second Language Proficiency Level 1+: transactional proficiency (able to satisfy all survival needs and limited social needs)).

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Exam and tests: 50%
Oral test and class performance: 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 3 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1040, CHI1904, CHI2040, CHI2904, CHI3904, CHI4040


CHI5050 - Chinese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culturE.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have a Chinese language ability equivalent to Chinese 4; Upon successful completion of this subject students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI4040 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1050, CHI1905, CHI2050, CHI2905, CHI3050, CHI3905, CHI4050


CHI5060 - Chinese 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijun Bi

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to advanced intermediate spoken and written standard Chinese. In addition to regular classroom activities, listening and speaking skills will be further developed through project work with a focus on Chinese culture.

Objectives

This unit is available to students who have passed Chinese 5, or who have equivalent language ability. Upon successful completion of this unit students will develop:

  1. An understanding of some current issues in China and the ability to express personal views on such issues in Chinese.
  2. The ability to discuss topics related to their own fields of interest in Chinese.
  3. Knowledge of a grammatical framework and vocabulary that enables them to write in a relatively sophisticated manner.
  4. The ability to write different kinds of prose and poetry in Chinese.
  5. The ability to present their project work in Chinese in a small group.

Assessment

Tests and class assessments: 50%
Exam: 35%
Oral exam: 15%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

CHI5050 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1060, CHI1906, CHI2060, CHI2906, CHI3060, CHI3906, CHI4060


CHI5070 - Chinese 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation (1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%;Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%;

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 (CHI1060) or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4097, CHI4907


CHI5080 - Chinese 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Warren Sun

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The subject aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.

  1. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.

  1. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Class participation (450 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar paper and associated oral presentation(1350 words equivalent): 20%
10%; Two written assignments (1350 words in total): 30%; Written examination (1350 words equivalent): 30%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 7 or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1080, CHI1908, CHI2080, CHI2908, CHI3080, CHI3908, CHI4080, CHI4089, CHI4908


CHI5090 - Chinese 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating the work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings in Chinese extracted from significant works by modern authors.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency as determined by placement test.

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909, CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI4099, CHI4909


CHI5100 - Chinese 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s TO 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural change of modern China as a result of the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students linguistic ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoke and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x 1 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 9 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1100, CHI1910, CHI2100, CHI2910, CHI3100, CHI3910, CHI4100, CHI4109, CHI4910


CHI5110 - Chinese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentaion: 15%
Class participation/perfomance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission.

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911


CHI5120 - Chinese 12

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired

  1. a general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s)
  2. an in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. the ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

Three x 1 hr seminars/week

Prerequisites

Chinese 11 or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1120, CHI1912, CHI2120, CHI2912, CHI3120, CHI3912, CHI4120, CHI4129, CHI4912


CHI5450 - Chinese for business communication, Part 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Candy Wang

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. By exposing students to a specialised business text style, students who wish to further improve their Chinese language proficiency can have an opportunity to grasp the language features of business texts and practice writing and translating related texts, thus developing their current bilingual language proficiency as well as broadening their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to acquire familiarity with the basic linguistic features of Chinese business text through discourse analysis;
  2. to acquire basic Chinese business writing skills;
  3. to foster basic translation skills in translating business texts;
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work & class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 or equivalent/permission

Prohibitions

CHI1450, CHI1945, CHI2450, CHI2945, CHI3450, CHI3945, CHI4450, CHI4459


CHI5460 - Chinese for Business Communication, Part 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Candy Wang

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with further Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students will further improve their Chinese language proficiency, and will be introduced to an increased range of language features common to Chinese business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in both their translation and original writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1; This will further promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:

  1. to familiarise with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis;
  2. to extend basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1;
  3. to extend translation skills in translating business text;
  4. to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work & class test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Chinese for Business Communication, Part 1 or permission

Prohibitions

CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469


CHI5907 - Chinese 7 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. It introduces students to a range of primarily literary texts in contemporary Chinese. Students' ability to understand contemporary China and their skills in speaking, listening and writing will be further developed through various classroom activities of reading, translations and discussions and through essay-writing.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide students with:

  1. General knowledge that will enhance their understanding of contemporary Chinese culture and society.
  2. The ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms, consolidating skills already acquired at the Advanced Intermediate level.
  3. Strategies of cross-cultural conceptualisation, incorporating translation skills, crucial to critical thinking on a range of cultural and social topics concerning contemporary China. Translation and reading exercises developed for this part of the course are based primarily on texts in standard Chinese from the People's Republic of China.

Assessment

Seminar participation, presentation and paper: 40%
Written work: 30%
Exam: 30%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 6 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1070, CHI1907, CHI2070, CHI2907, CHI3070, CHI3907, CHI4070, CHI4079, CHI5070, CHI5907


CHI5909 - Chinese 9 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China as part of the Chinese Incountry Program. Building on and consolidating work completed in previous Chinese studies, this unit will introduce students to a range of literary writings by master writers of modern China (1920s - 1940s). Through critical analysis students are expected to improve their understanding of the tremendous social, political, and cultural changes in modern China resulting from the 1911 Revolution.

Objectives

  1. To further develop students' ability to comprehend and express complex ideas in both spoken and written forms.
  2. To provide students with social and cultural knowledge which will enhance their understanding of modern China and its great transition, from cultural and linguistic, to social, economic and political changes since the beginning of the 20th century. Compared with previous Chinese studies, the course content is much more sophisticated and the students are encouraged to exercise greater critical thought toward the texts under investigation.
  3. On completion of the unit, in addition to their improved modern Chinese language skills, students should have a better understanding of what constitutes Chinese ethos formulated by the Chinese people, as part of the world community, in their use of language, in their faith, beliefs, and philosophical inquiry, in the various forms of expression, as well as through their own reflections of the merits and faults of Chinese culture.

Assessment

Written work: 45%
Oral presentation: 15%
Exam: 30%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over three weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1090, CHI1909,CHI2090, CHI2909, CHI3090, CHI3909, CHI4090, CHI 4099, CHI4909, CHI5090


CHI5911 - Chinese 11 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Hui Xu

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry Program. Through an investigation into the key intellectual issues of a multi-disciplinary nature in post-Mao China, it will introduce students to a range of literary writings by a young generation of contemporary Chinese writers. Through various research projects students will explore a range of different representations of Chinese culture and society.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to have acquired:

  1. A general knowledge of the social, political and cultural development that has characterised post-Mao China, Chinese society, its people and its culture (through examination of the historical contexts of a number of literary texts published in China after the 1980s).
  2. An in-depth knowledge of changes that post-Mao reform has brought to intellectual trends in general and to literature in particular (through critical analysis of a range of literary works by a younger and unorthodox generation of Chinese writers who challenge traditional Chinese literary norms through their exploration of fundamental issues of humanism).
  3. The ability to write and speak effectively in standard modern Chinese on a range of intellectual and literary issues, and basic analytical and critical skills required for academic research in Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Written work: 75%
Oral presentation: 15%
Class participation/performance: 10%

Contact hours

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 10 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1110, CHI1911, CHI2110, CHI2911, CHI3110, CHI3911, CHI4110, CHI4119, CHI4911, CHI5110


CHI5920 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


CHI5930 - Research essay in Chinese studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An essay of 9,000 words (maximum) on an approved Chinese Studies topic of the student's choice. A supervisor will be assigned according to the topic chosen. Three copies of the essay to be submitted for assessment at the end of the semester

Objectives

This unit is intended to provide students with:

  1. a broader and deeper understanding of one chosen aspect of Chinese Studies;
  2. advanced research methods and skills relevant to the chosen aspect of Chinese Studies.

Assessment

Essay (9,000 words) : 100%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


CHI5946 - Chinese for business communication, part 2 (Incountry Program)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lijian Hong

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit is offered in China through the Chinese Incountry program and provides students with Chinese language training in a business and commerce context. Having been exposed to texts in a specialised business style, students improve their Chinese language proficiency, and are introduced to an increased range of language features common to business texts. Students will continue to practise writing and translating related texts and will be required to display a greater level of sophistication and understanding in their translation and writing than in Chinese for Business Communication part 1. This will promote students' bilingual language proficiency and broaden their career opportunities.

Objectives

Students are expected to achieve the following goals upon successful completion of the unit:
1/ to acquire familiarity with an expanded range of features of business text through discourse analysis
2/ to extend their basic Chinese business writing skills acquired in Chinese for Business Communication Part 1
3/ to extend their translation skills in translating business text, and
4/ to further improve their knowledge of the Chinese language in the specific business context.

Assessment

Written work & Class Test: 90%
Class participation and performance: 10%

Off-campus attendance requirements

60 hours over 3 weeks

Prerequisites

Chinese 8 language level proficiency or by permission

Prohibitions

CHI1460, CHI1946, CHI2460, CHI2946, CHI3460, CHI3946, CHI4460, CHI4469, CHI4946, CHI5460


CHI5990 - Individual option

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gloria Davies

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


CJM4030 - Criminal justice practice and reform

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit equips students to critically analyse and evaluate perennial issues in criminal justice practice and reform. Topics examined include: catalysts for reform and changing practice; domestic practice and reform; international practice and reform; and key sector involvement in informing policy change, for example, race and the criminal justice system. The unit examines these and other fields of inquiry across a range of jurisdictions. In doing so it assists the reflective practitioner to analyse key issues in changing criminal justice practice at the local, regional and international levels.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of catalysts for criminal justice reform and changing practice including miscarriages of justice, commissions of inquiry, non government bodies, the parliament and political process and changing technology.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of domestic criminal justice practice and reform including introduction of the Koori court, drugs policy, crime prevention and the administration of justice.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of international criminal justice practice and reform including issues relating to privatisation, punishment and sentencing and conflicting jurisdictional issues at the local, state, federal and international levels.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key sectors in criminal justice practice and reform including national and international trends in crime and punishment, the professionalisation of criminal justice practitioners, accountability processes and community involvement in controlling crime.

  1. Undertake integrated analyses of criminal justice practice and reform across local, national and international arenas.

Assessment

Seminar Presentation (2000 words): 25%
Criminal Justice Reform Evaluation (3000 words): 35%
Policy Analysis Report (4,000 words): 40%

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week


CJM4040 - Managing criminal justice issues

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dean Wilson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Managing Criminal Justice Issues engages students in the critical study of the concepts, initiatives and directions currently reshaping criminal justice agencies. Issues covered include: managing criminal justice agencies; the intra and inter agency environment; alternative dispute resolution and new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management.

Objectives

Upon completion of Managing Criminal Justice Issues students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key management issues in the criminal justice context including inter and intra agency team building; effective communications strategies across the sector and the oversight of criminal justice project change.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of inter agency criminal justice management including working with the media; working with community organisations and pressure groups and working with diverse populations.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of alternative dispute resolution including negotiation and mediation; working with bodies of inquiry and organisational problem solving.

  1. Demonstrate critical understanding of new directions and frameworks in criminal justice management including ethical considerations; accountability; and best practice and benchmarking.

Assessment

Development of a benchmarking manual (3000 words): 35%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


CJM5000 - Criminal justice research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.

  1. Identify and develop key research questions.

  1. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.

  1. Critically write up research findings.

  1. Construct a critical argument.

  1. Construct a cumulative argument across an 9,000 word research project.

Assessment

9,000 word research project: 100%

Contact hours

Regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

CJC4020


CJM5005 - Criminal Justice Internship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Baker

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The internship will allow students to integrate theory and practice while gaining first-hand practical experience working in the criminal justice area. Students will extend the knowledge gained in other Masters units through experiential learning. It will also provide students with the opportunity to develop work-based networks which could lead to employment opportunities in the future. Each student will have a separate internship program designed to enhance their work-place experience.

Objectives

Upon completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. The ability to apply theory in a practical workplace environment
  2. enhanced skills appropriate for working in a criminal justice environment
  3. enhanced oral and written communication skills
  4. experience in applying ethical principles in a value laden work environment
  5. the capacity to critically apply and integrate theoretical and professional knowledge.

Assessment

For on-campus students - Internship proposal(1500 words): 15%
Internship report(5000 words): 65%
Oral presentation(20 minutes): 20%

For off-campus students - Internship proposal(1500 words): 15%
Internship report(5000 words): 65%
Journal(weekly): 20%

Prerequisites

CRJ4001, CRJ4002 and at least 1 of the following units(CRJ4004, AUS4025, HPL4503, HPL4521, HSM4301, HSM4302)

Co-requisites

None

Prohibitions

None


CJM5050 - Criminal justice dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jude McCulloch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.

  1. Identify and develop key research questions.

  1. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.

  1. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.

  1. Critically write up research findings.

  1. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.

  1. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.

  1. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 100%

Contact hours

regular supervisory meetings

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


CJM5050A - Criminal justice dissertation - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Written work 70%
Seminar presentation 30%


CJM5050B - Criminal justice dissertation - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to engage in a significant piece of reading and research and write a dissertation of 18,000 words on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions.
  3. Develop and implement an empirical research project in the field of Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  4. Critically investigate a key issue in Criminal Justice and Criminology.
  5. Critically write up research findings.
  6. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by empirical data.
  7. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18,000 word research project.
  8. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

18,000 word dissertation: 100%

Prerequisites

High credit average in 48 points at 4th level taken as part of the Master of Criminal Justice program


CJM5060 - Supervised reading in criminal justice and criminology

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit involves focused, independent reading and the presentation of the findings in a scholarly manner, under the supervision of a member of the teaching staff of the department. On completion of the subject students should: demonstrate a thorough understanding of the criminal justice or criminology topic chosen for the subject; understand the nature and scope of scholarly writing on the topic; appreciate the theoretical, methodological and practical dimensions of the topic, be able to present orally and in writing critical thinking and analysis of the criminal justice/criminology topic.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth and focused critical understanding of a topic in criminal justice or criminology

  1. Demonstrate an in-depth familiarity with the literature on a topic in criminal justice and criminology

  1. Demonstrate the ability to synthesise a broad range of literature on a topic

  1. Be familiar with the process of researching and writing a comprehensive literature review of a criminal justice or criminology topic

  1. Demonstrate the ability to understand and critically assess the various historical, theoretical and methodological issues and debates around a chosen criminal justice, criminology topic.

Assessment

Oral presentation (2000 words): 25%
Written report (7,000 words): 75%

Contact hours

Two hour per fortnight meeting with supervisor


CJM5080 - Regulating criminal justice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Objectives

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of the issues which must be addressed when regulating criminal justice systems in democratic societies.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of domestic criminal justice regulation issues.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of international criminal justice regulation issues.

  1. Demonstrate a critical understanding of key sectors and key actors in criminal justice regulation, including in national and international arena.

  1. Undertake integrated analyses and evaluation of issues central to the regulation of criminal justice issues across local, national and international arenas.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 35%;

Essay (5000 words): 55%

Oral Presentation (write up) (1000 words): 10%

Contact hours

Two-hour seminar per week


COM4001 - Researching and writing Australia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources and materials for the study and analysis of Australian society, both past and present. The range of sources studied includes biographical and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, ABS statistics and pictorial images, in both electronic and printed forms.

Objectives

  1. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings of major research libraries.

  1. To be familiar with other relevant source materials.

  1. To be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources.

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the Communications field.

  1. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

2 x papers (2000 words): 40%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5001


COM4002 - The first media age

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tony Moore

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this subject we journey through the history of communications and media form the genesis of the mass circulation press development to the new media of the 21st century. The subject will provide students with an appreciation of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have influenced that evolution. In turn, the subject also provides students with a chance to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major issue or event in Australian history.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10%; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5002


COM4006 - New communications media

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

New technologies in publishing and the enduring role of text in forms of electronic publishing. The pay-TV debate and developments in digital broadcasting analysed. Web page development is also studied in laboratory sessions.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5006


COM4008 - Media, ethics and practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.

Assessment

Research essay (5,000 words): 50%; Short essay 1 (2,000 words): 20%; Short essay 2 (2,000 words): 20%; Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


COM4009 - Issues in international communications

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores key issues arising from the rapid change in the international communications environment by examining the cultural, political and social impacts of transformations in communications technologies - from text-based media to the borderless reaches of satellite and the internet. Students will examine e-governance; the impact of cable and satellite television; the use of the internet as a space for dissent during conflicts; computer hacking and cyber-crime, the internationalisation of news coverage and dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis, with particular reference to reporting terrorism and the 'embedded' journalism of war-time.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should be able to demonstrate: 1) A critical understanding of the historical context and critical transformations of communications technologies, and their cultural,political and social effects; 2) A critical understanding of the relationship between the changing nature of communications technologies and the rise of alternative international media; 3) An enhanced ability to recognise the political, social, geographical and cultural factors which impact upon access to and the uses of communication technologies; 4) A critical understanding of the nature and effects of cyber-crime; 5) A critical understanding of the relationship between the development of new communications technologies, in particular the internet, and the changing nature of democratic practice, political participation and dissent; 6) An understanding of the internationalisation of news coverage and the dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis

Assessment

Short essay 1 (2000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2000 words): 20%
Major Essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (one x 2 hour seminar per week)

Prohibitions

COM5009


COM400H(A) - Dissertation Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


COM400H(B) - Dissertation Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)
South Africa First semester 2009 (Day)


COM4010 - Communications, convergence and public policy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit analyses the convergence media in terms of its effects on government policy, the shift from cultural to creative industries policy, the structure of the public sphere, the aesthetics of media production and commercial organisation structure. Case studies are drawn upon from Australia, South and East Asian and European countries in order to illustrate these developments.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. assess national policy responses to issues arising from media convergence;
  2. engage in discussion informed by current media research in communications convergence;
  3. assess quantitive (statistical) and qualitative (ethnographic) research methods in establishing commercial and domestic use of convergent media.

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4010(H), COM5010


COM4020 - Communications and cultural studies applied: Industry practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


COM4090 - Media, violence, protest, terror

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the relationship between the media and forms of 'political violence', with an emphasis on acts constructed as 'terrorism'. In particular, this unit locates practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence. This unit takes a critical approach to the study of media representations of political violence in order to analyse both the practices and representation of political violence have transformed in the shift to postmodernity.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of COM3090/4090 students will be able to:

  1. Critique debates about what constitutes political violence.

  1. Locate practices of political violence in relation to the historical, social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which media formations are embedded in order to assess the extent to which both traditional media and new media constitute a condition of possibility for the practices of political violence.

  1. Apply current media and communications theory to critically analyse the representation of 'political violence' in both the national and global media of contemporary cultures.

  1. Critically assess the strengths and limitations of both traditional and current analyses of media violence. In particular, students will be able to explain how contemporary theory contributes to a more sophisticated understanding of media violence than traditional media effects research allows.

  1. Analyse the ways that media representations of political violence have transformed, and be able to locate these transformations in their historical contexts.

  1. Explain the importance of spectacle in contemporary global cultures.

  1. Explain the connections between the media, political agency, and processes of globalisation in order to comment upon new conceptualisations of the public sphere.

  1. Critically evaluate the media's role in relation to counter-terrorist policy and practice.

  1. Demonstrate advanced skills in research, writing and critical analysis.

Assessment

Participation in two Group Debates (held in tutorials): 10%
Two 500 word Summaries (1000 words total): 20%
Research Essay (3000 words): 60%
Tutorial Attendance and Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

For BComm (Berwick) and BA students (Caulfield and Clayton), COM1010 and COM1020


COM4131 - Contemporary media and communications theory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Holmes

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit introduces key concepts and ideas in contemporary communications. The subject reviews the work of key theorists in communication and media studies, and outlines primary pathways in communication research such as representation theory, medium theory and network society studies. These modules provide resources for students to situate their own research and to contextualise contemporary communication practices. Students will also obtain skills to locate contemporary communications in an historical perspective.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Contextualise contemporary communication practices in relation to recent perspectives in communication theory
  2. Utilise methodological resources in order to situate their own research in relation to communications and media theory
  3. Interpret the dynamic changes in contemporary communications and media from a historical standpoint
  4. Understand the media's changing role as an agent of representation in contemporary society
  5. Locate introductory approaches to the growth of new media within the context of critical and contemporary theory
  6. Examine the importance and implication of an image-dominated culture
  7. Engage with the crucial and key theorists that have shaped and influenced the discussions of new media, with emphasis on debated topics such as intertextuality, virtuality
  8. Individually assess the importance, significance and contribution of new media theory in relation to their research interests.

Assessment

Assignment 1 - Research Essay (4000 words): 40% +

Assignment 2 - Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.


COM4201 - Communication organisations and technologies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kwamena Kwansah-Aidoo

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information organisations and technologies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of technological systems and practices in social development. The nature of organizational communication and the role of technology in communication are discussed as well as their implications for communication arts, economies, and society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of complex organizational and technology-driven processes;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between organizational and social-technological knowledge sets;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which organizational communications systems and communication technologies systems occur;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; enhanced capacity to formulate and research technology and organizational communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, develop a case study, and understand critical approaches to technology and organization-focussed communications;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to organizational and technology dilemmas and issues;

  1. Significantly greater understanding of the nature, role and limits of communication technologies in the workplace and the key forms of organizational communication.



Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar)per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5201


COM4202 - Communication policy and management

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit addresses central policy issues in the communications field, and the role communication in policy development and leadership. It analyses current communication policy directions in key areas such as regulation, intellectual property, licensing, standards, and ownership. Secondly, it addresses the role of communication styles and processes in policy formation and policy leadership both at the social level and in the management of organizations and institutions. The unit will discuss both substantive policy questions and the persuasive styles and rhetoric of policy development and analysis.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of policy processes;

  1. Increased understanding of and competencies in policy making, rhetoric and leadership style;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which communications policy, policy rhetoric, and policy leadership style develops;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research policy and policy leadership issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to policy development and leadership;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to the demands and dilemmas of policy creation, advocacy, and implementation.

  1. Significantly increased capacity to make, manage, and lead organizational or social policy.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Evaluation Study (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussions.


COM4203 - Communication systems and networks

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit discusses the multiple communication systems that operate in modern societies. These include political and governmental, business and economic, artistic and scientific systems. The unit will consider different system-specific forms of communication and ways in which they interact. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which communication-rich societies manage their own complexity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;

  1. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.



Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4203, COM4203(H), COM5203


COM4204 - Communication economies and society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

Objectives

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
  6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
  7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5204, COM4204(H)


COM4206 - Communication arts and literacies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication arts and literacies, their aesthetic foundations, their economic and organisational function, and their role in social innovation and development. The unit explores common artistic and rhetorical forms, design arts, and the aesthetic techniques, strategies and systems employed in high-level communication and creativity. The unit will discuss how aesthetic principles and styles are used in organizational and social practice and in creative economies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding the convergence of visual, haptic, aural, written, verbal, and bodily communication, and the generic principles of good communication;

  1. Increased understanding of the various communication arts, their general principles, and their interrelationship;

  1. Increased understanding of the contribution of communication arts to communication processes, to large-scale and long-term social development, and to creative and knowledge economies;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication arts issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication arts;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased capacity to understand, lead, and manage the personnel and processes of emergent communication-arts intensive knowledge and creative industries.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%;
Assignment 2 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5206


COM4207 - Strategic communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr James Gomez

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit addresses the fundamentals of political advocacy, professional writing for publics, public sector communication, and public relations. Students gain experience and understanding of writing techniques, oral rhetoric, and visual imaging suited to different channels of public communication and to diverse public spheres including governmental, organizational, and associational.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding and utilising the ethics, techniques, channels and limits of public advocacy and influence;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency in formulating and making, public statements, images, and gestures;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which public communications has developed;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research public communications, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the conduct of public communications;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially regarding the effective and ethical formulation and delivery of public communication;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in public communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Rhetoric Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 2 Writing Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 3 Visual Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5207


COM4208 - Persuasive communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit explores the rhetoric, imagery and gestures of persuasive communication. Students become acquainted with an array of communication styles that are effective with different audiences. The unit discusses key ideas from the traditions of rhetoric, public communications, advocacy, debating, design, fine arts, narratives, advertising, marketing and public relations.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the convergence of the convergence of traditions of rhetoric, public communications, advocacy, debating, design, fine arts, narratives, advertising, marketing and public relations in the art of persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the role of persuasive communication in political, social, and organizational processes;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research persuasion and advocacy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to then ethics and pragmatics of persuasive communication;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in persuasive communication in organizational and social contexts.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words) 40%;

Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

On-Campus: 2 hours (1x2 hour seminar) per week. Off-campus: Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion

Prohibitions

COM5208


COM4209 - Communication research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sue Yell (Caulfield), Paul Atkinson (Gippsland)

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research; 2. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;
  2. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research; 4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research; 5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity; 6. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;

Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5209


COM4211 - Researching global audiences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines media audiences in relation to globalisation and new media and communication technologies. It examines local, national and transnational audiences and their formation in relation to a globalised media industry. Students will be introduced to a range of techniques of audience research, including the use of new communication technologies to conduct research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the relations between audiences, communication and media technologies, media industries and governments;
  2. an awareness of the political, social, economic and cultural functions of audience formation;
  3. the capacity to analyse trends in the development of ICTS and their impact on audiences and their formation;
  4. the capacity to critically evaluate the importance of audiences in relation to various institutions and communities (the market, the public sphere, the nation, transnational communities);
  5. the capacity to identify and evaluate a range of audience research theories, approaches and techniques;
  6. highly developed skills in designing an audience research project, utilising the knowledge gained in Objective 5.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Audience Research Design (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5211


COM4302 - Media flows

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dan Black

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will address the increasingly dynamic and complex flows of media products between cultural and geographic regions, investigating the complex processes of transmutation and hybridisation which media texts undergo as they move between cultural settings. Regional media flows based around key producers such as Hong Kong, Brazil, India, Egypt and Japan will be discussed, as well as the impact of their media products outside their region. The flow of media products within diasporic communities will also be discussed as an important factor in both the maintenance of cultural identity and initiation of cultural exchange.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. be familiar with key terms, debates and models relating to the international flow of media texts
  2. have an understanding of the complexity and unpredictability of global media flows
  3. be capable of detailed research into specific examples of the international movement of media texts, and
  4. have developed skills necessary for independent research and sophisticated debate on the topic of cross-cultural exchange and media analysis.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM5302, COM4302(H)


COM4550 - Eyewitness: Reportage, representation and war

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kevin Foster

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Objectives

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources, accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3500 words): 40%
Research project (4500 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week for 12 weeks

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


COM5001 - Researching and writing Australia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The ability to be able to find, use, assess and present information is crucial to those working in the communications industry. This unit focuses on research methods, sources and materials for the study and analysis of Australian society, both past and present. The range of sources studied includes biographical and bibliographical references, newspaper archives, ABS statistics and pictorial images, in both electronic and printed forms.

Objectives

  1. To be able to locate and make use of regular and archival holdings of major research libraries.

  1. To be familiar with other relevant source materials.

  1. To be familiar with electronic, printed and audio-visual sources.

  1. To be able to make appropriate and efficient use of Australian sources within the Communications field.

  1. To be able to discuss and write critically about independent research undertaken.

Assessment

2 x papers (2000 words): 40%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Class participation/Seminar presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4001


COM5002 - The first media age

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Tony Moore

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this subject we journey through the history of communications and media form the genesis of the mass circulation press development to the new media of the 21st century. The subject will provide students with an appreciation of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have influenced that evolution. In turn, the subject also provides students with a chance to consider how the media's coverage of important public debates and controversies has helped shape society. In the major research essay students will have the opportunity to investigate media coverage of a major issue or event in Australian history.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students should:

  1. Have a broad overview of communications and media history.
  2. Have an understanding of how technological advances, decisions by policy-makers, and broader forces have shaped that history.
  3. Have an appreciation of how media coverage of watershed events and issues has influenced society.
  4. Be able to conduct independent research.
  5. Be able to write lucidly and with analytical depth.
In addition, students taking COM5002 should be able to demonstrate additional conceptual ability in written work.

Assessment

Class participation and attendance (1000 words equivalent): 10%; Seminar introduction (1000 words equivalent): 10% ; 2 x Short essays (2000 words each): 40%; Major research essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4002


COM5004 - Industry Research Project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An industry project to be undertaken in the final semester during the MA of Communications and Media studies. It offers students the opportunity to reflect on their work (or other) experience from within the perspectives on 'communication' explored in the course. A project supervisor is appointed. Industry internship or placements are not required, but students are welcome to organise these.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research,
  2. An enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues,
  3. An enhanced capacity to analyze and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of a research topic
  4. A capacity to design, manage, and carry out a research project

Assessment

9000 words: 100%

Prohibitions

COM5011


COM5006 - New communications media

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

New technologies in publishing and the enduring role of text in forms of electronic publishing. The pay-TV debate and developments in digital broadcasting analysed. Web page development is also studied in laboratory sessions.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 50%
Two papers (2250 words each): 40%
Seminar presentation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM5011


COM5008 - Media, Ethics and Practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to professional ethics and the media. Students will evaluate the media's fourth-estate role and its political agency in a commercial environment. Legislation, industry codes of practice and journalistic ethics will be analysed. Investigative reporting will be examined with reference to Watergate and investigative reporting's mythical 'golden age'. The interrelationship between PR, media liaison units and journalism will be explored. Tabloid journalism will be analysed with reference to economic and ethical concerns. The tension between the media's idealistic fourth-estate image and its professional, commercial and public interests is the unit's unifying theme.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of the unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the history and continuing evolution of the media's role as the fourth estate.
  2. A critical understanding of the complex interplay between ethical, regulatory, political and economic factors in media reporting.
  3. An advanced knowledge of the key communications industry codes of conduct and the differing approaches to their enforcement including professional codes of ethics and industry codes of practice.
  4. A critical understanding of the nature of investigative reporting and the impact and legacy of Watergate on journalism, reporting and public figures.
  5. A critical understanding of the interrelationship between public relations, institutional media liaison units and journalism.
  6. An enhanced ability to critically evaluate topical debates about media ethics.
  7. Abilty to conduct research at advanced level.

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Short essay 1 (2000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2000 words): 20%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

COM4008


COM5009 - Issues in international communications

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores issues arising from the emerging international communications environment. It examines the cultural, political and social impacts of communication technology transformations. Students will examine technology's impact on democratic activity; cable / satellite television's impact; computer hacking and cyber-crime. The case study of the Tamil Tigers' use of the Internet will help to illustrate the transformative possibilities of new communications technologies. Students will explore the internationalisation of news coverage and dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis, with particular reference to reporting terrorism and current wartime journalism.

Objectives

On successful completion of the subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. A critical understanding of the historical context and critical transformations of communications technologies, and their cultural, political and social effects.

  1. A critical understanding of the relationship between the changing nature of communications technologies and the rise of alternative international media.

  1. An enhanced ability to recognise the political, social, geographical and cultural factors which impact upon access to and the uses of communication technologies.

  1. A critical understanding of the nature and effects of cyber-crime.

  1. A critical understanding of the relationship between the development of new communications technologies, in particular the Internet, and the changing nature of democratic practice, political participation and dissent.

  1. An advanced knowledge of the internationalisation of news coverage and the dissemination of information during times of global and local crisis.

  1. An ability to critically evaluate topical debates about international communications.

  1. An enhanced ability to conduct independent research.

Assessment

Major essay (5,000 words): 50%
Short essay 1 (2,000 words): 20%
Short essay 2 (2,000 words): 20%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


COM5010 - Communications, convergence and public policy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit analyses the convergence media in terms of its effects on government policy, the shift from cultural to creative industries policy, the structure of the public sphere, the aesthetics of media production and commercial organisation structure. Case studies are drawn upon from Australia, South and East Asian and European countries in order to illustrate these developments.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students are expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. assess national policy responses to issues arising from media convergence;
  2. engage in discussion informed by current media research in communications convergence;
  3. assess quantitive (statistical) and qualitative (ethnographic) research methods in establishing commercial and domestic use of convergent media.
  4. An enhanced ability to conduct independent research

Assessment

First Essay (3,500 words): 40%; Second essay (3,500 words): 40%; Seminar presentation (2,000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prohibitions

COM4010H.html">COM4010(H), COM4010H.html">COM4010


COM5011 - Industry research thesis

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit requires the completion of a minor thesis (18,000 words) on an approved communications related topic, usually one with an industry focus. With guidance from the supervisor (s), it allow the student to undertake advanced level research and produce a substantial piece of writing which advances knowledge in the selected area of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research:
  2. An ability to design, write and edit a research thesis;
  3. An ability at advanced level to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches relating to the communication industries and communication issues;
  4. The capacity to contribute advanced knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  5. An enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity

Assessment

Thesis (18,000) : 100%

Contact hours

Regular meeting with allocated supervisor(s)

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points with a distinction average at fourth year level of subjects offered in the Master of Communications and Media Studies program

Prohibitions

COM5004


COM5011(A) - Industry research thesis part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold and Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


COM5011(B) - Industry research thesis part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Arnold and Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


COM5020 - Communications and cultural studies applied: Industry practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Allison Craven and Dr Patricia Goon

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with advanced skills in seminar presentation and industry liaison. Students will identify a particular area of specialisation within the communication industry and develop networks and links with practitioners. Students will complete and present two papers in seminar format, and will participate in the organisation of guest lecturers and visits to industry.

Objectives

The objective of this unit is to study a significant issue in a defined industry sector, and to develop a network of contacts, and limited expertise related to that issue.

Assessment

Initial Position Paper (4000 words): 35%
Final Outcomes paper (5000 words): 40%
Guest Lecture: 15%
Industry Visit: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in communication, writing, international studies or equivalent.


COM5110 - Battle lines: war and (post)modernity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Robin Gerster

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the centrality of war to modern cultural history, as revealed in a range of literary and non-literary sources. Covering literary, visual and historical responses to World War I, though World War II (including the Holocaust and the atomic bombings), the Vietnam War, the Rwandan genocide, to the 'War on Terror', the unit analyses how mass violence poses a range of representational challenges, and been influential in disseminating the practices and intellectual trends of modernity and postmodernity. Issues covered include the redefinition of traditional concepts of 'the hero' and assumptions about national identity.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. a strong critical sense of the major representational elements of war writing and film since World War I
  2. a theoretical understanding of the relationship of war writing to the ideas and some of the important practices of modernity and postmodernity
  3. a demonstrated understanding of the role of the media in disseminating public knowledge of war and conflict
  4. demonstrated a sophisticated grasp of cultural concepts of heroism and racial virtue, as they have been invoked and revised
  5. an informed reading of the importance of gender to perspectives on war and conflict.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit, and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Research essay (4000 words): 50% +Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A major sequence in Communication, or any other related major approved by co-ordinator

Prohibitions

ENH2225/ENH3225 (Heroes Twilight), COM4110


COM5120 - Cultural memory and the Spanish civil war

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kevin Foster

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine how the Spanish Civil War has been represented and remembered in literature, the visual arts, photography, film, ceremonies and in the form of physical memorials by the victors and the defeated. It will consider how cultural memory of the war has been shaped and expressed during and after the dictatorship. It will examine the forces responsible for this shaping, and explore how, subsequently, these memories of the conflict have been challenged and re-interpreted and the forces responsible for this process of revision.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a solid grasp of the principal causes and events of the Spanish Civil War
  2. have a detailed knowledge of the major cultural responses to the war and the political and social forces that brought them into being
  3. be able to provide a sophisticated interpretation of individual texts from/about the war, detailing the political and cultural forces that shaped them
  4. recognise how cultural memory of the war was shaped, re-shaped and re-interpreted over time
  5. be able to explain and apply a variety of theoretical approaches concerning cultural memory.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a greater mastery over the broader conceptual issues addressed in the unit and a greater capacity to produce more developed arguments and analyses arising from them.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3000 words): 40%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
Research assay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major sequence in Communication and Media Studies, any European language, European and European Union Studies, or other discipline approved by the unit coordinator

Prohibitions

COM4120


COM5130 - Audiences and the social influence of media

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andy Ruddock

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

The unit will survey the history, concepts and methods of critical media audience research. It will consider both the mass communications and cultural studies disciplines, and will develop students' ability to critique scholarly work on both conceptual and methodological grounds. Audiences & the Social Influence of Media will enhance students' ability to develop and present original research projects, based on empirical explorations of how people interact with media in a variety of social places. The academic skills it cultivates will be directly applicable to thesis work.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit a student will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an appreciation of the political, cultural and institutional factors that influence the questions scholars ask and the methods they use to analyze media influence
  2. a broad understanding of key questions in the field of media influence, and knowledge of how and why these questions have emerged
  3. an ability to critique scholarship on both conceptual and methodological bases
  4. the ability to perform scholarly literature reviews in a manner leading to original research questions
  5. the ability to select appropriate data gathering methods for exploring questions of particular relevance to the student
  6. Postgraduate students will be asked to format Assessment 3 in line with a grant proposal of their choosing Assessment 3.

Assessment

Literature review (3500 words): 40%
Class presentation: 10%
Project proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two 6-hour weekend seminars and 2 hours per week MUSO participation

Prerequisites

Communication and Media Studies major or other major approved by coordinator

Prohibitions

COM4130


COM5140 - Communicating the body

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Berwick First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the role of the human body in representation, understanding, and communication. From phenomenological and neurological accounts of the role of the human body in expression and understanding, to debates surrounding the body/machine interface in new communications technologies, the body's often-overlooked role as organiser and facilitator of human action will be explored.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. have a broad understanding of the various theoretical frameworks used to discuss the human body
  2. have a broad historical overview of the development, evolution, and increasing convergence of these frameworks
  3. be capable of providing sophisticating critiques of and comparisons between various accounts of the role of the human body in understanding and expression
  4. be able to provide a sophisticated reading of the role played by the human body in communications based on detailed research.

In addition, students enrolled at Masters level will demonstrate a relatively greater level of confidence and mastery over the larger conceptual issues addressed and a greater capacity to produce original arguments derived from them.

Assessment

Literature review and research plan (3000 words): 15%
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 70%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Major in Communication and Media Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

COM4140


COM5201 - Communication organisations and technologies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information organisations and technologies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of technological systems and practices in social development. The nature of organizational communication and the role of technology in communication are discussed as well as their implications for communication arts, economies, and society.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Highly developed knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the participation in and management of complex organizational and technology-driven processes;
  2. A high level understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between organizational and social-technological knowledge sets;
  3. A complex understanding of the large-scale and long-term social, political, institutional and economic context in which organizational communications systems and communication technologies systems occur;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research; enhanced capacity to formulate and research technology and organizational communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, develop a case study, and understand critical approaches to technology and organization-focussed communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially related to organizational and technology dilemmas and issues;
  6. In addition, students studying this unit at Level 5 will demonstrate the capacity to make an informed critique of the nature, role and limits of communication technologies in the workplace and the key forms of organizational communication.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4201


COM5203 - Communication systems and networks

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit discusses the operation of communication systems in modern complex, impersonal, urban, high technology societies. The unit will use the case examples, such as the ecology of the city, to explore the functioning of open systems, self-organizing systems, network systems, aesthetic systems, and other ways in which contemporary communication-rich societies function.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding large-scale communication systems and their convergence;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with specific communication systems and their multiple environments;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term manner in which communications systems develop, and the social and institutional solutions aimed at integrating these systems;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication systems issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication network and system integration;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially in matters concerning the management of sensitive communication system nodes and boundaries;
  6. Significantly greater capacity to identify and manage between organizational system and environment, and to negotiate conflicts at the intersection of communications systems.
  7. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in use rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4203.html">COM4203, COM4203.html">COM4203(H)


COM5204 - Communication economies and society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Murphy

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit examines the development of communication and information economies, the social forces driving their expansion, their social and economic impact, and the role of communication systems and practices in social development. The unit looks at how communication networks, organizations, arts, and processes impact on and are in turn shaped by regional, national and global patterns of economic and social development. The relationship between communication, creativity, and knowledge economies will be addressed.

Objectives

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding of communication economies, the development of institutions and organizations in these economies, and their impact on society;
  2. Increased understanding of and competency at dealing with the convergence between communications, economy, and society;
  3. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which communications, economies, and societies interact;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication economy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the social-economic dimension of communications;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;
  6. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the medium and long-term economic and social patterns affecting, and affected by, modern information/ knowledge/ ICT-based organizations and processes;
  7. Significantly increased strategic understanding of the emergence of communication-driven knowledge and creative economies;
  8. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in the use of rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (9000 words)
Seminar overview (oral presentation): 10%

Contact hours

Two hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Co-requisites

COM4204.html">COM4204, COM4204.html">COM4204(H)


COM5206 - Communication Arts and Literacies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for COM4206

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding the convergence of visual, haptic, aural, written, verbal, and bodily communication, and the generic principles of good communication;

  1. Increased understanding of the various communication arts, their general principles, and their interrelationship;

  1. Increased understanding of the contribution of communication arts to communication processes, to large-scale and long-term social development, and to creative and knowledge economies;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication arts issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communication arts;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased capacity to understand, lead, and manage the personnel and processes of emergent communication-arts intensive knowledge and creative industries;

  1. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater depth and wider understanding of communicative forms and media, and greater ease of use and familiarity with digital tools and communication art techniques.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (5000 words): 60%;
Assignment 2 Research Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4206


COM5207 - Strategic communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Wolstencroft

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

As for COM4207

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for the understanding and utilising the ethics, techniques, channels and limits of public advocacy and influence;

  1. Increased understanding of and competency in formulating and making, public statements, images, and gestures;

  1. Increased understanding of the large-scale and long-term context in which public communications has developed;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research public communications, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the conduct of public communications;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity especially regarding the effective and ethical formulation and delivery of public communication;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in public communication;

  1. In comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in use rhetorical, written, and visual forms.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Rhetoric Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 2 Writing Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%;

Assignment 3 Visual Exercise (3000 words): 33.3%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4207


COM5208 - Persuasive communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Galloway

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for COM4208

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the convergence of the convergence of traditions of rhetoric, public communications, advocacy, debating, design, fine arts, narratives, advertising, marketing and public relations in the art of persuasive communication.

  1. Increased understanding of the role of persuasive communication in political, social, and organizational processes;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research persuasion and advocacy issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to then ethics and pragmatics of persuasive communication;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity;

  1. Significantly increased ability to engage in persuasive communication in organizational and social contexts;

  1. In comparison with Level 4 students, more sophisticated understanding of strategic dynamics in communications and a greater facility with the forms and techniques of persuasion and understanding of ethical nuance.





Assessment

Assignment 1 Case Study (4000 words): 40%;

Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words) 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4208


COM5209 - Communication research

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Atkinson

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit introduces students to the fundamentals of communication research methodologies, research project design, the planning, writing and editing of research, and the formulation of a research proposal.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of approaches to planning and designing research, and to writing and editing research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to the planning, writing and editing of research;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in academic and professional research activity;

  1. Significantly increased capacity to design, manage, and carry out research projects;

  1. In comparison with a Level 4 student, a more nuanced and greater understanding of research editing, writing, planning, and methods.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Literature Review (3000 words): 30%;

Assignment 2 Research Plan (6000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4209


COM5210 - Research dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.

Prerequisites

COM4209 or COM5209


COM5210(A) - Research Dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.


COM5210(B) - Research Dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Gil-Soo Han

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

As for COM5210(A)

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;

  1. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication research;

  1. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;

  1. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;

  1. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

On campus: regular meetings with supervisors. Off campus: regular contact with supervisors.


COM5211 - Researching global audiences

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Susan Yell

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

As for COM4211

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the relations between audiences, communication and media technologies, media industries and governments;
  2. an awareness of the political, social, economic and cultural functions of audience formation;
  3. the capacity to analyse trends in the development of ICTS and their impact on audiences and their formation;
  4. the capacity to critically evaluate the importance of audiences in relation to various institutions and communities (the market, the public sphere, the nation, transnational communities);
  5. the capacity to identify and evaluate a range of audience research theories, approaches and techniques;
  6. highly developed skills in designing an audience research project, utilising the knowledge gained in Objective 5;
  7. Students studying this unit at Level 5 will be expected to demonstrate a more highly developed understanding of the relations between audiences and a range of institutions, a more complex awareness of audience formation, and more sophisticated research skills.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Audience Research Design (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4211


COM5220 - Research dissertation

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)
Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit requires the completion of a minor dissertation. It is a supervised piece of research on an approved topic. Through supervised practice, it extends student knowledge of a substantive research area, as well as knowledge of relevant methodologies, research design and planning, and the writing and editing of an extended piece of research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. Knowledge, skills and attributes necessary for understanding and engaging in advanced research;
  2. Increased understanding of the practice and methods of communication and cultural research;
  3. Increased understanding of the planning, design, writing and editing research; and the capacity to advance knowledge in the chosen area of research;
  4. Increased knowledge, skills, and attributes necessary for independent research, enhanced capacity to formulate and research communication and cultural studies issues, to analyse and evaluate arguments, and to understand critical approaches to communications issues;
  5. Enhanced intellectual independence, and greater self-reliance and critical distance in intellectual and professional activity.

Assessment

Assignment (20,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Regular meetings with supervisors.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Regular contact with supervisors.


COM5302 - Media flows

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Daniel Black

Offered

Sunway First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will address the increasingly dynamic and complex flows of media products between cultural and geographic regions, investigating the complex processes of transmutation and hybridisation which media texts undergo as they move between cultural settings. Regional media flows based around key producers such as Hong Kong, Brazil, India, Egypt and Japan will be discussed, as well as the impact of their media products outside their region. The flow of media products within diasporic communities will also be discussed as an important factor in both the maintenance of cultural identity and initiation of cultural exchange.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will:

  1. be familiar with key terms, debates and models relating to the international flow of media texts
  2. have an understanding of the complexity and unpredictability of global media flows
  3. be capable of detailed research into specific examples of the international movement of media texts, and
  4. have developed skills necessary for independent research and sophisticated debate on the topic of cross-cultural exchange and media analysis.
  5. in comparison with Level 4 students, greater fluency in the use of rhetorical, written, and visual forms.

Assessment

Assignment 1 Research Essay (4000 words) : 40%
Assignment 2 Research Essay (5000 words) : 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (one 2-hour seminar) per week.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

COM4302.html">COM4302, COM4302.html">COM4302(H)


COM5303 - International Field Trip in Media and Communications

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Mark Gibson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will involve a study tour of major international media organizations, with some attention also to alternative media. The destination will vary from year to year, being either New York or London. Students will draw on background knowledge and skills in analysis gained from their first year of study, gaining the opportunity to test them against real world examples. The unit will have a strong element of experiential learning, through seeing the insides of media organizations and having direct contact with those who work in them. At the same time, it will mobilise scholarly inputs.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the internal organization and culture of media organisations with a significant presence in international communication;
  2. demonstrate an appreciation of the complex 'ecology' of a major international media centre, gaining the ability to see lateral connections between different organisations;
  3. demonstrate skills in direct observation of media industries, as a complement to reading and scholarship in the area; demonstrate an awareness of international contexts in communications and media studies;
  4. have substantial confidence in approaching and working with individuals and organisations at the cutting edge of international communications and media.

Assessment

Site brief (2000 words): 20%
Site log (3000 words): 30%
Major essay (4000 words): 50%

Prerequisites

Completion of first year sequence of Master of Communications and Media Studies (24 credit points)


COM5550 - Eyewitness: Reportage, representation and war

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kevin Foster

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical historical analysis of so-called factual documentary representations of war in words and images, examining how and by whom conflicts have been represented since the mid-C19; how the physical and technical constraints within which reporters and photographers operate affect the nature of their reports and images; how their reports are censored, by whom, in accordance with whose guidelines and with what ends. It examines how these reports and images are transmitted from the battlefield and how the mediating technologies through which these accounts are disseminated influence the nature and inflect the form of the reports and pictures which constitute the war report.

Objectives

By the conclusion of the unit students will be able to1

  1. Demonstrate a clear understanding of the historical development of nominally factual, documentary forms of war reporting and their key technological developments and innovations.
  2. Identify, explain and offer a sophisticated critique of the processes forms, effects and purposes of the major forms of censorship, which have determined the representations of war from the mid C19th to the present day.
  3. Present a sophisticated reading of individual reports and images from specific conflicts drawing on appropriate theoretical resources accounting for the influences of physical and technical constraints, mode of transmission, information management regimes and intended deployment in the shaping of the final report/image.
  4. Demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of how the differing media which have been employed to disseminate accounts of war - newspapers, photography, newsreel, radio, television, video, internet streaming - have influenced, inflected and structured content at differing historical junctures.
  5. Drawing on appropriate theoretical and critical sources, account for and explain the processes by which Governments, military and the media inflect the reception of images and reports of war in order to achieve specific political or cultural effects.
  6. Identify and offer an informed critique of the processes by which the preferred readings promoted by Government, the military and the media have been challenged, subverted or questioned in contrary readings of key media texts.
  7. Demonstrate how war reporters/photographers have featured in fiction and film and to explain how these representations offer an array of alternative opinions on how and why specific conflicts have been represented in particular ways.

Assessment

Textual analysis (3500 words): 40%
Research project (4500 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

One two hour seminar per week for 12 weeks

Prerequisites

An approved First Year sequence


CRJ4001 - Crime prevention: A global perspective

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines crime prevention and crime reduction initiatives, programs and strategies that attempt to alleviate the problem of criminal activities. This unit surveys crime prevention from the local community to that of global perspectives. Theories and arguments of crime prevention policy and practice are examined. Students learn various research methodologies used in conducting and evaluating crime prevention initiatives. Specific topics to be explored include threats to national security, international and transnational crime, people smuggling, theft of body parts, money laundering, drugs, commercial and organised crime, white-collar crime, public disorder and street crimes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of various theories and strategies of crime prevention;
  2. the ability to critically examine changes in international and transnational offending via appropriate legal, political and justice perspectives;
  3. a critical understanding of the governance and administration of collaborative international crime prevention efforts;
  4. the ability to evaluate the effectiveness and importance of crime prevention initiatives by identifying limitations and assumptions that underpin such programs;
  5. an awareness of global justice attempts to curb global crime problems;
  6. the ability to formulate crime prevention policy and practice;
  7. the ability to research and complete a substantial research project of the student's own choice;
  8. the ability to hypothesise about likely future global crime problems.

Assessment

Evaluation Paper (2500 words): 25%
Crime Prevention Policy Analysis (2500 words): 25%
Crime Prevention Research Project (4000 words): 50%


CRJ4002 - Policing, security and risk management

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit explores policing in its generic sense. A broad range of investigative and control mechanisms, both in the public and private sectors, is examined in terms of curbing crime, criminal tendencies and threats. This unit appraises recent expansionary changes in state-sponsored policing and security organisations. It explores the recent shift from law enforcement to preventative risk management strategies and technologies. Issues such as the emergence of the 'risk society', the privatisation of policing, tensions between surveillance and personal privacy, and estimations of the risk of dangerousness characterising particular offender groups are examined and critiqued.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:

  1. a critical understanding of contemporary practice and research relating to policing and security;
  2. a capacity to examine and critique contemporary control practices employed in policing, security and risk management;
  3. an understanding of contemporary surveillance, control and management strategies employed to curb crime and violence in various situations;
  4. a critical understanding of both the function of security and theoretical and practical approaches to risk assessment;
  5. enhanced problem-solving skills;
  6. the ability to evaluate information and research critically;
  7. the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about policing, security and risk management.

Assessment

Briefing Paper on policing/security issue (2500 words): 30%
Policy Report (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4000 words): 40%


CRJ5004 - Criminal behaviours and enterprises: Individuals, groups and organisations

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Baker

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines the complexity of criminal behaviours and the range of criminological theories espoused in order to explain such diverse behaviours. Humans are rule-making and rule-enforcing beings, but not all of us conform to these rules. Many violate the rules and are subject to sanctions and punishment. Individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours and enterprises are examined in this unit. A sophisticated analysis of criminal behaviours includes exploration of biological, psychological and social explanations of crime and the interactionist tradition including differential association theory. Crowd disorders and street gang behaviours will be examined. Organisational and institutional criminal behaviours extend from white-collar and corporate criminal activity to the dynamics of political crimes of violence, corruption and human rights violations that can be committed by the state and against the state. The unit involves study of definitional and conceptual issues, causes, methods of control and the effects of such organisational criminal behaviour. The unit examines the legal controls and responses by governments and other agencies in order to curb and prevent criminal behaviours of individuals, groups and organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students are expected to have developed:
(1) an understanding of definitions of criminal behaviour, including an awareness that the law is not static and changes over time; (2) the ability to identify the key characteristics of criminal behaviours and criminal enterprises; (3) knowledge about the core theoretical debates and issues of criminal behaviours that focus on individuals, groups and organisations; (4) the ability to identify traits about the nature of individuals, groups and organisations that engage in criminal activity; (5) an appreciation of the various models available for explaining the relationship between criminality, the individual and society; (6) an awareness of the contribution of the criminal behaviour theories to criminal justice policy and practice; (7) an understanding of what it means to be a victim of criminal behaviour instigated by individual, group or organisation; (8) the ability to design and communicate policy concepts clearly and logically about individual, group and organisational criminal behaviours.

Assessment

Policy report (2500 words): 30%
Evaluation paper (2500 words): 30%
Essay (4000 words): 40%

Prerequisites

CRJ4001 and CRJ4002

Prohibitions

CRJ4004


CRT4030 - Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4070 - Lacan and subjectivity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An introductory reading of the difficult psychoanalytic texts of the French psychoanalyst, Jacques Lacan. His accounts of the ego, subjectivity and otherness; the unconscious and desire 'structured like a language'; the phallus and sexual difference. The unit shows his relevance to philosophical accounts of subjectivity, theories of literary and visual representation, and feminist theory.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%
Essay (6000 words) OR two essays (3000 words): 80%

Prerequisites

CRT2050/3050 or PHL3050; or CRT2060/3060 or PHL3060


CRT4080(A) - Research Project Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A long essay of 18,000 words on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. Two copies of the research project must be submitted in typescript and suitably presented not later than 30 October. Comparative Literature students are normally required to read literary texts in the original language.


CRT4080(B) - Research Project Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for CRT4080(A)

Assessment

Written (18,000 words): 100%


CRT4100 - Deleuze and Foucault

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A reading of selected texts of Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The unit has three parts.

  1. The common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century.
  2. The last writings of Foucault, those he describes as 'genealogy', his writings on prisons and disciplinary power, and his writings on the history of sexuality.
  3. Deleuze's 'rhizomatic writings', concentrating on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch and A Thousand Plateaus.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words) OR Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4200 - Semiotics and post-structuralism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

How to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Origins of structuralism and semiotics as critical systems - the Russian formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The critique of structuralism through poststructuralism and deconstruction, especially the work of Deleuze and Guattari.

Assessment

Three essays (3000 words each): 90%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4225 - Hermeneutics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Benjamin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1000-1500 words each): 40%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT4760 - Gender, body and performance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rachel Fensham

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in

performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediated body.

Assessment

First essay (2000 words): 25%
Second essay/presentation (2000-2500 words): 25%
Long essay (3500 words): 50%

Prerequisites

Permission


CRT4830 - Popular culture and ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

Objectives

On successful completion of the course, students should be familiar with a model of ethics derived from M M Bakhtin's Philosophy of the Act, in the context of supplementary theoretical texts of poststructuralism (Levinas, Nancy, Badiou). With this model of ethics as a tool, students will be able to critique a variety of popular culture texts as well as Modernist and postmodern theoretical approaches to popular culture.

Assessment

Written work (7 000 words): 70%; Test (Two hours): 20%; Class Participation (continuous): 10%.

Contact hours

Two hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

CLS4835 and CRT5830


CRT5030 - Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A study of the work of four twentieth-century American poets: Wallace Stevens, Marianne Moore, Elizabeth Bishop and John Ashbery. Topics include genres, poetic forms, metre and rhetoric; discourse theory and narratology; modern theorisations of genre, poetic form and rhetoric, especially essays by contemporary critics including Harold Bloom, John Hollander and Paul de Man.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5070 - Lacan and subjectivity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

An introductory reading of the difficult psychoanalytic texts of the French psychoanalyst, Jacques Lacan. His accounts of the ego, subjectivity and otherness; the unconscious and desire 'structured like a language'; the phallus and sexual difference. The unit shows his relevance to philosophical accounts of subjectivity, theories of literary and visual representation, and feminist theory.

Assessment

Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%
Essay (6000 words): 70%

Prerequisites

CRT2050/3050 or PHL3050; or CRT2060/3060 or PHL3060


CRT5100 - Deleuze and Foucault

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A reading of selected texts of Michel Foucault and Gilles Deleuze. The unit has three parts.

  1. The common cultural and theoretical background of French philosophy in the twentieth century.
  2. The last writings of Foucault, those he describes as 'genealogy', his writings on prisons and disciplinary power, and his writings on the history of sexuality.
  3. Deleuze's 'rhizomatic writings', concentrating on Nietzsche, Sacher von Masoch and A Thousand Plateaus.

Assessment

Essay (9000 words) OR Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5200 - Semiotics and Post-Structuralism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

How to turn literary structuralist theory into a workable tool of critical analysis. Origins of structuralism and semiotics as critical systems - the Russian formalist school, C S Peirce and F de Saussure. The critique of structuralism through poststructuralism and deconstruction, especially the work of Deleuze and Guattari.

Assessment

One essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5225 - Hermeneutics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Benjamin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The development of hermeneutics from a theory of textual interpretation to a theory of understanding in the work of Heidegger, Gadamer and Habermas. Its application in the study of literature and history in the work of Hirsch, Betti, Ricoeur and Jauss. Issues include the conflict between subjectivity and objectivity, the dialectics of the foreign and the familiar, the recognition of the new, the role of language and the function of tradition in understanding, the universality of hermeneutics as a theory of cognition and its impact on the social sciences.

Assessment

Three seminar papers (1500 words each): 45%
Research essay (4500 words): 55%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT5760 - Gender, body and performance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rachel Fensham

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Unit introduces the theoretical debates which construct and inform relations between the concepts of gender, bodies and performance. It investigates how different discourses including visual/literary criticism and psychoanalysis have produced meanings about the body and gender. It considers the way these discursive constructions of the body have been represented in performance, focusing on how particular technologies of representation contribute to the meanings of the body in performance. A broad definition of performance will be applied, from those events or representations involving the live body and those involving a mediate body.

Assessment

First essay (2500 words): 25%
Second essay/presentation (2500-3000 words): 25%
Long essay (3500 words): 50%
In addition to an increased assessment load, students at fifth year level will be expected to demonstrate an advanced theoretical understanding of the unit.

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in Masters level coursework degree.


CRT5830 - Popular culture and ethics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Millicent Vladiv-Glover

Offered

Sunway Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The course will model ethics through an investigation of M Bakhtin's version of structuralism, in particular his work on the philosophy of the act, in the context of poststructural critical theory. The concept of alterity will be investigated through additional theoretical and literary texts, notably E Levinas' Ethique et infinite, J-L Nancy's theory of community, G Deleuze's philosophy of action and A Badiou's 'objectless subject.' These theoretical materials will be used to construct a model of ethics through which to analyse and critique literary, visual and popular culture texts as well as theoretical approaches to the 'culture industry.'

Objectives

As for CRT4830, with the added objective that fifth year students will draw on the Modernist manifestoes of art (Tolstoy, Benjamin, Heidegger, Adorno) to construct a model of popular culture ethics.

Assessment

Class paper (1,500 words): 20%;

Research paper (prepares for publication) (8,000 words): 80%;

or Two Essays (4,000 words each): 80%

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar

Prohibitions

CLS4835 and CRT4830


CRT6000 - Critical theory: A survey

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Milner

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to establish the theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture. These will be examined from a range of competing theoretical perspectives. Discussion will centre on: hermeneutics and reception theory, cultural materialism and the new historicism, semiology and semiotics, ideology critique and the sociology of culture, post-structuralist theories of difference. Each of these will be examined for their respective accounts of critical theory and method. Candidates will be required to consider the possible relevance of each of these approaches to their proposed research.

Objectives

  1. To provide students with an advanced-level survey of various influential attempts to establish theoretical and methodological foundations for the analysis of literature and culture. Discussion will centre on: hermeneutics and reception theory; cultural materialism and the new historicism; semiology and semiotics; ideology critique and the sociology of culture; post-structuralist theories of difference. Each of these will be examined for their respective accounts of critical theory and method.

  1. To enable students to articulate the analytical skills, theoretical vocabularies and conceptual apparatuses studied in the subject.

  1. To provide students with the critical and expressive resources necessary to write clear, concise, accurate and independent essays on topics related to the reading.

  1. To encourage students to consider the possible relevance to their own proposed research of each of the theoretical approaches discussed in the subject.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT6010 - Critical theory: An approach

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Andrew Benjamin

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide a detailed exploration of the internal logic of a particular approach or a set of related problems in contemporary critical theory. Negativity has been a durable theme of modern thought and writing, and in recent years it has become of considerable structural interest. The notion is variously defined, ususally with reference to one or more of philosophy, psychoanalysis and theology. This seminar seeks to analyse 'negativity' in the work of Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot, and it will do so with the help of critical theorists.

Objectives

  1. To gain a close and full knowledge of two central writers of prose fiction in the twentieth century, Franz Kafka and Maurice Blanchot.

  1. To gain an awareness of the main lines of critical debate surrounding these works.

  1. To master the basic arguments pertaining to the problematic of negativity (roughly: Hegel, Kojeve, Adorno, Bataille).

  1. To develop skills in evaluating different readings of these writers, especially Blanchot's account of Kafka.

  1. To write coherently, economically and rigorously on both the literary and critical texts.

Assessment

Two essays (4500 words each): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT6020 - Critical theory: A theorist

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Ross

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit aims to introduce students to some of the major works of the German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche as well as some of the central texts in recent European philosophy that engage with his thought. The assessment tasks will assist students to locate the place of Nietzsche's thought in their own research projects. Starting with a brief examination of his immediate precursors in German philosophy, our focus will fall on Nietzsche's treatment of the themes of art, history, truth and critique. Texts to be considered on Nietzsche will include selections from Heidegger, Deleuze, Derrida and Irigaray.

Objectives

  1. To introduce students to the writings of a major critical theorist.

  1. To provide the conceptual, historical and logical tools necessary for a close reading of this major critical theorist's work.

  1. To provide the resources by which this theorist's contributions can be assessed in relation to other critical theorists.

Assessment

Essay (6000 words): 80%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


CRT6030 - French language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Brian Nelson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A program of directed reading in French language texts especially relevant to the thesis topic. CRT6030 provides doctoral candidates researching in comparative literature or critical theory with the appropriate language skills to read texts in the original French. Students usually participate in an appropriate French language class (normally FRN1050 - see the Arts undergraduate handbook) for practical language acquisition.

Objectives

  1. To enable students to improve their level of fluency in French language to a level where they are able to read French literary or critical texts in the original language.

  1. To complete a programme of directed reading in French language texts especially relevant to the student's thesis topic.

  1. Other objectives as specified for the appropriate French language class.

Assessment

Two Essays (3000 words each): 50%
Other assessment as specified for the appropriate French language subject: 50%

Contact hours

5 or 6 hours per week


CRT6040 - German language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kate Rigby

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A program of directed reading in German language texts especially relevant to the thesis topic. CRT6040 provides doctoral candidates researching in comparative literature or critical theory with the appropriate language skills to read texts in the original German. Students usually participate in an appropriate German language class (normally GRN1050 - see the Arts undergraduate handbook) for practical language acquisition.

Objectives

  1. To enable students to improve their level of fluency in German language to a level where they are able to read German literary or critical texts in the original language.

  1. To complete a programme of directed reading in German language texts especially relevant to the student's thesis topic.

  1. Other objectives as specified for the appropriate German language class.

Assessment

Two essays (3000 words each): 50%
Other assessment as specified for the appropriate German language unit: 50%

Contact hours

7 hours per week


CVL4010 - Rites of passage: Culture and celebrating life cycle events

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines similarities and differences in rituals relating to birth, marriage and the handling of death in traditional and modern societies which have contributed to present day Australia, including aboriginal and immigrant cultures. Topics include the role of the 'celebrant' in creating a valid marriage in Western society, the universality of ritual and current attitudes to it. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 50%
Video presentation: 15%
Supporting documentation (4000 words): 35%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL4020 - Life cycle events: Literature, music and life stories

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Major musical and literary works associated with rites of passage, mainly from the Western tradition, will be examined in terms of their uses for various occasions, along with basic skills of research, story writing and story telling. The unit enables practitioners to advise clients about planning their own lifecycle celebrations.

Assessment

Essay on music topic (3500 words): 35%
Life stories assignment (2000 words): 20%
Video presentation: 10% Two literature essays (2000 words, 1500 words): 25%
Video presentation: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL4030 - Celebrant and client: Legal, ethical and personal issues

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of a profession and the professional status of civil celebrants. Issues include legislation and precedent, registration of births, marriages and deaths, engagement, premarital and marital formalities, immigration, divorce, children's issues and death certificates. Also discussed are principles of ethics, ethical dilemmas, decisions about referral, consultation, confidentiality, listening skills and interacting with people at times of emotional stress.

Assessment

Essays on legal issues (3200 words): 35%
Essay on ethical issues (2600 words): 30%
Essay on personal issues (3200 words): 35%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL4040 - Professional celebration of rites of passage

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines the nature of ceremony and ceremony as marking points of passage in life, especially weddings and funerals. The significance of ceremony for secular people is also raised. The unit is primarily practical, and covers interviewing clients and preparing the ceremony; choice of venue; constructing a eulogy or a talk for a wedding ceremony; incorporating musical and literary elements into the ceremony; dress, and the general notion of ceremonial theatre. There will also be an introduction to public speaking.

Assessment

Eulogy or obituary (1500 words): 15%
Video presentation: 10%
Critique of ceremonies observed (1600 words): 15%
Draft wedding ceremony (2000 words): 10%
Video presentation: 10%
Relationship assigment (2000 words): 15%
Composition and video presentation of ceremony other than wedding or funeral (2500 words): 10%
Video presentation: 15%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week


CVL5090 - Civil ceremonies placement

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Judy McNicoll

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the field of civil ceremonies, involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a range of community groups (schools, churches, ethnic/indigenous groups, professional groups, hospitals, funeral homes, cemeteries, Registry Offices, reception houses etc). Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report, documenting and commenting on civil ceremonies performed as part of the placement.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to have developed a network of professional contacts in civil ceremonies and negotiated (in consultation with the unit co-ordinator) a period of work experience
  2. to have developed a higher level understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a civil celebrant
  3. to have developed high level written and verbal presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Placement project (6000 words) 75%
Reflective essay (2000 words) 15%
Oral presentation (10%)

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars, during the semester

Off-campus attendance requirements

Participation in one all-day seminar, to be held at Monash University

Prerequisites

CVL4010, CVL4020, CVL4030, CVL4040


DTH4000 - Dramatic theory, criticism and research methods

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rob Baum

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for DTS4000

Objectives

  1. Understanding and integration of major concepts within dramatic theory, history and literature

  1. Appreciation of the qualitative and critical significance of key thinkers within the discipline of theatre and performance studies

  1. Critical tools to interpret and engage with complex ideas about theatre criticism, theory and performance-making

  1. Awareness of diverse research methods and methodology appropriate to arts research, and experience in their practical application

  1. Development of research and writing skills

Assessment

Methods research (1500 words): 20%; Investigation and presentation on an issue (2500 words): 30%; Subjective exercise (1000 words): 15%; Long research paper (4000 words): 35%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week


DTH4002 - Creating the new: Theatre and its experiments

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sue Tweg

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit investigates a range of avant-garde theories, practices and practitioners, in order to stimulate imaginative and investigative possibilities for performance. The emphasis will be on work that challenges conventional boundaries, both between genres and between theatre and other models of performance. An important element in the program will be the practice of performance-makers in Australia who represent significant initiatives of this kind.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. A familiarity with some key early avant-garde texts and practitioners.

  1. Some awareness of contemporary avant-garde performance texts and stylistics around the world.

  1. Understanding of some foundation theories of the European avant-garde.

  1. A broad appreciation of the directions of experimental theatre practice, both in Australia and overseas.

  1. Confidence to articulate and theorise responses, both written and verbal, to a range of scripts and performance events.

  1. The capacity for observation, documentation and critique of non-mainstream performance events.

  1. Skills in written analysis and argument to support independent scholarly research for short papers.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations (1,500 words each): 30%
Short investigative performance work or 2500 word essay on the work of an innovative contemporary practitioner: 30%
An argumentative essay on selected issues in the development and/or analysis of non-conventional models of performance (3,500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTH4000


DTH4004 - Rethinking theatre history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will explore the processes of rethinking theatre history in a number of ways: the challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and to canonical assumptions; the implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; the responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to the influence of thinking in other disciplines; the reframing of canonical texts in the light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and its implications for historicised interpretation.

It will examine a range of plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and to specific recent re-readings.

Objectives

Students completing 'Rethinking Theatre History' should have acquired:

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.

  1. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.

  1. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.

  1. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.

  1. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.

  1. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.

Assessment

An exegetical essay (3000 words): 30%
An oral class presentation (equivalent 2000 words): 20%
A long essay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTH4000


DTH5001 - Design for theatre

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Coe

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine the process of creating a design approach to theatrical production through an understanding of applied aesthetics. It will consider issues of lighting, sound, line, mass and colour, and the ways in which they craft theatre scenography. It will focus on the ways in which specific texts might be interpreted as well as the histories and potentials of specific theatre buildings and structures. Both the 'craft' and 'art' of design will be explored in a practical project reflecting the theoretical and historical understandings developed in this unit. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. greater understanding of the craft elements of design,
  2. contextual understanding of the art of design through a range of critical theories
  3. a working design for a production representing a coherent aesthetic
  4. the ability to critique theatrical design in sustained oral and written form
  5. at fifth-year level, folio and seminar paper will critically compare design theories in arts practice

Assessment

Practical folio of design for implementation (4,000 words): 40%;

Seminar paper (2,000 words) 25%;

Contribution to class discussion (2,000 words) 25%;

Practical class work (1,000 words) 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTS 4000

Prohibitions

DTH 4001


DTH5002 - Creating the new: Theatre and its experiments

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sue Tweg

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit investigates a range of avant-garde theories, practices and practitioners, in order to stimulate imaginative and investigative possibilities for performance. The emphasis will be on work that challenges conventional boundaries, both between genres and between theatre and other models of performance. An important element in the program will be the practice of performance-makers in Australia who represent significant initiatives of this kind.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. A familiarity with some key early avant-garde texts and practitioners.

  1. Some awareness of contemporary avant-garde performance texts and stylistics around the world.

  1. Understanding of some foundation theories of the European avant-garde.

  1. A broad appreciation of the directions of experimental theatre practice, both in Australia and overseas.

  1. Confidence to articulate and theorise responses, both written and verbal, to a range of scripts and performance events.

  1. The capacity for observation, documentation and critique of non-mainstream performance events.

  1. Skills in written analysis and argument to support independent scholarly research for short papers.

  1. Skills in the gathering and transcription of first-hand interview material, and its integration into scholarly argument.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations (1,500 words each): 30% +

Short investigative performance work or 2,500-word essay on the work of an innovative contemporary practitioner: 30%
An argumentative essay on selected issues in the development and/or analysis of non-conventional models of performance (3,500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week

Co-requisites

DTS4000


DTH5003 - Performance investigation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Will Peterson

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will investigate performance practice in two modules: one relating to the preparation of performance and one concerning both performance itself and the critique of performance. Students will be expected to initiate and carry out their own performance project, to discover appropriate background material, and to sustain a discussion with the class on issues arising from the development of their project. After the presentation of the performances, students will prepare a written or oral critique of their project. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

  1. To make a new performance work which draws on contemporary ideas and practices.
  2. To critique the making of this work in the light of contemporary performance theory.
  3. To participate in class investigations and help facilitate discoveries in methodologies of performance making.
  4. To make presentations on the processes of creating performance.
  5. To articulate in oral and written form the specific elements and objectives of an original piece of performance making.
  6. At the fifth-year level students will be expected to transparently embed a critical approach or theory in the performance project.

Assessment

Workshop classes and presentations (2,000 words): 25%:

Performance project, with journal support (5,000 words): 50%;

Performance critiques (2,000 words) 25%

Contact hours

3 hours a week

Co-requisites

DTH 4000


DTH5004 - Rethinking theatre history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores ways of rethinking theatre history, including: challenges to received critical thinking and methodology, and canonical assumptions; implications for theatre history of parallel texts reflecting 'translations' into new media; responses of analytical and critical approaches in Drama and Theatre Studies to other disciplines; reframing canonical texts in light of contemporary theoretical and cultural perspectives, and the implications for historicised interpretation. It examines plays in relation to traditional scholarly interpretations and specific recent re-readings. At fifth-year level students are expected to demonstrate a deeper knowledge and integration of the material.

Objectives

  1. A working awareness of contemporary theoretical perspectives.
  2. The capacity to apply specific theoretical approaches to a diverse range of theatrical texts.
  3. An ongoing sensitivity, openness and scepticism to shifts in the climate of disciplinary debate.
  4. A developed sense of the continuing volatility and contingency of intellectual debate in the field.
  5. A sophisticated understanding of the issues underlying those debates at a level appropriate to graduate study.
  6. Enhanced confidence in articulating informed arguments and interpretations, in both oral and written form.
  7. At fifth-year level students will be required to pay specific attention to a theoretical area, such as gender, race or identity politics, in their final essay.

Assessment

exegetical essay (3,000 words): 30%;

oral class presentation (2,000 words): 20%;

long essay (4,000 words) 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

DTS/H 4000 is a compulsory class in the programme


DTH5005 - New critical approaches

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Will Peterson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit raises significant issues that might be located in four overlapping domains: anthropology, materialism, phenomenology and geography. We will engage with the ideas and events that have impacted upon our notions of theatre in the last two decades, creating new disciplines and theories, in particular Performance Theory. We will consider the influence of feminist and post-colonial discourses, Australia's global context, gender performance and the diverse means of interpreting artistic form, theatre and its audiences.



Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. An understanding of new critical frameworks and their significance to theatre in a changing world.

  1. The capacity to negotiate and respond to confronting subjects and issues in performance.

  1. A responsible engagement with theatre as artistic and social practice.

  1. The capacity to articulate both personal and theoretical ideas about theatre in spoken and written form.

Assessment

Researched and referenced paper on a particular question: 40%
Research paper on a relevant subject: 25%
Development and demonstration of an individual or collective performance: 25%
Regular contribution to class discussions: 10%

Contact hours

2.5 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of 4th year core unit (DTH4000) and normally at least two other 4th or 5th year units in the program


DTH5006 - Theatre industry project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Coe

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to develop a research project in relation to specific industry needs. It may be an audience survey, a dramaturgical study, an investigation of performing arts policy, theatre as cultural action in a community context or a work placement in a selected aspect of the performing arts industry. The research project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and any particular professional organisation involved. Initial attention would be directed towards developing a suitable research methodology to undertake fieldwork, bearing in mind ethical issues affecting human research.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. The ability to design a research project relevant to the needs of a specific aspect of the professional performing arts industry.

  1. An understanding of the frameworks that produce high quality theatre research.

  1. An enhanced knowledge of the ways in which artists, administrators, critics and audiences interact in the performing arts industry.

  1. The capacity to produce a qualitative research report and to demonstrate excellent written communication skills.

Assessment

Initial research proposal (2000 words): 30%
A research report (7000 words): 70%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Dramatic Criticism, Theory, Methods and at least three other level 4/5 units in the program


DTH5007 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Will Peterson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit involves the research and writing of a long essay on an approved topic in theatre or performance studies of the student's choice. It should be able to demonstrate knowledge of relevant theoretical, comparative and practical approaches to the topic. It will require independent research and high level application to scholarly communication of the outcomes.

Objectives

Students who complete this unit successfully should have developed:

  1. The capacity to undertake advanced research in the discipline of theatre, drama and performance studies.

  1. An understanding of theoretical and comparative frameworks pertinent to their chosen topic.

  1. The ability to write an extended and persuasive scholarly essay on a selected topic.

Assessment

A research essay (9,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Dramatic Theory, Criticism, Theory and Methods, and at least three other level 4/5 units in the program


DTM5100 - Literature review

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Maryrose Casey

Offered

Not offered in 2009


DTS5600 - Thesis/Performance project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Snow

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


EIL4401 - English in international professional contexts

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The increasing use of English in international professional contexts, partly due to the increased globalization of trade, has resulted in complexities that merit a close and scholarly attention. Issues such as cultural differences in negotiation style and management as well as expectations of professional meetings have had an impact on how English is used and interpreted by professionals in international contexts. This unit provides an opportunity for students to explore these issues in the light of intercultural communication in English-based professional contexts.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. advanced knowledge of the issues that surround the use of English as a lingua franca in international professional contexts,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of methods of data analysis relevant to patterns of communication,
  3. advanced knowledge of the relationship between general cultural values and communicative performance in specific contexts,
  4. a critical understanding of the role of English in supra-national processes such as globalization.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week.


EIL4402 - Renationalising English: Language, culture, and communication

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore the processes that have been involved in renationalisation of English throughout the world. Through a critical analysis of the published literature in the area, students will examine how hegemonic forces and power asymmetries that were originally associated with the spread of English, as an imperialistic language, have eventually been replaced by the reassignment of the "ownership" of English to many other speech communities around the world. This process of renationalisation of English has involved cultural, conceptual, ideological, and communicative restructurings, which are examined in detail in this unit.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of the literature regarding the spread of English around the globe,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of how the process of renationalisation of English provides clues about the relationship between language, culture, conceptualisation, and communication,
  3. critical appreciation of the relationship between language, power, and identity.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class Participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


EIL4404 - Issues in teaching English as an international language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore issues that surround the teaching of English as International Language. Through an examination of prescribed texts the unit offers an analysis of the socio-cultural, ideological, and linguistic issues that arise from the teaching of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication. Students will be introduced to a range of views and positions regarding the nature of EIL including how it should be taught and evaluated.

Objectives

Upon the successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. knowledge of views and positions that have been developed in the literature regarding the teaching of English of as an International Language,
  2. advanced knowledge and understanding of the linguistic, ideological, and socio-cultural issues that surround the use of English for the purpose of international and intercultural communication,
  3. knowledge of the available views and positions on issues such as the 'ownership' of English and 'proficiency' in EIL.

Assessment

Written work: 50%
Test: 30%
Oral presentation: 10%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 x 2 hour seminar per week


EIL5001 - Research project in English as an international language

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Farzad Sharifian

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to the role of English as an International Language. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 to 18000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

EIL4401, EIL4402 and two of the following: EIL4403, EIL4404, ALM4250/ALM5250


ENM4120 - Dissertation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A dissertation on an approved topic of the candidate's own choice. The topic should be approved well in advance so that a supervisor may be appointed and much of the work done during the long vacation and first semester. There is a short subject in methodology during some weeks of the first semester and a series of seminars to discuss work in progress.

Assessment

Written (9000-12,000 words): 100%


ENM4210 - Writing the child

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race; the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The unit will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

Objectives

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.

  1. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.

  1. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.

  1. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.

  1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM4250 - Gothic revivals

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Susan Tweg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A specialist genre study of gothic fictions (in prose and on film) with emphasis on twentieth-century examples, plus critical and theoretical approaches. Gothic fictions allow us to be frightened in a safe place: material opens up discussions on the nature of beliefs about the modern family, desire, repression, gender and sexuality, about distinctions between fantasy, dreams and reality, between madness and sanity.

Assessment

Two seminar presentations with written papers (2000 words each): 50%
Essay (5000 words) or an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4260 - Writers and the creative process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Extend students' skills as 'informed' writers and readers by reviewing a range of writings by 'creative writers' on the creative process: inspiration and imagination, the real and the fictive, the metaphysics of language, women's themes, and the moral and political role of the artist in society. It will extend to the 'art of fiction', the practicalities of creating a narrative from idea development and the mechanics of writing to marketing strategies. Students will review 'canonical' creative texts alonside essays, fugitive pieces and literary manifestoes. It will appeal to aspiring creative writers and those seeking careers in related areas like publishing, reviewing and teaching.

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
A folio of short fiction and exegesis OR an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4270 - Feminist Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will offer close study of a number of key women poets of the twentieth century who have contributed to a general feminist challenge to, and rewriting of, conventional inscriptions of gender. Using the theories of Julia Kristeva, it will also critique the category of poetic language and its relation to the genre of poetry. These issues will form the focus for substantial readings of poetic texts. The emphasis for learning will be upon discussion and debate, facilitated by the presentation of student papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Class participation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4370 - Contemporary Australian poetry and fiction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Ackland

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Issues in contemporary Australian writing and criticism. Identity (national, gender, racial) and how post-modern fiction interrogates its very concept and destabilises existing definitions through a range of stylistic strategies.

Assessment

Two essays (2500 words each): 60%
Essay (4000 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4580 - Ireland, Swift, England: Special author subject

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A detailed study of the works (prose and verse) of Jonathan Swift (1667-1745) in their cultural and political contexts. Topics include Swift's changing political ideologies; paradox and irony as modes of writing; conflict between Irish and English cultural (and economic) contexts, England as colonial 'centre', and Ireland as 'margin', poetry and misogyny.

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
Essay (2500 words): 25%
Essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM4620 - Literary theory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

Objectives

This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do) 'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

Assessment

Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper (2500 words): 20%
Essay (4500 words): 50% Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM4700 - Drama of the age of Shakespeare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Groves

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Shakespeare's plays and plays by the most outstanding of his contemporaries. Each work is studied in its theatrical, political and philosophical contexts. Shakespeare's varying reception across the centuries. Transformations of Shakespeare into other media (eg into grand opera: Verdi, Otello, on film).

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


ENM4750 - Exotic erotic other: World writing in English

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will offer students the opportunity to engage in creative writing and critique. The main focus of the unit will be on diversity of literatures in English (mainly of the past three decades) with the emphasis on writing that confronts difference in preoccupation with identity, religion, history, gender and sexuality, children, space and landscape, marginality and diaspora, and hybridity in recent postcolonial writing. The unit will offer students the opportunity to develop their creative writing and reading skills, and provide a strong foundation for further study in creative writing, reading and research.

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%


ENM4760 - Visions and revisions: Reworkings

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

  1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.

  1. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.

  1. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.

  1. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM5210 - Writing the child

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rebecca Do Rozario

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine historical and cultural changes in the representation of childhood and the child figure in a range of texts from the romantic to the modern eras. Prose fictions, some addressed to adult readers, some to child readers, will be explored for the ways in which discourses about the 'child' intersect with discourses about notions of origins; gender and sexuality; class, social place, power and subjectivity; race; the family and the home; education of mind and body; and growing up. The unit will employ poststructuralist, semiotic and discourse theory, and will have a feminist emphasis.

Objectives

It is intended that students undertaking this course should develop:

  1. Knowledge and an understanding of the historicity and cultural constructedness of the child figure.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of traditional, romantic, modernist and postmodern representations of the child.

  1. A detailed knowledge and understanding of the iconography of childhood.

  1. Critical skills pertaining to deconstruction, and the specific ability to deconstruct discourses of childhood in a range of texts for adults and children.

  1. An understanding of the ideological relationship between discourses of childhood and western discourses of gender, class and race.

  1. A knowledge of narratology and reception theory, and the skills to analyse and interpret such textual elements as narrator, implied reader and narratee in cultural context.

  1. The capacity to meet the general learning objectives of the department.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM5250 - Gothic revivals

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sue Tweg

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4250

Objectives

As for ENM4250

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words and 2500 words): 20% and 30% respectively
Essay OR an original piece of Gothic fiction (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENM5260 - Writers and the creative process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENM4260

Objectives

As for ENM4260

Assessment

An edited anthology of short fiction which includes a selection of texts of student's choice (not included in word count), author biographies, scholarly introduction and explanatory notes (4500 words): 40%
a folio of short fiction and exegesis or an essay on a given topic (4500 words): 50%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5270 - Feminist Poetics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Rose Lucas

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4270

Objectives

As for ENM4270

Assessment

Written work: 100% (6500 words)

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5370 - Contemporary Australian poetry and fiction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Ackland

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4370

Objectives

As for ENM4370

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5580 - Ireland, Swift, England: Special author subject

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENM4580

Objectives

As for ENM4580

Assessment

Seminar paper (1500 words): 25%
Short essay (2500 words): 25%
Long essay (5000 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5620 - Literary theory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clive Probyn

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers a detailed study of modern theories of literary criticism, concentrating on the period 1950 to the present, and covers topics including: formalism, structuralism, deconstruction, phenomenology, Freudian and Jungian approaches to interpretation. Weekly topics for discussion will include speech act theory, repetition, dialogism, archetypes, signified and signifier, hermeneutics, feminocentric reading, metafiction and the narcissistic narrative. No previous theoretical knowledge is assumed, but the unit is appropriate for students already interested in asking questions of a general nature about the practice of literature and interpretation.

Objectives

This subject will not discuss 'primary literary texts' (novels, plays, poems), but 'texts about literature' and 'texts about criticism' ('literary criticism', critical discourse, what readers and critics do) 'texts about texts'. We shall examine the practice and assumptions behind the activities called critical judgement and critical reading in relation to a wide variety of theories. The rationale of this subject is literary, not philosophical. In addition to surveying a wide range of types of critical discourse, we look at the often unexamined, or so-called 'axiomatic' principles and practice of literary creation from both the writer's and reader's points of view. The literary criticism listed below under 'Readings' may be no less imaginative, fictional, creative, or 'textual', than the literary works some of them claim to 'explain'. Criticism may seek to take the place of the text in the same way that the text may seem to take the place of 'reality'. Do not expect a final set of transportable 'truths' to emerge at the end. The emphasis of the course is placed on the questions we ask of literature and of criticism when we engage in reading and in the production of texts: questions about where literature belongs in human experience; its relationship to and difference from other sorts of discourse: its definition; the terminology we use to describe it; assumptions about the role and function of literature in society, and so on. Such questions have been asked by many writers and critics from the time of Aristotle to the present day.

Assessment

Exercise or book review (2000 words): 20%
Seminar paper (2000 words): 20%
Essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENM5640 - The Life of the text: Genesis, production, reception

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A study of the theory and practice of authorship, publication, and the transmission and reception of literary texts, from the earliest times to the present day.

Objectives

As for ENM4640

Assessment

One exercise(1500 words): 20%
Major project (4000 words): 40%
Essay (1500 words): 30%
Seminar paper (1000 words) and class participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5700 - Drama of the age of Shakespeare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Groves

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENM4700

Objectives

As for ENM4700

Assessment

Two assignments (2500 words each): 40%
Essay (4000 words): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 lecture and 1 tutorial) per week


ENM5750 - Exotic erotic other: World writing in English

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chandani Lokuge

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENM4750

Objectives

As for ENM4750

Assessment

Either one creative fiction/non-fiction with critical exegesis or an essay (5000 words): 60%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
Essay (2000 words): 20%
Participation: 10%
ENM5750 students will be expected to include a more extensively theorised research component in their essays and to develop and demonstrate a more independent and resourceful approach in their creative writing

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


ENM5760 - Visions and revisions: Reworkings

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alan Dilnot

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will examine some ways in which imaginative experience may be reworked. Reworkings include revisions, rejoinders, amplification, reinterpretation, indirect allusion, translation and subversion. Factors in reworking, such as authorial bias, the spirit of the age, and movement from one genre or one art form to another, will also be considered. Postmodern and postcolonial factors in reworkings will receive particular attention. The large proportion of twentieth-century texts will enable students to assess how this century's literature is built upon earlier work, and to consider how contemporary sensibilities affect interpretation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this course should have developed:

  1. An understanding of the variety of ways in which literary texts may be considered as responses to precursor texts.

  1. A recognition of how our own age interprets, evaluates and controls its cultural heritage by reworking it.

  1. A grounding in the nature of the social circumstances and cultural conditions in which literature is produced.

  1. An ability to articulate critical interpretations of the set texts in systematic written argument and in clear and confident oral presentation.

Assessment

Two seminar papers (1500 words; a literary exercise of 1500 words may be substituted for one of the seminar papers): 30%
Essay (2500 words): 30%
Essay (3500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


ENV4020 - Perspectives on environment and sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ed Lockhart

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.

  1. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions...).

  1. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.

  1. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.

  1. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week


ENV4030 - Environmental analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability and skills in their application. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment including those based on economics e.g. cost benefit analysis, as well as tools for evaluating planning and policy decisions. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment.

  1. understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment.

  1. understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally

  1. understanding of the economic approach to attributing environmental value

  1. skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations

Assessment

Written work (inc. practical exercises
field report): 80% (4000 words)
Group oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


ENV4040 - Frontiers in sustainability and environment

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nigel Tapper

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.

  1. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.

  1. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.

  1. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.

  1. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


ENV4050 - Environmental governance and citizenship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Megan Farrelly

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the social and institutional frameworks for sustainability management, considering the relative merits of "top-down" and "bottom-up" approaches. The role, structure and processes of government in relation to the sustainability agenda will be outlined. The unit will review command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms and citizen empowerment. The role of environmental law will be considered, as well as processes for community participation in planning and policy making, negotiation and advocacy. The evolving nature of participation (actors/processes/structures) in environmental governance will be explored.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the role of government in relation to the environment and sustainability.

  1. An understanding of the role of civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability

  1. An understanding of the role of law in the regulation of the environment.

  1. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.

  1. Skills in environmental negotiation and mediation.

Assessment

Essay 2000 words 40%
Role play Equivalent to 1000 words 25%
Negotiation written exercise 1500 words 35%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


ENV405C(A) - Research project part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christian Kull

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The candidate undertakes individual research within a specified academic discipline, with supervision provided by a specialist in the research field. Research design and outcomes are presented in a thesis written to the conventions of the research discipline (and within Faculty Guidelines), and in a research seminar.

Objectives

By completing this subject the candidate will:

  1. Gain experience in conducting independent research.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to formulate a research question, design a research project, and collect, analyse and interpret data appropriate to addressing the research question.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to present research outcomes in a thesis appropriate to the relevant scientific discipline, and in a research seminar.

Contact hours

3 hour workshop/supervision per week


ENV405C(B) - Research project part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christian Kull

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for ENV405C(A)

Objectives

By completing this subject the candidate will:

  1. Gain experience in conducting independent research.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to formulate a research question, design a research project, and collect, analyse and interpret data appropriate to addressing the research question.

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to present research outcomes in a thesis appropriate to the relevant scientific discipline, and in a research seminar.

Assessment

Thesis (15000 words): 85%
Seminar (20 minutes): 15%

Contact hours

3 hour workshop/supervision per week


ENV414F - Ecological systems and management

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kale Sniderman

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit provides a broad introduction to ecology for candidates with no prior ecological experience. It aims to integrate selected concepts in ecology, biology, biogeography and earth sciences that underpin present ecological thinking. The unit examines the developmental history and present status of selected biological components in Australia and other southern hemisphere landmasses. Models of ecological management, nature reserve design and the ecological influence of humans through increasing demands on resources, are also critically examined.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


ENV415F - Law and the environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yet Bryant

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Structure of the Australian legal system, division of law; workings of the system; the courts and their work; environmental problems involving legislative control; town planning problems.

Assessment

Written (4000 words): 50%
Take-home examination: 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week


ENV416F - Introduction to economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Birendra Rai

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Scarcity and social coordination in economic systems. The concepts of demand, costs, and supply. Markets and price determination and the concept of market power. Interactions between the economy and the environment. Costs of market exchange as a barrier to coordination of natural resource use by market signals and incentives. Government planning as an alternative signalling and incentive system.

Assessment

Written assignment (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1250 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week


ENV423E - The conserver society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A social ecology perspective on the relations of humans with the biosphere that contribute to sustaining biodiversity. The unit is concerned with the challenge of re-establishing a humane society that lives within nature's bounds.

Assessment

Book reviews (1000 words)
Research report (2000 words)
Pracs (1000 words): 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week plus 2day/night field trip


ENV431E - Environmental psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Cock

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit draws on the experience of the first peoples of the world, the hunter-gatherers, particularly in Australia and America. It examines how their experience with nature can reveal the possibility of a mutually enriching relationship between western socialised humans and Gaia. The work of deep ecology, ecofeminism, creation spirituality and Jungian psychology is drawn on to explore different environments as a source of psychological insight and well-being. The unit also examines the effect on our psyche of the built environment.

Assessment

Research report (2000 words): 35%
Book review (500 words): 10%
A journal: 20%
Three practical reports (500 words each): 35%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week and 2 day field trip


ENV432E - Environment and health

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The interrelationships between environment and human physical and psychological well-being are explored, studying their role in the expression, causation and treatment of genetic, infectious and degenerative disease. The prevailing biomedical health paradigm is compared to ecological ones, across time and cultures, which extend current focus on human-centred, technological disease control to a view of health as a dynamic and harmonious equilibrium of all the elements and forces making up and surrounding a human being. Seminars and projects provide opportunities to apply these understandings to specific diseases and environmental factors of individual interest.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Short presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENV435E - Human evolution and environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): John Grindrod

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The evolution of humans in Africa from hominid precursors, to the genus Homo. The movement of humans out of Africa and subsequent world colonisation. Animal precursors to human behavioural traits. Archaeological evidence for the development of tool use and increasingly complex lifestyles. The ecology of pre-industrial people especially Homo sapiens. Case studies of the early arrival and sustained ecological influence of people in Australia and the Pacific region.

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (2000 words): 40%

Contact hours

12 day intensive field based unit


ENV4372 - Strategic management for corporate environmental sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Edward Paul Lockhart

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Sustainability implies a disruptive change to the assumption base of most organization's business-as-usual strategic agenda. Students seeking to apply sustainability will need to have an understanding of the linkages between sustainability and strategic management, together with an understanding of the challenges associated with introducing a non-incremental idea into an organization. Consequently, this unit has three components. First, an introduction to the strategic management approaches as taught in most business schools. Second, the emerging approaches used in the strategic assessment of sustainability issues. Third, exploring the challenges associated with implementing a new idea.

Objectives

This unit seeks to address one question: "How will you introduce sustainability into the strategic management process of your organization?"

To answer this question, students will need to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of what constitutes strategy together with the generic models of, and approaches to, the strategic management process of organizations
  2. An understanding of how and where sustainability concepts may be integrated into an organization's strategic management process
  3. An understanding of the issues and obstacles associated with the successful introduction of disruptive concepts such as sustainability into an organization's strategic agenda.

Assessment

Written assignments (4000 words) and individual essays: 60%
Assignment/essay/case study(1500 words): 30%
Class participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


ENV437E - Corporate sustainability management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Corporate management for sustainable development is emerging as a core competency for business leaders. The ability to create value from, and mitigate risks associated with, sustainable development increasingly impacts markets, access to capital, company reputation and shareholder value. Managers who understand the need for a strategic approach to corporate sustainability management will perform across the 'triple bottom line' of environmental, social and financial performance to preserve value and create new business opportunities.

Objectives

Upon completing this subject students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of leading-edge thinking and practice in the highly dynamic field of corporate sustainability management.

  1. The ability to develop and communicate a business case for sustainability.

  1. Familiarity with the conceptual frameworks and practical tools to apply sustainability in an organisational setting.

Students will share in a participative and collaborative learning environment. Corporate case studies and business speakers will enhance the 'real-world' relevance of the subject material.

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (2700 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV537E


ENV441E - Sustainability measurement

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As the sustainability agenda deepens, the public and private sectors face growing demands for accountability. This unit extends upon ENV437E/537E and provides students with an overview of sustainability from an applied perspective, with a particular focus on effective measurement. Students examine i) how environmental and social performance interact with financial processes and measurement ii) steps, principles, tools and methodologies and their practical application when accounting for sustainability and its three capital stocks. This includes the how, what, when, where and why of measuring, monitoring, evaluating and reporting relevant sustainability related information.

Objectives

Upon completing this Unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding why effective measurement is critical in driving the sustainability agenda and support business cases,

  1. develop measurement strategies and indicators,

  1. select the most appropriate measurement tools for a given situation, and

  1. critical insight into how leading organisations are measuring sustainability.





Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (3000 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


ENV444E - Directed project - corporate environmental management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Chris Cocklin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A project proposal and specific project outputs for a company-based corporate environmental management issue. Students are equipped with additional professional skills to improve their effectiveness in the workplace.

Assessment

Project proposal (1000 words): 10%
A project write-up (4000 words): 65%
A reflective essay (2000 words): 25%


ENV445E - Energy, environment infrastructure

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

From a rudimentary introduction to the scientific framework of energy and the thinking behind analyses of social (ie. all anthropogenic) phenomena for their social constructions, the course offers a comprehensive insight into:

  1. environmental consequences of current energy use in the industrialised world and
  2. the material infrastructural underpinnings of that current energy use. Beyond this the course offers a critical understanding of
  3. consequences of industrialised society energy demands for social infrastructure ("social capital") and of
  4. opportunities to reduce these demands (and their environmental consequences) while enhancing social capital and flexibility.

Assessment

Two essay reports (1000 words each): 40%
Ten minute presentation: 10%
Essay report (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week and 2 hour equivalent excursions


ENV5020 - Perspectives on environment and sustainability

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ed Lockhart

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

People's approaches to environmental issues (what they see as problems and what they see as solutions) vary widely based on worldviews, assumptions, and value systems. This unit develops students' capacity to critically evaluate differing ideological, philosophical, and disciplinary approaches to environment and sustainability, such as positivistic science, technology, systems theory, social ecology, indigenous worldviews, deep ecology, bioregionalism, poststructuralism, neoliberalism, and sustainability science. Throughout, it will explore the implications of these approaches for policymaking, disciplinary research, environmental management, and political processes and action.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A thorough grasp of the ideas and assumptions behind a range of key perspectives on the environment and sustainability.

  1. An ability to recognize and analyse different philosophical and ideological perspectives on the environment in use (in writing, in speech, in political positions',...).

  1. A capacity to understand the perspectives of different disciplines within an interdisciplinary context.

  1. Skills in analysing the implications of differing environmental perspectives on practical courses of action and policy-making.

  1. Skills in constructing critical and analytical arguments, in oral and written form, relevant to discussions of environmental worldviews and philosophies.

  1. An in-depth understanding of the historical roots and current debates within one perspective.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (4000 words)
Oral presentations: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week


ENV5030 - Environmental analysis

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

This unit equips students with understanding of basic tools for environmental analysis and decision making for sustainability and skills in their application. It will look at a range of techniques for attributing value to the environment including those based on economics e.g. cost benefit analysis, as well as tools for evaluating planning and policy decisions. These include environmental and social impact assessment, risk analysis, strategic and integrated assessment, life cycle analysis, state-of-environment reporting, modelling, auditing, monitoring and scenario building. Throughout, the dynamic interaction between scientists, policy makers and the broader community will be explored.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit at level 4 students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a capacity to describe and understand a variety of methods used to value the environment.

  1. understanding of the complexity of analysing and presenting data to form the basis of decisions about the environment.

  1. understanding and critical evaluation of the development and operation of the Environmental Impact Assessment process both nationally and internationally

  1. understanding of the economic approach to attributing environmental value

  1. skills in applying a range of techniques to real world situations

  1. students will demonstrate a capacity to evaluate the comparative usefulness of various tools for analysis

Assessment

Written work (inc. practical exercises
field report): 80% (4000 words)
Group oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV422E or ENV522E Environmental Assessment


ENV5040 - Frontiers in sustainability and environment

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nigel Tapper

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Drawing on environmental expertise from inside and outside the university, this unit provides students with a fundamental technical understanding of a range of contemporary and emerging environmental issues such as loss of biodiversity, global warming, waste management, genetic engineering, water scarcity and management, and urban and rural sustainability. Throughout, the coordinator will ensure that social concepts and frameworks of sustainability are woven into a more comprehensive technical understanding of the environmental issues. The unit also considers responses proposed and/or implemented to address the various environmental issues.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. A fundamental understanding of the scientific basis of a range of key environmental issues.

  1. The ability to recognize that scientific understanding of major environmental issues is not complete, and that there are a range of scientific perspectives that can be brought to bear on any particular environmental issue.

  1. The ability to apply social concepts and frameworks of sustainability to key environmental issues.

  1. An awareness of the responses proposed and/or implemented in response to key environmental issues.

  1. A capacity to construct critical and analytical argument in oral and written form, relevant to discussion of major environmental issues.

  1. An in-depth understanding of cutting edge science for one key environmental issue.

Assessment

Reading commentaries 1000 words 25%
Oral presentation (debate participation) Equivalent to 500 words 25%
Research essay 3000 words 50%

Contact hours

Two, two-day intensive class sessions held in weeks 3 and 5


ENV5050 - Environmental governance and citizenship

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Megan Farrelly

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the social and institutional frameworks for sustainability management, considering the relative merits of "top-down" and "bottom-up" approaches. The role, structure and processes of government in relation to the sustainability agenda will be outlined. The unit will review command-and-control regulation, the use of market mechanisms and citizen empowerment. The role of environmental law will be considered, as well as processes for community participation in planning and policy making, negotiation and advocacy. The evolving nature of participation (actors/processes/structures) in environmental governance will be explored.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. An understanding of the role of government in relation to the environment and sustainability.

  1. An understanding of the role of civil society in relation to the environment and sustainability

  1. An understanding of the role of law in the regulation of the environment.

  1. Familiarity with the principles and practice of citizen advocacy.

  1. Skills in environmental negotiation and mediation.

  1. An appreciation of the theoretical understandings of the shift from government to governance in respect of sustainability.

Assessment

Essay 2000 words 40%
Role play Equivalent to 1000 words 25%
Negotiation written exercise 1500 words 35%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


ENV514F - Ecological systems and management

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Kale Sniderman

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Unit content as for ENV414F. Students will also be required to demonstrate through their written assessments a capacity to integrate field-based ecological research with a current management issue, and to make specific management recommendations for nature conservation based on ecological research findings.

Objectives

Unit content as for ENV414F

Assessment

Essay (3000 words): 60%
Field report (1500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENV515F - Law and the environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yet Bryant

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Structure of the Australian legal system, division of law; workings of the system, the courts and their work; environmental problems involving legislative control; town planning problems.

Assessment

Written (4000 words): 50%
Take-home examination: 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


ENV516F - Introduction to economics

6 points, SCA Band 3, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Birendra Rai

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Scarcity and social coordination in economic systems. The concepts of demand, costs and supply. Markets and price determination and the concept of market power. Interactions between the economy and the environment. Costs of market exchange as a barrier to coordination of natural resources use by the market signals and incentives. Government planning as an alternative signalling and incentive system. Use of economics to analyse environmental problems.

Assessment

Written assignment (1000 words): 20%
Essay (1250 words): 30%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture per week


ENV520E - Environmental economics and policy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Edwyna Harris

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

Application of microeconomic theory to environmental problems; the relationship between economy and the environment; sustainable development; national accounting and the environment. Limitations of market and government coordination of natural resourse use. Valuation of unpriced environmental goods and cost-benefit analysis of evironmental changes. Policy options for solid wastes and recycling, local and global pollution problems, protection of biodiversity, management of stocks of fish and other 'commons' resources.

Assessment

Written assignment (1250 words): 25%
Essay (2000 words): 30%
Take-home examination (2500 words): 45%

Contact hours

3 hour lecture per week


ENV521E - Coastal environments

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jim Peterson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV421E.

Assessment

As for ENV421E.


ENV523E - The conserver society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As per ENV423E

Objectives

As per ENV423E

Assessment

Book reviews (1000 words)
Research report: (2000 words)
Pracs (1000 words): Total written 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week plus 2 day/night field trip


ENV531E - Environmental psychology

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Cock

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV431E

Objectives

As for ENV431E

Assessment

Written: 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/workshop per week and a 2 day field trip


ENV532E - Environment and health

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV432E

Objectives

As for ENV432E

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Short presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


ENV533E - Environmental internship

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sharron Pfueller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

The internship offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through their previous study. Under supervision of a member of Monash staff the student will undertake and report on practical and analytical work within the practical context of a business or other organisation outside Monash University (government department, or non-government organisation).

Objectives

On successful completion of the internship students will have:

  1. gained experience in a project which is of direct benefit to the environmental interests of a client organization outside of Monash University,
  2. developed skills in project formulation, implementation, analysis and communication
  3. enhanced their capacity to evaluate environmental policy and project work
  4. improved their ability for self-evaluation in the context of environmental engagement.

Assessment

Internship Journal (1000 words ) : 15%
Report (8000 words ) : 85%

Contact hours

One 2 hour workshop in week 1 of the semester. Subsequent hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation.

Prerequisites

ENV4020, ENV4030 and ENV4040

Prohibitions

ENV538C


ENV537E - Corporate sustainability management

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ENV437E

Objectives

As for ENV437E

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (2700 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour lecture/seminar per week

Prohibitions

ENV437E


ENV541E - Sustainability measurement

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

As for ENV441E

Objectives

As for ENV441E

Assessment

Written individual work: 50% (3000 words)
Written group work: 40% (5000 words)
Presentation: 10%

Contact hours

One x 2 hour lecture per week


ENV545E - Energy, environment infrastructure

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for ENV445E

Objectives

As for ENV445E

Assessment

Two essay reports (1000 words each): 40%
Ten minute presentation: 10%
Essay report (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week and 2 hour equivalent excursions


EUM4010 - European Union: History, debates, politics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process;
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union;
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance;
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM5010, EUR2110, EUR3110


EUM4020 - Religion and secularism in the quest for European integration

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
  2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
  3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

The requirements of entry into the relevant Masters or honours program, or with permission.

Prohibitions

EUR4020, EUM5020


EUM4130 - Comparative regionalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the major political, legal and economic theories of regional integration and regionalism and their relevance to different regional arrangements in the world;
  2. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences among regional arrangements in legal, political and economic terms;
  3. an understanding of their impact upon various levels of governance (local, national, regional, global);
  4. an appreciation of the evolution of regional arrangements in different parts of the world, including in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa since 1945, with an emphasis on the post-Cold War period;
  5. an understanding of the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements in Europe and in the world, including the Council of Europe, EFTA (European Free Trade Association), NATO, the OSCE (Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe), ASEAN (Association of South East Asian Nations) and the ARF (ASEAN Regional Forum), SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Co-operation), the ACP Group (African, Caribbean and Pacific Group), SADC (Southern African Development Community), AU (African Union), ECOWAS (Economic Community of West African States), the Gulf Cooperation Council, Mercosur (Southern Common Market) and the Andean Community;
  6. an understanding of the roles of the US, the EU and other regions or countries (particularly in Asia and in Australasia) in promoting interregional arrangements such as ASEM (Asia-Europe Meeting) and APEC (Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation);
  7. an understanding of the significance of regional cooperation and integration for Australia and its relations with particular regions;
  8. a capacity to identify the factors assisting and impeding regional cooperation or integration;
  9. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  10. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument bases upon these assessments;
  11. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  12. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

26 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM5130


EUM4140 - Business, civil society and lobbying in the European Union

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM5140


EUM4160 - The European Union and the world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations;
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs;
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs;
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations;
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions;
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations;
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials;

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM5160


EUM4230 - Research paper in European and international studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM4940 - European Union study in region part A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM4950 - European Union study in region part B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 4th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM4960 - Intensive European Union study in Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre, the unit will allow students to benefit from European teaching and research experience in European Union studies. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Law, or Business and Economics, students will pursue autonomous research on specialized policy, economic, legal, political or cultural aspects of the EU and attend lectures and seminars given by highly qualified postdoctoral fellows and established specialists from the European University Institute in Florence in Economics, Law, Social and Political Science and Contemporary History.

Objectives

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency).
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 weeks

Prerequisites

Core units of master

Prohibitions

EUM5960


EUM4970 - European Union internship in Brussels

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand, Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Known as the "Capital of Europe", Brussels is home to many European Union institutions and NGOs, and to the corporate headquarters of many multi-national firms. Students will complete an internship in this international city under academic and professional supervision. They will work in EU institutions or in Brussels-based multi-national firms, European industry associations, international organizations, NGOs and political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. This will be an opportunity to gain first-hand, practical knowledge of the European Union in law, politics, business, finance and to practice European languages including French and Dutch.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies;
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies;
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment;
  4. developed organizational and time management skills;
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages;
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines;
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports;
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union.

Assessment

Written work (an internship journal and internship report - 9000 words): 80%
Oral presentation (given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia): 20%

Contact hours

12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions

EUM5970


EUM5010 - European Union: History, debates, politics

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Now enlarged to 27 countries, the European Union is a key player in the world. Students will explore its genesis, its major historical milestones, its institutions and decision-making from an interdisciplinary perspective. They will examine EU policies including in the trade, agricultural, environmental, social, educational, monetary, development and security fields. They will be exposed to the main concepts and theories formulated to account for the development of the EU. They will be given guidance to pursue the exploration of specific EU policy outcomes at EU and member state level and be encouraged to make autonomous use of a wide range of resources including on-line material.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the history of the European Union and of the socio-cultural norms that have informed European integration as well as of the tensions that have beset the process;
  2. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the process of European integration leading up to the creation of the European Union;
  3. informed appreciation of the novelty of the European Union as a post-national mode of governance;
  4. understanding of the main theories of European integration, their limitations and their place in the wider debate surrounding globalization
  5. understanding of EU institutions and decision-making
  6. knowledge of major EU policies and their impact on the national policies of EU member states and on non-EU countries
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon these assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM4010, EUR2110, EUR3110


EUM5020 - Religion and secularism in the quest for European integration

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the importance of religion in the conceptualization and enacting of European Integration from an historical perspective. It examines how developments in belief and religious practice have affected culture and politics, and how historical trajectories have shaped visions and possibilities of a united Europe. Themes include: the formation and fragmentation of Christendom - the formation of Europe; Christianities and National Identities; the Secularisation of Europe; the role, within and without, of Judaism and Islam; the religious roots of notions of 'the common good', human rights, and their impact on European charters; de-secularisation of European politics.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of European religion(s) in historical and contemporary contexts, including issues of secularization and de-secularization;
  2. a critical understanding of the history of discourses, especially in the 20th century, envisioning a united Europe based on the (supposed) commonality of its religious culture;
  3. a developed understanding of the relevance, diversity and importance of religion in the development of Europe (Christianity, Judaism and Islam), and how developments in belief and religious practice have affected politics and the machinery of state;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.
  8. (at Level 5) the acquisition of a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing key the role of religion and secularism in the development of European unity from an historical perspective.

Assessment

a critical review of a work of interpretation or conceptualisation relevant to a seminar theme and the student's research essay, given first as a seminar presentation (10%), and then revised into a written review paper in light of seminar group comments and a written assessment by the coordinator (20%) (2000 words) : 30%
research essay devised and developed by the student (5000 words) : 50%
reflective response to a set question, in a take-home examination (2000 words) : 20%
Level 5 students will be required to engage more deeply with the theoretical, methodological and historical issues involved in each assessment task.

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Satisfactory progress in Level 4 units

Prohibitions

EUR4020, EUM4020


EUM5130 - Comparative regionalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

This unit will explore regional economic, political and security cooperation and integration in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa, with a special focus on Asia (ASEAN, ARF, SAARC) and Europe (European Union, Council of Europe, EFTA, OSCE). It will also investigate inter-regional arrangements such as ASEM and APEC. Regional processes will be analysed comparatively, using an interdisciplinary, historically grounded perspective. Students will be exposed to the major theories of regionalism. They will study the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements both in Europe and in the world, including with Australasia.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the major political, legal and economic theories of regional integration and regionalism and their relevance to different regional arrangements in the world;
  2. an informed appreciation of the similarities and differences among regional arrangements in legal, political and economic terms;
  3. an understanding of their impact on upon various levels of governance (local, national, regional, global);
  4. an appreciation of the evolution of regional arrangements in different parts of the world, including in Europe, Asia, the Americas and Africa since 1945, with an emphasis on the post-Cold War period;
  5. an understanding of the significance of the European Union as a model of regional integration and its relations with other regional arrangements in Europe and in the world, including the Council of Europe, EFTA (European Free Trade Association), NATO, the OSCE (Organisation for Security and Co-operation in Europe), ASEAN (Association of South East Asian Nations) and the ARF (ASEAN Regional Forum), SAARC (South Asian Association for Regional Co-operation), the ACP Group (African, Caribbean and Pacific Group), SADC (Southern African Development Community), AU (African Union), ECOWAS (Economic Community of West African States), the Gulf Cooperation Council, Mercosur (Southern Common Market) and the Andean Community;
  6. an understanding of the roles of the US, the EU and other regions or countries (particularly in Asia and in Australasia) in promoting interregional arrangements such as ASEM (Asia-Europe Meeting) and APEC (Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation);
  7. an understanding of the significance of regional cooperation and integration for Australia and its relations with particular regions;
  8. a capacity to identify the factors assisting and impeding regional cooperation or integration;
  9. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  10. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument bases upon these assessments;
  11. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  12. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.
  13. Students completing the unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing regional integration and regionalism.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

26 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM4130


EUM5140 - Business, civil society and lobbying in the European Union

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

Students will investigate the practice and theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union and in Europe. They will explore the channels and techniques of influence open to business, labour, environmental and consumer groups at various stages of the EU decision-making process. They will study the policy of European Union institutions towards these groups. A special emphasis will be placed upon the extra-European interest groups, including major business groups from Asia, the US and Australia, and their interaction with the EU. Practitioners from EU institutions and interest groups will be invited to contribute their experience via three videoconferences with Brussels.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an informed appreciation of the various channels and techniques of influence open to business groups, public interest groups (such as environmental groups and consumer groups), professional interests, labour interests and territorial interests at various stages of the EU decision-making process;
  2. a knowledge of the policy of EU institutions towards interest groups, and more widely, civil society actors in Europe;
  3. an understanding of the decision-making processes and evolution of the EU and their impact on the organization of public and private interest groups at the regional, national, European and world levels;
  4. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the theory of interest representation and lobbying in the European Union;
  5. an understanding of the theoretical approaches to interest intermediation and representation and the literature pertaining to collective action and mobilization, European transnational movements and European non-governmental organizations;
  6. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  7. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  8. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  9. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials.
Students completing the unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:
  1. the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the world significance of the process of European integration.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode


Prohibitions

EUM4140


EUM5160 - The European Union and the world

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (On-campus block of classes)

Synopsis

As a powerful trade negotiator, a leading player in the environmental, development aid, and human rights fields, and a growing political and strategic presence in the world, the European Union is increasingly recognized as a force for global stability and security. Students will explore the EU's relations with non-EU countries, and its roles and legal status in the international system. They will be introduced to the institutional framework and policies of EU external relations. Special emphasis will be placed on the relations of the EU with Asia, the US, Australia, Africa and Russia. The unit will further examine the status of the EU and its member states in international organizations.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a developed understanding of the conceptual difficulties associated with the study of the EU's external relations;
  2. informed appreciation of the EU's role as an actor and presence in world affairs;
  3. understanding of the major theoretical debates about ways of analysing EU external policy and the roles of the EU in world affairs;
  4. understanding of the institutions, processes and policies of EU external relations;
  5. knowledge of EU relations with Asia, Oceania, the United States, Africa, Russia, the Mediterranean and the Middle East, Central and South America, and other countries and regions;
  6. understanding of the status and role of the EU in key international organizations;
  7. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon these texts;
  8. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  9. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  10. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials;
  11. Students completing this unit at fifth level will be expected to demonstrate, in addition: the acquisition of a higher level of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in analysing the role of the EU on the international scene.

Assessment

Written work: 40% (2500 words)
Oral presentation: 20%
Take-home exam: 40% (2000 words)

Contact hours

22 hours per semester offered in block mode

Prohibitions

EUM4160


EUM5200 - Research in European and international studies

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives


EUM5200A - Research in European and international studies A

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.
This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or semester prior to, EUR5200B to total 24 points.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World

Co-requisites

EUM5200B


EUM5200B - Research in European and international studies B

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (18,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.
This unit is to be taken in conjunction with, or semester following, EUR5200A to total 24 points.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (18000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World

Co-requisites

EUM5200A


EUM5230 - Research paper in European and international studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Pascaline Winand

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this unit, student will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (9,000 words) that will address an issue relevant to European and International Studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

Objectives

On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

Assessment

Written work (inc. research project): 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Consultation with supervisor

Prerequisites

AST4220/AST5220 Investigating other societies: area studies in global perspectives
EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM5940 - European Union study in region part A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM5950 - European Union study in region part B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake study in a European country in which Monash University has an exchange agreement for European and European Union Studies. This study will be the equivalent of six points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution in the domain of European and European Union Studies.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have gained in depth knowledge about, and an appreciation of European Integration through immersion in an overseas learning environment.

Assessment

Exchange studies in accordance with the requirements of the host institution and as approved by the unit coordinator: 100%

Contact hours

Study will be the equivalent of 6 points of postgraduate study in Arts at Monash in the form of one 5th year unit offered by the host institution

Prerequisites

EUM4010/EUM5010 European Union: History, Debates, Politics
EUM4160/EUM5160 The EU and the World


EUM5960 - Intensive European Union study in Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand

Offered

Overseas Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

Taught at the Monash Prato Centre, the unit will allow students to benefit from European teaching and research experience in EU studies. Under the guidance of Monash staff from the Faculties of Arts, Law or Business and Economics, they will pursue autonomous research on specialized policy, economic, legal, political or cultural aspects of the EU. Students will also attend lectures and seminars in economics, law, social and political science or contemporary history. They will be given by highly qualified postdoctoral fellows and established specialists from the European University Institute in Florence and from other European universities with which Monash has international agreements.

Objectives

Students will gain:

  1. in-depth appreciation of the EU's functions and powers and of some of its key-institutions (such as the European Council, the Council of Ministers, the European Commission, the European Parliament, the European Court of Justice, the European Central Bank, the Committee of the Regions, the European Environment Agency).
  2. in-depth knowledge of some key areas of EU policy in their field of specialization (Competition Policy, Common Commercial Policy, Common Agricultural Policy, Economic and Monetary Union, Environmental Policy, Social Policy, Common Foreign and Security Policy/European Security;
  3. awareness of the key debates and internal as well as external challenges facing the EU;
  4. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts and the academic scholarship based upon those texts;
  5. strong skills in oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  6. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a research essay;
  7. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, especially those produced by the European Union itself.

Assessment

Written work (inc.Seminar presentation): 80%
Take home exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 weeks

Off-campus attendance requirements

Two hours of preparatory lecture at Caulfield campus, 32 hours of lectures and seminars in Prato over two and a half weeks, plus 24 hours private study. Also, one hour of individual consultation with the unit coordinator upon return to Australia.

Prerequisites

Core units of master

Prohibitions

EUM4960


EUM5970 - European Union internship in Brussels

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Pascaline Winand, Natalie Doyle

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Known as the "Capital of Europe", Brussels is home to many European Union institutions and NGOs, and to the corporate headquarters of many multi-national firms. Students will complete an internship in this international city under academic and professional supervision. They will work in EU institutions or in Brussels-based multi-national firms, European industry associations, international organizations, NGOs and political consultancies, think tanks and law firms. This will be an opportunity to gain first-hand, practical knowledge of the European Union in law, politics, business, finance and to practice European languages including French and Dutch.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will have

  1. gained a developed practical understanding of the institutions and policies of the European Union, thereby consolidating and extending what they have learned from core units and electives in the Master in European and International Studies;
  2. developed skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the European Union and its policies;
  3. developed communication and interpersonal skills appropriate to future professional employment;
  4. developed organizational and time management skills;
  5. developed their language skills in one or more European languages;
  6. developed an appreciation of the pressures inherent in producing high-quality, focused research under strict timelines;
  7. developed the capacity to devise, plan, write and successfully complete well-informed, well-structured and well-presented internship research reports;
  8. developed strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of their work experience and how it relates to academic scholarship on the European Union.

Assessment

Written work: An internship journal and Internship Report (9000 words): 80%
Oral presentation: (20%) - Given within 2 weeks of the students return to Australia

Contact hours

12 points: Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of one semester spent in an internship in Brussels. Equivalent of 24 hours per week contact and private study.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of core units of the Master in European and International Studies or with coordinator's approval.

Prohibitions

EUM4970


FNM4920 - Directed reading in French studies 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator and/or the chosen discipline's coordinator. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature. Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. Develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project(equivalent of 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent of 3000 words): 30%

Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On campus only.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.


FNM4930 - Directed reading in French studies 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit complements FNM4920/FNM5920 Reading in French Studies 1. It aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate an additional field inquiry relevant to their chose topic of research. In consultation wit the unit coordinator and the chosen discipline's coordinator, students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature.

Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project (equivalent to 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent to 3000 words): 30%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.

Co-requisites

FNM4930/FNM5930 Directed Reading in French studies 2 can also be taken concurrently with FNM4920/FNM5920 Directed Reading in French studies 1.


FNM5920 - Directed reading in French studies 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator and/or the chosen discipline's coordinator. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature. Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. Develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. Understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. Develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project(equivalent of 6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (equivalent of 3000 words): 30%

Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Off-campus attendance requirements

On campus only.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.


FNM5930 - Directed reading in French studies 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Natalie Doyle

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit complements Reading in French Studies 1. It aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate an additional field inquiry relevant to their chose topic of research. In consultation wit the unit coordinator andr the chosen discipline's coordinator, students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant disciplinary literature.

Fifth year level students will be expected to investigate more theoretically oriented literature.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues pertinent to the disciplinary area chosen
  2. develop and express an understanding of the specificity of the various disciplinary paradigms
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the issues raised by each paradigm and their relevance to various research projects
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing research in the chosen discipline.

Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

Written project (equivalent to 6000words): 70%
Seminar activities(equivalent to 3000 words): 30%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar per week, including use of e-learning platform (discussion, material delivery and collaboration) equivalent to a minimum of one weekly hour.

Prerequisites

Honours level in French or equivalent; Honours in cognate area with permission of teacher.

Co-requisites

FNM4930/5930 Directed Reading in French studies II can also be taken concurrently with FNM4920/5920 Directed Reading in French studies I.


FTM4042 - Historical film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Objectives

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4042 / FTM5042


FTM4052 - Contemporary film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Con Verevis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Objectives

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4052 / FTM5052


FTM4110 - New research methods in film and television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will provide a series of approaches to weekly audio-visual texts to subsequently enable students to focus on particular film and television studies research topics with a view to enabling the formation of extended research based projects. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, post-structural, postcolonial).

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects and their application;
  2. an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism;
  3. a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism;
  4. an understanding of a range of contemporary theoretical and critical approaches to film and television studies;
  5. a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTM5110


FTM4120 - Research essay in film and television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Hanan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The research essay offers students an opportunity to initiate and explore research processes in film and television studies under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research essay during the second half of the previous semester, in consultation with the postgraduate coordinator. The research essay needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

A fortnightly one hour meeting with the supervisor

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline Completion of 2 units in the MA by Coursework in Film and Television Studies

Prohibitions

FTM5120,FTM5100


FTM4220 - Experimental screen culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Adrian Martin

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit approaches experimentation in screen culture (including cinema, video, TV and digital) not as an activity that is "marginal", but absolutely central to the formation, development and critical questioning of all screen/media practice. The unit tracks major modes in screen practice ie storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations, the audiovisual "essay" back to historic and ongoing experiments with the essential elements of screen language. Works studied will include examples from the entire history of international screen culture; and a practical production element will be included so that students can discover the living process of experimentation for themselves.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical formation, development and critical appraisal of audio-visual experimentation;
  2. a critical understanding of the formal, social and political functions of experimentation in screen media;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms experimental screen culture criticism on an international scale;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of experimentation relates to notions of storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations and the audiovisual "essay".
  5. an ability to engage with written and audio-visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  7. An ability to understand the practical implications (Digital Video) for experimentation in audio-visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Practical production exercise: 20% (1500 words)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Major in Film and Television Studies or approved discipline


FTM4230 - Critical studies in television

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Therese Davis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Television has had a profound impact on human sense perception, resulting in radical changes to our experience of space and time This unit investigates a range of theories and critical approaches that have been developed to help us understand the complex relationship between television - as form, technique and technology - and contemporary forms of experience, such as distraction, despatialisation, boredom and compassion fatigue. It identifies questions of memory and history as key issues in the debates that have emerged around these changes to experience. Investigation of this topic is grounded in close analysis of a diverse group of contemporary TV programs and local and global TV events.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate: 1) a good knowledge of the main theories and critical approaches to the relationship between television and experience developed in the past 15 years; 2) an in-depth understanding of the relationship between television and contemporary forms of experience as they relate to issues of memory and history; 3) an ability to apply relevant theories and critical approaches in close analysis of specific forms of television; 4) a high level of ability in engaging with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation; 5) development of research skills in data collection. An additional objective for fifth-year students is: 6) a deeper understanding of theoretical debates in the field of television studies, specifically at it applies to questions of memory and history.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Participation and paper: 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline


FTM5042 - Historical film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines some concepts in the history of film theory by considering a number of theoretical and critical writings in relation to a range of films. Topics for examination include early silent film theory, the notion of the historical avant-garde in the form of French impressionism, the film theories of Kracauer and Bazin, French new wave criticism, the neglected tradition of realist phenomenology in film theory, 1968 and the leftist turn and the question of film language and structuralism.

Objectives

By the completion of the subject students will be expected to:

  1. identify and summarise a number of critical positions in historical film theory;
  2. critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry;
  3. identify and defend their own critical positions with the field of film studies;
  4. relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material;
  5. demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

A major in Film and Television Studies or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4042 / FTM4042


FTM5052 - Contemporary film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Con Verevis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is primarily a reading unit that will consider aspects of film theory since 1975. A major portion of the unit will be devoted to the debates around modernism and post-modernism as they relate to film studies. Other areas of investigation include: textual analysis, feminist film theory, historical poetics, historical reception studies, queer film theory, and the impact of the cultural studies and Cinema books of Gilles Deleuze. Film texts for exploration will include those from Australian, American, European and Asian cinemas

Objectives

By the completion of the unit students will be expected to:

  1. Identify and summarise a number of critical positions in contemporary film theory.
  2. Critically assess the limitations of these positions so as to begin to establish new domains of inquiry.
  3. Identify and defend their own critical positions within the field of film studies.
  4. Relate these positions to the examination of films and film related material.
  5. Demonstrate an understanding of research methodologies and the requirements of research papers.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Participation and paper (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (one 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening) per week

Prerequisites

Two units at 2nd year level in Film and Television Studies, or other approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTV4052 / FTM4052


FTM5100 - Research project in film And television studies

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Hanan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The research project offers scope for students to explore research processes in film and television studies on a scale greater than that offered by the Research Essay. Research on a topic nominated by the student and approved by the Postgraduate Coordinator in Film and Television Studies is carried out under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research project, and seek approval for it, during the second half of the previous semester. The 18000 word research project needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument in the form of a series of chapters with a theoretical/methodological framework outlined at the beginning, and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic at the end.

Assessment

Thesis or project report (18000 words): 100%

Contact hours

A weekly one hour meeting with the supervisor during one semester.

Prerequisites

Completion of 48 points in the MA by Course Work in Film and Television Studies.

Prohibitions

FTM4120,FTM5120


FTM5110 - New research methods in film and television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will provide a series of approaches to weekly audio-visual texts to subsequently enable students to focus on particular film and television studies research topics with a view to enabling the formation of extended research based projects. This topic-based unit will focus on both practical (including archival, library and web-based methods) as well as theoretical research methods (historical, realist, experimental, structuralist, post-structural, postcolonial).

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a critical understanding of the methodologies available to Film and Television studies research projects and their application;
  2. an understanding of a range of theoretical approaches to textual criticism;
  3. a knowledge of the practical approaches to textual criticism;
  4. an understanding of a range of contemporary theoretical and critical approaches to film and television studies;
  5. a knowledge of the issues of digital media media that facilitate film and television studies research;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline

Prohibitions

FTM4110


FTM5120 - Research essay in film And television studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Hanan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The research essay offers students an opportunity to initiate and explore research processes in film and television studies under the supervision of a member of staff, with whom one meets regularly. Students should select their topic for the research essay during the second half of the previous semester, in consultation with the postgraduate coordinator. The research essay needs to be submitted by the last teaching week of the semester in which the course is taken.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have demonstrated that they can:

  1. Design and Develop a significant research project
  2. Critically survey theoretical writings in order to find an appropriate theoretical framework for the project
  3. Demonstrate an awareness of methodological considerations in carrying it out.
  4. Undertake independent research with some guidance from a supervisor
  5. Analyse texts and / or data in a way that is relevant to the framework adopted.
  6. On the basis of the analysis carried out, present a cogently structured argument and a set of conclusions in relation to the topic.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

A fortnightly one hour meeting with the supervisor

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline Completion of 2 units in the MA by Coursework in Film and Television Studies

Prohibitions

FTM4120,FTM5100


FTM5220 - Experimental screen culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit approaches experimentation in screen culture (including cinema, video, TV and digital) not as an activity that is "marginal", but absolutely central to the formation, development and critical questioning of all screen/media practice. The unit tracks major modes in screen practice ie storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations, the audiovisual "essay" back to historic and ongoing experiments with the essential elements of screen language. Works studied will include examples from the entire history of international screen culture; and a practical production element will be included so that students can discover the living process of experimentation for themselves.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical formation, development and critical appraisal of audio-visual experimentation;
  2. a critical understanding of the formal, social and political functions of experimentation in screen media;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms experimental screen culture criticism on an international scale;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of experimentation relates to notions of storytelling, representation, poetics, image-sound relations and the audiovisual "essay".
  5. an ability to engage with written and audio-visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  7. An ability to understand the practical implications (Digital Video) for experimentation in audio-visual forms.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7500 words)
Practical production exercise: 20% (1500 words)

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


FTM5230 - Critical studies in television

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Therese Davis

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Television has had a profound impact on human sense perception, resulting in radical changes to our experience of space and time This unit investigates a range of theories and critical approaches that have been developed to help us understand the complex relationship between television - as form, technique and technology - and contemporary forms of experience, such as distraction, despatialisation, boredom and compassion fatigue. It identifies questions of memory and history as key issues in the debates that have emerged around these changes to experience. Investigation of this topic is grounded in close analysis of a diverse group of contemporary TV programs and local and global TV events.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Participation and paper: 20%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

At 4th year honours level: a BA degree with a major in Film and Television Studies or cognate discipline with average grades of 70% or better in this major
At MA level: Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and Television or approved discipline


FTM5310 - Australian film theory and criticism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit will provide a map of the local and international flows of Australian film theory and criticism. By tracing key critical positions, personnel and institutions this unit will provide an understanding of the particularity of Australian film theory and criticism. The unit will not only interrogate the origins and evolution of Australian film theory (in film criticism and film history) but also examine its relationship to adjacent disciplines and institutions, and analyse its implications for establishing new directions of inquiry for film studies in Australia.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical development of film theories that have had international influence;
  2. a critical understanding of the social, political and institutional influences on the formation of Australian film theory and criticism;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with a variety of forms of theory and criticism as it emerges from the local;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of criticism relates to theories of nation and genre and to other notions of postcolonialism, postmodernism, the avant-garde, popular culture and globalisation;
  5. an understanding of the functions of theory and criticism in the Australian setting;
  6. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  7. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


FTM5320 - Reframing authors and genres

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Con Verevis

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit traces the development of theories of authorship and genre in film & television. The study of authorship and genre involves a variety of historical, industrial and critical assumptions. This unit examines how notions of genre and authorship develop in the post-WWII period and how these concepts persist in contemporary debates in film & television as broad discursive practices. In this mapping, film & television genre and authorship are understood as part of an interdependent relationship of production, text and reception. This investigation of genres and authorship will be conducted through a range of historical and contemporary film & television examples, local and international.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. an understanding of the historical development of theories of authorship and genre in film and television;
  2. a critical understanding of the social and political functions of contemporary film and television authorship and genre;
  3. an ability to define and critically engage with specific forms of authorship and genre analysis in film and television;
  4. an understanding of how the notion of intertextuality relates to theories of authorship and genre and to other notions of repetition and remaking in film, television and other media;
  5. an ability to engage with written and visual (screen) texts in a clear and confident manner in both written and oral presentation;
  6. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (8500 words)
Tutorial participation and paper (500 words): 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 2-hour screening per week

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


FTM5330 - Film festivals and internship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Deane Williams

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides a unique opportunity for students to be imbedded in a Film Festival, screening program or museum. After an initial seminar program where they will be familiarised with all aspects of film festival operations including their history and cultural imperatives, students will then become part of a film festival apparatus including attendance of as much as is possible of the screening, seminar, lecture and information components of an international festival often in an overseas country. As part of this placement, students will be assigned a critic as chaperone and be required to make regular web-postings including reports, reviews and opinion pieces.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained valuable hands-on experience of the normal professional activities and issues involved in the running of a film festival or screening program;
  2. developed a conceptual understanding of the aims and modus operandi of the festival or institution in which they served their internship, and of film culture institutions or audio-visual museum more generally;
  3. learnt how to apply theoretical and critical skills to practical tasks in running of the festival/ museum/ institution; learnt and practised methods of criticism customarily undertaken in film festivals, screening programs and cultural institutions;
  4. an ability to develop and employ research skills in data collection in the service of advanced critical writing;
  5. developed an ability for intuitive critical appraisals of audio-visual work based on methodologies obtained from film and television studies postgraduate coursework

Assessment

Placement: 50%; Report: 30%; Seminar presentation: 20%

Contact hours

Four 2-hour seminars, one placement, one seminar

Prerequisites

Honours degree (or equivalent) in Film and television or approved discipline


GES4890 - Earth system interactions: From biogeochemical cycles to global change

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jason Beringer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will deal with the interactions and feedbacks amongst the Earth's different subsystems - the atmosphere, ocean, mantle and crust, cryosphere, and biological systems. The unit will examine the dynamics of the earth by identifying the major driving processes and responses of the biosphere to energy, water and biogeochemical cycles in the earth system together with the characteristic spatial and temporal scales over which they occur. These processes and cycles will be viewed from two different timescales: firstly, thousands to millions of years and secondly, decades to centuries.

Objectives

The unit aims to provide specific knowledge and understanding of climate, biology and geology and their role in current global process and the feedbacks and interactions that exist between them. This will engage students by providing them with relevant information that can be applied to global environmental problems. The unit also aims to provide contemporary and innovative ideas and research in the context of global change. The unit aims to develop synthetic capabilities in students through enquiry and integrative research as well as engaging teaching methods. The unit also aims to promote oral and other communications skills. Finally, students should develop teamwork skills through group based research projects.

Assessment

Oral seminar or debate presentation: 25%
Examination (2 hours): 40%
Research study report (2500 words): 35%
Students will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for critical analysis in the research study report.

Contact hours

Three hours per week (2 one-hour lectures per week (weeks 1-10), 3 hours seminars per week (weeks 11-12), 5 fortnightly research based activities (2 hours each)).

Prerequisites

Second year physical geography, earth science, atmospheric science, biology or by permission

Prohibitions

GES3890 and ATM3261


GLM4000 - Globalising research methods

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will engage with two connected questions:

  1. How can we research the phenomenon of globalisation;
  2. How has globalisation impacted upon research methods in the social sciences and humanities? The unit will look at both quantitative and qualitative research methodologies, combined forms such as historical-comparative, and theoretical frameworks (e.g. post-colonialism), to understand how each of these might be applied to understand the multi-dimensional nature of the impacts of "globalisation". It will also consider how the work and approach of researchers has been changed by the forms of evidence and the trans-national contexts that exist in the modern "globalising" world.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Have a well-developed understanding of major qualitative and quantitative research methodologies and theories.
  2. Be able to determine which approaches, from a range of different research methodologies, may be appropriate for the study of specific social science or humanities research questions regarding globalisation.
  3. Understand how globalising trends and developments such as in communication technologies have changed the texts and materials available for research, and the approaches required from researchers.
  4. Have highly developed skills in web-based study forms.
  5. Have high level inquiry, collaborative learning and presentation abilities.
  6. Be able to undertake a theoretically and methodologically informed research project on an aspect of globalisation.

Assessment

Group online presentation (2000 words): 20%
Individual online presentation (2000 words): 20%
Online tutorial contributions (2000 words): 20%
Research project proposal (3000 words): 40%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Weekly one to two hour asynchronous tutorial

Prerequisites

At least two core M.Global units or equivalent

Prohibitions

GLO4000


GLM5000 - Global research project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Building upon GLO4000/GLM4000 Globalising research methods, this unit will allow students to complete a single longer piece of research on a topic of interest to them in the area of globalisation. Students will utilise the project proposal previously developed in GLO4000/GLM4000 and complete a short dissertation of approximately 9,000 words. Bi-weekly discussion groups will focus on the work being done by students towards their dissertation, and later in the semester will feature presentations of work-in-progress. These seminars will provide practical help and guidance to students on their thesis writing. The students will also receive individual supervision on their specific topic.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  2. The ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Dissertation (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Bi-weekly one to two hour seminar.

Prerequisites

GLO4000 or GLM4000


GLM5001 - Global workplace project

12 points, SCA Band 3, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Building upon knowledge and skills developed in earlier parts of the Master of Global Studies course, students in this unit will undertake workplace-based research on how globalisation is impacting upon, or providing opportunities for, the professional area in which they are employed, and also how what they are doing at work might be promoting the process of globalisation itself. Bi-weekly discussion groups will focus on the work being done by students towards their reports, and later in the semester will feature presentations of work-in-progress. These seminars will provide practical help and guidance to students on their report preparation and writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate:

  1. An awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project.
  2. The ability to plan, implement and independently complete a workplace- based research report.
  3. An ability to present sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence.
  4. High-level skills in the written communication of research findings and practical recommendations.

Assessment

Workplace-based research work (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Bi-weekly one to two hour seminar.

Prerequisites

At least three Master of Global Studies core units or equivalent.


GNM4070 - German studies 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for GRN4070

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4080 - German studies 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for GRN4080

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4090 - German studies 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4100 - German studies 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Assessment

Written work
exercises: 55%
Exam: 20%
Test and Oral assessment: 25%


GNM4165 - Language and society: Sociolinguistics from a German language perspective

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A sociolinguistic perspective on the German language. Issues include language and society, politics and education. The role of the German language in a socioculturally and politically changed Europe, with particular reference to questions of language and national identity, pluricentricity and diglossia, the German language and German unity, migrant German and foreigner German, and the national and international status of the German language.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 60%
Examination (2 hours): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Co-requisites

An advanced German Studies core unit.


GNM4166 - German language and society: Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will explore the German language as a productive area of investigation from a sociolinguistic perspective. This subject will also go beyond the broader issues of language and society, politics and education and take an applied, practical research approach to the new role of the German language in a politically and socioculturally changed Europe. Recent developments pertaining to issues such as language and national identity, pluricentricity, migrant German and the national and international status of German will be explored.

Assessment

Archival work and library exercise (1000 words): 10%
Data collection exercise (1200 words): 15%
Data analysis (1200 words): 15%
Class paper (600 words): 15%
Research essay (5000 words): 45%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x lecture and 2 x seminars) per week

Prerequisites

GNM4165

Co-requisites

At least one of German Level 4 core units GNM4265, GNM4275, GNM4355, GNM4385.


GNM4275 - Critics of civilisation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit deals with major contributions to a central debate within German cultural and intellectual life concerning the value and status of mainstream German and Western cultural traditions. Reading the 'cultural critics' from Heine to Adorno opens up a key and controversial dimension to German intellectual history.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this subject students should have developed an understanding of Heine's view of German intellectual history, Marx's interpretation of history, Nietzsche's critique of Western culture and morality, Freud's theory of civilisation and Horkheimer and Adorno's of Western popular culture; formed a critical understanding of the texts studied through close reading; and grasped the premises and implications of the theories and critiques presented by the texts.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (3500 words)
Exam: 25%

Contact hours

3 hours (3 x seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


GNM4355 - Research project in German studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will develop, in consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students will produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (such as historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

Assessment

Written thesis (9000 words): 100%
The dissertation can be written either in German or in English.

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

Prohibitions

GNM4365


GNM4365 - Research project in German studies (2)

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In consultation with a supervisor, a focused research project is developed in an aspect of German Studies: German literature, linguistics, critical theory, textual theory, cinema studies, cultural studies or civilisation. Students produce a sustained piece of commentary that engages with an academic method (eg. historical method, survey reading, close analysis, theoretical critique or a combination of these) to answer a discipline-specific question and formulate a thesis. The dissertation (written either in German or English) will demonstrate a command of methodology, a close knowledge of the texts or issues studied, a high degree of competence in appropriate academic discourses in German.

Assessment

Written thesis (12,000-15,000 words): 100%

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent

Prohibitions

GNM4355


GNM4365A - Research project in German studies (2) - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


GNM4365B - Research project in German studies (2) - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


GNM4375 - Special reading course

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A study in depth of a particular topic in German literature or in German linguistics.

Assessment

2 essays (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 3, part 2 or above; or equivalent


GNM4385 - Age of Goethe

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Axel Fliethmann

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a comprehensive account of literary and cultural life in Germany during the age of Goethe; the "golden age" of German culture and the formative epoch in literature, music and philosophy. Centrally important texts are read for their contribution to this era and as representative examples of the various movements and developments which make it up.

Assessment

Written work (3500 words): 70%
Exam: 30%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

Advanced German Studies 1, part 2 or above; or equivalent


GYM4260 - Cultural landscape, environment and sustainability in Italy

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nigel Tapper and Rebekah Brown

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This field-based unit is taught on location in the National Park/World Heritage Area of Cinque Terre on the Italian Riviera. Identified by UNESCO as an environment and cultural landscape worth preserving, the region is under immense pressure due to rural depopulation, abandonment of agricultural lands, landscape instability, and burgeoning tourism. Problems of integrating tourism and agricultural objectives, while minimising negative environmental and cultural impacts, will be explored and possible solutions for regional sustainability proposed. The unit provides unique opportunities for interaction with staff of the National Park and various local and national authorities.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the range of complex environmental, social and economic interrelationships that shape a particular region and to be able to differentiate a "cultural" landscape from a "natural" landscape.

  1. Understand the criteria and processes that lead to the designation of a World Heritage Area and to be able to identify, describe and interpret problems of sustainability in the context of a region of truly global significance.

  1. Have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution using field-based techniques of survey and analysis, along with appropriate presentation skills.

  1. (In the case of Level 4 students) have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation, appraisal, budgeting and implementation strategies.





Assessment

Field-study journal 1,500 words 35%
Group oral presentation 20 min 20%
Essay (Level 3) or Project Report (Level 4) 2,500 words 45%

Contact hours

8 day intensive, involving lectures/seminars, tutorials and field work

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, European Studies, Tourism or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES.


GYM4330 - Field studies in regional sustainability

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Priya Rangan and Christain Kull

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit explores the concepts of regional development and sustainability, and draws attention to the practical constraints and issues associated with translating such concepts into regional policy and practice. Field-study takes place in South Africa and includes focus on topics such as: effects of commercial agriculture on soil and water quality; transnational water-sharing and flood management; ecotourism and conservation in nature parks; urbanisation, transportation and migration in environment-industry corridors; environmental education, health, and local ecological management.

Assessment

Field-study journal (3000 words): 35%
Oral presentation: 20%
Final research or development project proposal (5000 words): 45%

Contact hours

Intensive field-based unit

Prerequisites

Preferably 12 to 18 points of human geography or permission

Prohibitions

GES3330


GYM4350 - Resource evaluation and management

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christian Kull

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

National and international conflicts over the use of natural resources, eg rainforest destruction, land degradation, pressure on water supplies and common property resources. Analysis of resource disputes, including socio-political aspects and debate over causes and trajectories. Different managements approaches used to solve environmental problems, e.g. role of the state, communities, protected areas, and indigenous people.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to:

  1. critically analyse the theoretical and empirical bases of resource management issues
  2. appreciate the complex, intertwined nature of ecological, social, and political factors underlying resource management issues.
  3. recognise, apply, and distinguish between the main explanatory theories
  4. be able to construct critical and analytical arguments relevant to resource management issues in good quality writing.

Assessment

Written work: 55% (2500 words)
Tutorial participation 25%
Test 20%

Contact hours

1 x 2hr lecture and 1 x 1hr tutorial per week

Prohibitions

GES3350


GYM4370 - Applied environmental climatology

6 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Nigel Tapper

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Applied climatology addresses the role climate plays in the provision of food, shelter, energy and a healthy environment. The unit begins by acknowledging the role of traditional climate knowledge systems. Then a range of contemporary climate issues will be discussed along with approaches to addressing them. Issues include urban climate and design, air pollution, renewable (solar/wind) energy, and agriculture. Issues will be considered within the Australian context of climate change and variability (including extremes). Emphasis is placed on employment related theoretical, observational, analytical and modeling skills that will be developed through lectures, practicals and project work.

Objectives

Students will:

  1. appreciate urban climate knowledge
  2. be able to apply climate knowledge to urbanisation problems
  3. have gained practical experience in problem formulation and solution
  4. level 4 students, have developed specialised skills in research/project formulation.

Assessment

Literature review 500 words 11%
Practicals (500 words) 11%
Group or Individual Project Report/Presentation (1500 words): 33%
Examination (2 hours): 45%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures per week

one 3-hour practical per fortnight, plus private study/research time.

Prerequisites

18 points of Geography and Environmental Science, Atmospheric Science or permission of the Head of SGES. Other interested undergraduate and level 4 students will need to obtain permission from the Head of SGES

Prohibitions

GES3370


GYM4420 - Researching human environments

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Lauren Costello

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is directed at providing students with experience in applied research. Students will be introduced to the characteristics of information and instruction in the appropriate presentation of information and data. The nature of Geographical Information Systems is explained and examples of their use in research will be presented. Students will be introduced to the preparation and use of questionnaire surveys, interview and qualitative research methods. Students are required to develop a research project of their own choice. Workshops are also included and designed to assist students in compiling and reporting on their research findings.

Objectives

By the conclusion of this unit students are expected to have satisfactorily demonstrated the following outcomes:

  1. an ability to choose the most appropriate methods for analysing a particular data set
  2. a capacity to manipulate data
  3. an understanding of sampling techniques; basic ability in questionnaire design, coding and analysis
  4. basic interviewing techniques
  5. an understanding of some of the ethical issues involved in conducting human geographical research
  6. a capacity to produce high quality research reports
  7. an awareness of the limitations of geographical data
  8. an understanding of various methodological approaches 4th year students will be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Third Year version of the unit.

Assessment

Field Report (2500) : 40%
Project Proposal (1000) : 20%
Participation : 20%
Examination : 20%

Contact hours

2 hour workshop per week

Prerequisites

Admission to Honours or Postgraduate status

Prohibitions

GES3420


GYM4520 - Social space and urban justice

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Elissa Sutherland

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will bring the main themes of economic and cultural geography together. Throughout the unit we examine four main processes in contemporary cultural/economic geography: consumption, production, commodification, and urban spectacle. Case studies will be used to conceptualise the dynamics of large cities and urban spaces, in particular, patterns of intra-urban social variation, cultural construction, the distribution of power and status, and manifestations of popular culture. Through these themes attention is paid to difference, diversity and social justice principles.

Objectives

The unit employs a range of geographical methods and skills to evaluate and synthesize information about representations and the social construction of social spaces and urban justice. This includes a case study approach that links theory with everyday examples and fieldtrips. Such approaches provide students with conceptual skills and capacities that are transferable to a variety of contemporary issues impacting on daily life. Learning objectives and outcomes: At the completion of the subject students should have developed the following skills and capacities:

  1. critical analysis of urban and social justice
  2. ability to identify and critically evaluate information dealing with economic practices and cultural consumption
  3. effective communication in written and oral form
  4. ability to engage with theoretical debates and link to practical examples, demonstrated both in (examination and assignments) and practice (tutorial, fieldwork, class presentations). 4th year students will be expected to complete assessed work at a qualitatively and theoretically more sophisticated level than in the Third Year version of the unit.

Assessment

Field Report 1 (1000) : 15%
Field report 2 (1000) : 15%
Presentation : 10%
Essay (1,500) : 20%
Participation : 20%
Examination : 20%

Contact hours

3 hour workshop + 2 compulsory fieldtrips

Prerequisites

Admission to Honours or Postgraduate status

Prohibitions

GES2760


GYM4600 - Global positioning systems (GPS): Applications in GIS

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Shobhit Chandra

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

The transition from reference to diverse earth models and coordinate systems to the geocentric datum/earth model and digitally-assisted coordinate conversion on demand, rests on the rise of the digital computer and the global positioning industry with its constellation of satellites and "off the shelf" GPS receivers. In learning positioning/surveying using such receivers, students will use a range of techniques (eg differential GPS (dGPS), "real-time" correction GPS, and positioning using post-processing of GPS signals), for database assembly ready for input to GIS.

Assessment

Written assignments: 20%
Practical exercises: 50%
Practical exam: 30%

Co-requisites

GYM4920, GYM4610 or the equivalent recommended


GYM4610 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for social science applications

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor James Peterson

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit introduces GIS for business and social science applications, and discusses its relevance, basic principles, techniques and practice in the field of geodemographics, marketing and service planning. It focuses on geocoded data bases that refer to spatial heterogeneity in the social environment. Cases studies and hands-on practice allow students to gain experience in the use of GIS in census data analysis, business and service planning. Issues of data quality, time series compatibility, statistical mapping and spatial analysis will be examined in theory, and applied in practical work.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
Unseen theory exam: 25%

Prohibitions

GES 3610


GYM4620 - Processing and deployment of image data in GIS

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Xuan Zhu

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

After an introduction to the history and nature of image analysis, with emphasis on early forms (eg air photos) modern digital multi-spectral and hyperspectral data from both active and passive remote sensing systems are introduced. Thus the nature of information in the time series land-cover change archive can be assessed, appropriately analysed, and the value of the results documented. Image Processing will be taught using ESRI Image Analyst.

Assessment

Practical exercises: 60%
2 hour theory exam: 20%
Written assignments: 20%

Co-requisites

GYM4920, GYM4610


GYM4650 - GIS applications: Project formulation and database assembly

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jim Peterson

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to teach students to make the best of their knowledge about the sciences behind the themes of thematic mapping, on the one hand, and GIS on the other, so that, in discussion with a supervisor, an application of digital spatial data handling relevant to their interests can be identified. In project formulation, the relevant data and information flow paths must be documented and sourced, the appropriate data model selected and data quality issues addressed. After that, efficient digital spatial data base assembly can take place and verification/testing commenced. This unit is a prerequisite for GYM4660, the final unit for the Postgraduate Diploma in Arts (GIS).

Assessment

Spatial database quality and suitability test: 100%

Prerequisites

Completion of GYM4920 and GYM4610, plus two of GYM4600, GYM4620, GYM4630, or GYM4640


GYM4750 - Sharing prosperity: Geographies of work, regional development and economy

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sally Weller

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Central to our approach in this unit is a focus on social equity. We explore equity at a variety of scales: between nations, and within nations, regions, communities and households. How has 'the economy' and 'globalisation' been understood? Answering these questions enables us to develop our critically thinking about: the changing social relations of work, the corporation, regional development, trade and consumption. Sharing prosperity is a unit for students wanting to understand how social inequality is produced and who want to investigate forms of governance that could more effectively enable better distributive and non-distributive forms of social and economic justice.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will demonstrate the following skills and capacities:

  • Knowledge about how economic and social processes are linked and together produce inequity.
  • A critical understanding of globalisation and the uneven spatial implications of this process demonstrated through their essays, reports and discussion in class
  • A critical understanding of the changing governance structures that underpin economic change at global, national and local scales, looking particularly at the examples of bilateral trade, 'free trade' principles, industry policy and 'labour market reform'.
  • A critical understanding of how boundaries between work and home, formal and informal economies and capital and labour have come into being and play a part in the continued separation of these spaces and practices across space.
  • Sound written expression, demonstrating an ability to critically analyse text, film and other data.
  • Sound interpretation of graphs and maps. Students at the fourth year level will be expected to demonstrate a sophisticated level of critical analysis as evidenced particularly in the essay and fieldtrip report.

Assessment

Essay (1,000 words) : 20%
Fieldtrip report (1,500) : 30%
Class participation : 30%
Exam (2 hours) : 20%
Students undertaking this unit at 4th year level will be asked to produce additional analysis for the essay and fieldtrip report.

Contact hours

3 hours per week (seminar) + a one day fieldtrip

Prohibitions

GES2750, GES3750, GES4750


GYM4900 - Research paper in Geography and environmental science

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Stephen Legg

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A major research paper on a topic appropriate to geography and environmental science completed under the supervision of a staff member. This research paper will enable students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in their previous studies in a research context and to conduct independent research.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology important to geography and environmental science
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in their previous studies
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words ) : 100%

Contact hours

2 x 2 hour seminars for the first 2 weeks of semester and then as negotiated between student and supervisor

Prerequisites

Permission


GYM4920 - Geographical information systems (GIS) for environmental science

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Xuan Zhu

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Flexible)

Synopsis

General nature of spatial data and of digital spatial data and of thematic mapping, analogue to digital data conversion, data quality, georeferencing, geocoding ground control points, raster and vector approaches, spatial analysis with geocoded data, boolean overlay, Digital Elevation Models and their use in terrain analysis, GIS project formulation (data and information flow paths, primary and derived map layers, identification of relevant themes), multispectral image data and image processing, applications to thematic mapping (habitat, potential soil wetness, buffers, deforestation, terrain parameter mapping, conflict resolution etc), nature of project management.

Assessment

Written work: 25% (2500 words)
Practicals: 50%
2 Hour Exam: 25%

Prohibitions

GES3810


GYM5460 - Minor internship project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the M. CESM within the practical context of a business or other organisation. In the internship, research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in their particular area;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field in their chosen area of concentration

Assessment

Internship Journal 1000 words 15%
Report 8,000 words 85%

Contact hours

Hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5490, GYM5470, IDA5310


GYM5470 - Major internship project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the M. CESM within the practical context of a business or other organisation. In the internship, a major piece of research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in their particular area;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field in their chosen area of concentration

Assessment

Internship Journal (2,000 words): 15%
Report (14,000 words): 85%

Contact hours

Hours to be negotiated between supervisor, student and host organisation

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5490, GYM5480, GYM5460, IDA5310


GYM5480 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in the coursework components in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue academically-oriented research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research Paper (9,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units and/or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5470, GYM5490


GYM5490 - Major research project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Wendy Stubbs

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A major research paper enables students to consolidate the theoretical knowledge and analytical skills acquired in a research context. It requires independent learning and research by the student related to the core units offered in the first two semesters of the course. It offers opportunity for students to pursue a major academically-oriented piece of research

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. gained skills in research project formulation and methodology
  2. consolidated the knowledge and skills gained in the coursework components of the course
  3. acquired the capacity to complete and report on a research project in a professional manner.

Assessment

Research Paper (15,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

Students participate in research design and methodology workshops. Hours and dates to be arranged.

Prerequisites

Distinction average in core and elective units or permission of course coordinator

Prohibitions

ENV533E, GYM5470, GYM5480, GYM5460, IDA5310


HPL4503 - International relations

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines International Relations in its historical context, engaging with major events and developments in the 20th and early 21st centuries. Students will examine the emergence of key theoretical perspectives and the development of core disciplinary concepts. Students will utilize these in engaging with major International Relations issues including the utility and inevitability of war, the role of a balance of power and prospects for peaceful relations between states.


Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;
  2. engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;
  4. analyse relations between states;
  5. identify key international institutions;
  6. analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 20%
Case study (4500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Prohibitions

GSC3503, GSC4503, HPL3503, HSM4503, HPL5503


HPL5503 - International relations

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit examines International Relations in its historical context, engaging with major events and developments in the 20th and early 21st centuries. Students will examine the emergence of key theoretical perspectives and the development of core disciplinary concepts. Students will utilize these in engaging with major International Relations issues including the utility and inevitability of war, the role of a balance of power and prospects for peaceful relations between states.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations and describe their roles in contemporary international relations;
  2. engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of models and practice in international relations;
  3. demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations;
  4. analyse relations between states;
  5. identify key international institutions;
  6. analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models;
  7. identify and explain the roles of key determinants of international relations.

Assessment

Essay (2500 words): 20%
Case study (4500 words): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 30%

Prohibitions

HPL4503


HSM4301 - Program planning and evaluation in the human services

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the conceptual bases to program planning and evaluation and links between the two. It explores approaches to program planning through the examination and design of models, concepts and techniques that facilitate need assessment, setting goals and objectives, and establishing target groups and timelines in the implementation process. Key theoretical concepts in evaluation, ethical and analytical approaches utilised in human services evaluation and evaluation techniques are critically explored to ensure comprehensive understanding and skill development. Students employed in the field are encouraged to locate their learning and assessment tasks within their practice context.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. understand the nature of human service programs, and the models utilised in planning different types of human service programs;

  1. be knowledgeable about the main theoretical perspectives, concepts and issues in relation to the planning, implementation and evaluation of programs;

  1. have developed skills in using a range of techniques to meet planning requirements in all aspects of a human service program; understand political, organisational, resource requirements and ethical considerations in the development, implementation and evaluation of programs.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


HSM4302 - Management and leadership in the human services

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marg Lynn

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with the opportunity to explore and critique current theory and practice in the management, leadership and administration of human service organisations. Students will be encouraged to develop awareness of their own management practice and leadership style in their chosen field. Students will critically examine the meaning of continuous quality improvement in the human services, and then use this understanding to inform the design of an appropriate framework for ensuring quality standards and service delivery in a particular area of the human services.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. identify and critically discuss various management theories, models and approaches specific to the human services;

  1. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the distinctions between the concepts of management and leadership;

  1. critically reflect on their own management and leadership style and practice;

  1. demonstrate a critical appreciation of how management is applied and operationalised at various levels in human service organisations;

  1. demonstrate knowledge, understanding and skills in a range of approaches to continuous quality improvement in the human services and how these might be applied in a particular organisational context.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussions.


HSM4303 - Human services management: Structure and context

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the broad socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;

  1. identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;

  1. critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector; 4) apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;

5) identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;

6) conduct a literature review

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of 1 x 1 hour per fortnight on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM5303


HSM4304 - Human services management: Principles and process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to;

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;
  2. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;
  3. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;
  4. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.
  5. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs and critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM5304


HSM4305 - Research methods

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of HSM4301, HSM4302, HSM4303, HSM4304, or all of RCD4601, RCD4602, RCD4603, RCD4604

Prohibitions

HSM5305, SCW4305


HSM4306 - Research practicum

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Research project report (9000 words) : 100%

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, teleconferencing, or face-to-face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

HSM4305

Prohibitions

HSM5301, HSM5302, SCD5301


HSM4309 - Rethinking received ideas in social welfare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a thorough grounding in the design of practice-based research. Common conceptual and methodological issues associated with research are reviewed. Particular emphasis is placed on an examination of both the instrumental and moral bases of social welfare research. The end and means of social welfare research in general and students' specific research priorities are interrogated.[Click here to insert text]

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Identify an area of social welfare theory or practice in need of investigation;

  1. Plan a program of research;

  1. Evaluate the moral implications of the research to be conducted;

  1. Articulate and address personal learning objectives;

  1. Demonstrate a capacity to comprehend, analyse and articulate key themes and arguments in the relevant literature

Assessment

Learning contract (500 words): 10%
Discussion paper (4500 words): 40%
Research proposal (5000 words): 50%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

SCW4309


HSM4310 - Building Practice Wisdom in Social Welfare

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Margaret Lynn

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit surveys and analyses the epistemological foundation of social welfare. It deconstructs orthodox conceptualizations of "knowledge" that predominantly inform social welfare practice, and contrasts these with postmodern and post-structuralist interpretations. Particular emphasis is placed on a critical examination of the power of knowledge and its relationship to practice wisdom in social welfare.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Grasp the nature of, and interrelationships between "knowledge", "theory" "research" and "practice" in social welfare;

  1. Understand the epistemological foundations of social welfare practice;

  1. Recognise and articulate the process by which personal knowledge and theories are constructed;

  1. Appreciate the particular and relative merits of "practice wisdom" and examine its contribution to the development of social welfare work;

  1. Prepare and deliver an oral defence of the subject of their dissertation;

  1. Enunciate and address personal learning objectives.

Assessment

Viva (3500 words): 20%
Learning contract (1000 words): 20%
Research paper (6000 words): 60%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

SCW4310


HSM4503 - International relations

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Elizabeth Edmondson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an historical approach to the study of international relations, incorporating an array of theoretical perspectives and conceptual tools. The focus of the unit will be upon the evolution of the international political system, engaging directly with the question of inevitability of war, the nature of a balance of power and prospects for peace. Students will examine issues such as the significance of states, the meaning and scope of sovereignty, and effectiveness of international law.

Objectives

pon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Identify the main actors and structural developments in international relations

  1. Engage with key debates and identify factors in the evolution of international relations

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of conceptual and analytical models of international relations

  1. analyse relations between states

  1. Identify key international institutions

  1. Analyse state-institution relations, drawing upon relevant conceptual models

Assessment

Written work: 60%
2 hour exam: 40%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

HPL4503, GSC3503, GSC4503, HPL3503


HSM4521 - Mechanisms for international governance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Beth Edmondson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Key international institutions and state-institution relations. Focal points for analysis include coalition peacekeeping arrangements, environmental management, the management of transboundary problems, challenges to national sovereignty and recent developments in international relations, epistemic communities and supra-national organisations.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate an awareness of significant debates and structural developments in the study of contemporary international politics and political arrangements;

  1. Utilise a variety of theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary international political issues and policies;

  1. Engage in oral and written discussion of international governance mechanisms, international political arrangements and dynamics;

  1. Demonstrate expertise in using and integrating appropriate methodological tools in analysing international political events, dynamics and governance mechanisms.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

First degree with a major in politics or history-politics or related discipline. HSM4301 and HSM4302

Prohibitions

HPL4521, GSC4521


HSM4801 - Theory and practice in sociology

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Theories and methods for research in sociology. Recent trends in sociological theorising. Different methods for the collection of empirical data. The relationship between theory and practice. Issues in the process of research.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of key developments in contemporary sociological theorising and research, and an understanding of the links with the work of classical sociologists;

  1. Show an understanding of the connections and disconnections between various theories in terms of their ontological and epistemological assumptions;

  1. Demonstrate a knowledge of the research strategies which arise from these assumptions and the variety of methods which each employs;

  1. Show awareness of and sensitivity towards a range of ethical and political issues in the conduct of research; and

  1. Apply this knowledge in undertaking their own research projects.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4500 words): 50%
Essay 2 (4500 words): 50%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

SCY4801, GSC4211


HSM4802 - Contemporary sociological issues

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Vaughan Higgins

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The application of sociological knowledge and the role of research in the evaluation of social issues. How sociological knowledge can be applied to explain the social dimensions and implications of substantive issues in contemporary Australian and other societies.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. Have developed an in-depth knowledge of contemporary sociological issues;

  1. Be able to use theoretical and conceptual frameworks for the analysis of contemporary sociological issues;

  1. Have developed an awareness and understanding of how research can be used for the analysis of contemporary sociological issues;

  1. Be able to evaluate the merits and limitations of programs dealing social issues.

Assessment

Essay (5400 words): 60%
Seminar papers (3600 words): 40%

Prerequisites

HSM4301 and HSM4302. First degree with a major in sociology or related discipline.

Prohibitions

SCY4802, GSC4221


HSM5301 - Research Practicum

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have worked through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective research report relevant to the focus of their degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

HSM4305 or HSM5305

Prohibitions

SCD5301, HSM4306


HSM5302 - Research Practicum

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Full year 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to work through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective research report relevant to the focus of the degree.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

Assessment

Research Dissertation: 100% (18000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will engage in supervision weekly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video conferencing, or face-to-face, depending on the location of the student.

Prerequisites

HSM4305 or HSM5305

Prohibitions

HSM5301, SCD5302


HSM5303 - Human services management: Structure and context

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marg Lynn

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit addresses the socio-cultural, political and physical contexts in which human service organisations are located. Students engage with, and critically reflect on the ideas and processes through which social, economic, political and juridical forces structure, define and legitimise the human services industry and human service organisations. Using case study and problem-based learning approaches, students examine the role, function, formation and resourcing of the human service organisation in rural, urban, regional and global contexts. Emphasis is placed on the requirement for human service organisations to exercise responsibility and accountability to the communities they serve.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Conduct an environmental analysis of a human service organisation;

  1. Identify and discuss the various roles, functions and responsibilities of the human service organisation in rural, regional, urban and global contexts;

  1. Critically discuss the emergence of new forms of organisational structure in the human services sector;

  1. Apply relevant theory to analysis of the socio-cultural, political and economic contexts in which human service organisations operate;

  1. Identify and critically review appropriate funding options and sources and prepare a funding submission;

  1. Conduct a literature review; identify and critically discuss social, political and economic theories that have influenced the contemporary formation of the human services industry;

  1. Critically discuss and defend a theoretically informed position that proposes a solution to the increasing marketisation of the human services industry

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM4303


HSM5304 - Human services management: Principles and process

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and processes that shape and determine the internal culture of the human service organisation. Students will engage with topics covering, change management; procedural transparency; the learning organisation; human resource management; the impact and consequences of Government welfare policy; competition and collaboration; and public accountability. The unit offers a practical emphasis on professional skill development and encourages students employed in the field to draw on their own practice experience. Students will be encouraged to critically reflect on their own code of professional ethics and principles.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate knowledge, skills and awareness in the assessment, development and maintenance of appropriate organisational culture, while maintaining a strategic focus;

  1. Knowledge of, and skills in applying ethical principles appropriate to the human services industry in human resource management and the maintenance of professional inter-personal relations;

  1. Understanding of the principles of strategic approaches to implementing a social justice framework within a management context;

  1. Knowledge and understanding of the principles and processes of change management theory in relation to human services.

  1. Students will also be able to identify and develop appropriate approaches to organisational planning, decision-making and policy formulation for human services programs;

  1. Critically discuss how external change effects the internal environment and culture of human services organisations;

  1. Apply relevant theoretical concepts to a critical analysis of the effects of managerialism on professional values and ethics in the human service organisation;

  1. Design and develop an appropriate policy and procedure document for a human service organisation, including a detailed implementation plan.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line discussion.

Prohibitions

HSM4304


HSM5305 - Research methods

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

Offered

Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

Objectives

On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

Prerequisites

Two of HSM4301, HSM4302, HSM4303, HSM4304, HSM5303, HSM5304

Prohibitions

HSM4305, SCD5305, SCW4305


HYM4001 - Research project in history

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As part of the Masters Qualifying in History with a research component, students undertake a research project in an area of history and on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor(s). Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

Assessment

Research paper (12,000 - 15,000 words): 100%


HYM4002 - Researching the past: Historical sources, method and interpretation

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Peel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to research methodologies in history, genres of historical writing, and debates about history as a form of knowledge and interpretation. In developing their own research project proposals, students focus on issues involved in the planning and writing of research projects, including identifying manageable topics, locating appropriate sources and evidence, developing bibliographies, critically analysing different kinds of texts and exploring different writing strategies.

Assessment

Historiographical exercise (1000 words): 25%
Project proposal (3500 words): 75%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


HYM4050 - Special subject in history (Semester 1)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)


HYM4070 - Special subject in history (1st Semester)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)


HYM4075 - Studying the renaissance

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will introduce students to the most important theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of the Renaissance through a close analysis of a range of contemporary and interdisciplinary scholarly contributions to Renaissance Studies. Students will be encouraged to reflect on how and why modern scholars have shifted their focus over the last fifty years and to analyse how new critical approaches to cultural production, social structure and gender have encouraged the study of less familiar sources of documentary evidence, and non canonical literary and other texts, to produce very different understandings of Renaissance society and culture.



Objectives

On successful completion of this subject, students will:

  1. Have a thorough knowledge of the arguments of the key scholarly texts chosen for study, and be able to place them in an appropriate intellectual context.

  1. Be able to identify the main critical and methodological approaches that have emerged recently in the field of Renaissance Studies.

  1. Be sensitive to the potential of a wide variety of genres of documentary, visual and literary sources to change or nuance our traditional understandings of Renaissance culture and society.

  1. Be able to engage in informed and critical discussion about what new directions future research in Renaissance Studies might take.

  1. Have developed advanced reading, analytical and communication skills, both written and verbal.





Assessment

Research essay: 5,000 words (50%), 1 individual or group seminar presentation (5%), to be also submitted in written form as a paper of 2,000 words by each presenter (15%), 1 two hour class test (20%), Weekly seminar participation (10%)

Contact hours

2 hours

Prerequisites

Relevant background in one or more aspects of Renaissance Studies, or by permission of the coordinator


HYM4080 - Special subject in history (2nd Semester)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


HYM4085 - Reading history

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Sarah Pinto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the types, or 'genres', of historical sources: their origins and history, the uses made of them by their originators and by later historians, and how they may be read. 'Reading' includes the interpretation of visual, oral, architectural and material sources as well as textual ones. Themes will include the translation of oral communication into writing and the rendering of writing into print; issues of authorship and audience; the construction of inquisitorial, confessional and narrative sources; the rise of the press and the history of the newspaper; the interpretation of maps, photographs, and documentary film; and architectural analysis.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject should have developed an understanding of key theoretical and conceptual issues in the reading of diverse kinds of texts and of the relationship between 'text' and 'genre', and a greater awareness of the nature of historical writing. The subject also aims to assist students in developing skills in critical reading and the analysis of historiographical debate and to lay the groundwork for successful thesis writing.

Assessment

Classroom exercise (750 words): 20%
Critical essay (2750 words): 50%
Project/thesis proposal (1000 words): 30%
Students taking this unit at Level 4 will be expected to critically analyse a wider range of genres and develop a more sophisticated array of questions concerning issues of authorship and interpretation.

Contact hours

1 hour lecture, 90 minute tutorial

Prohibitions

HSY3080


HYM4095 - History and heritage

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

History and Heritage introduces students to the policy and practice of heritage professionals in the twenty- first century. The unit draws on local and international examples to demonstrate the contested nature of what constitutes heritage. Students are introduced to ideas about cultural and architectural heritage, the meanings of culture, cultural significance, 'reading' historic buildings and landscapes, and how all of these are interpreted by heritage professionals. Students learn the various local, national and international statutes that protect and enhance physical and cultural heritage.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value.

  1. Know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment.

  1. Have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites.

  1. Have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions.

  1. Have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations.

  1. Have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

  1. Have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.



Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test 500 words 10%, Heritage Project or essay 4500 words 50%, Reflective essay 2000 words 20%, Class Particpation 2000 words 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission.

Prohibitions

HYM5095, HSY4095


HYM4100A - Research project in history Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM4100A and HYM4100B will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with HYM4100B

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Prohibitions

HYM5105A


HYM4100B - Research project in history part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM4100A and HYM4100B will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a major research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study;
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor

Prohibitions

HYM5105B


HYM4115 - Private and public voices in renaissance correspondence

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This subject introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of Renaissance letters. It will analyse the development of the letter as a self-conscious literary genre but also dwell on more private correspondence, never meant for publication. Letters are essential sources, particularly for the social historian, and the insights and problems associated with using different kinds of letters as historical documents - whether they are carefully-crafted epistles drafted and redrafted by humanists and famous writers; practical, everyday communication; or even messages dictated to a scribe by the illiterate - will be the particular focus of discussion and analysis.

Objectives

Students who complete this subject:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the Renaissance letter collections chosen for study.

  1. Will understand the social or intellectual context in which the letters were written.

  1. Will be able to distinguish between different types of letters, through recognition of formal elements and the development of a critical perspective on the writer's audience and intentions.

  1. Will have developed an awareness of how gender, levels of literacy and exposure to classical literary models influenced both male and female letter writers.

  1. Will be able to engage in discussion of letters as historical evidence and demonstrate strong skills in the critical reading of historical scholarship that uses such evidence.

  1. Will be able to organise and defend an historical argument using appropriate letter collections, as well as other types of primary and secondary evidence.

  1. Students taking this subject at level five have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills, a deeper understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues and a stronger degree of independence in locating and evaluating both primary and secondary historical resources.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
seminar presentation and participation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Major in Historical Studies


HYM4120 - Reading and writing Australian history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christina Twomey

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop craftsmanship in historical prose through the study of historians, literary theorists and selected historical novelists. The primary orientation of the subject is practical and confessional rather than theoretical. Practical issues include setting the writer in context, story-telling, description, explanation, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and the use of different voices and tropes, and formal and colloquial prose.

Objectives

  1. To examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected Australian historians.

  1. To analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.

  1. To develop practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4730, HYM5120


HYM4125 - Dante's medieval world: politics, religion and the city

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Clare Monagle and Constant Mews

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Dante's medieval world (1265-1321) was one of cultural innovation, religious revival and economic growth, as well as of political strife in many urban communities throughout Italy. This unit explores the political, social, artistic and spiritual worlds of Dante and his contemporaries, and in so doing will give coherency to this dynamic medieval period. Taught in Prato and its environs, the unit provides an opportunity to understand Dante's literary achievement and political activities through direct experience of Dante's Tuscany during the medieval period.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected:

  1. to be familiar with the social, political, cultural and religious environment of the world in which Dante lived and formulated his writings
  2. to be familiar with core writings of Dante (in translation)
  3. to be capable of original analysis of a primary document and the location in which it was generated
  4. to formulate an argument and engage in original research
  5. to communicate a historical argument to staff and fellow students
  6. At fourth-year level, students will be expected to show greater initiative in developing their own research hypothesis and proposal.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

Three 3-hour seminars per week for four weeks

Prerequisites

Second-year sequence in Historical Studies or Religion and Theology

Prohibitions

HSY3125, HSY4125


HYM4135 - Facing history: representing the Arab-Israeli conflict

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Fania Oz-Salzberger

Offered

Caulfield Winter semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this 3-week intensive unit, we will examine the historiography of the Arab-Israel conflict with a focus on the New Historians and their critics. Students will study narratives of the conflict from the dominant Labour Zionist interpretation to the emergence of counter-narratives informed by post-Zionist perspectives. The course will identify the ideological currents that underpin the construction of historical accounts of the conflict and the paradigms that shape the use of evidence, narrative structure and content. A major concern will be to examine the various media through which the conflict is represented - news, documentaries, eyewitness accounts, archives, fiction, and film.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

  1. identify debates surrounding key events in the Arab-Israel conflict from Zionist settlement in the nineteenth century to current affairs
  2. identify the disciplinary perspectives that influence the writing of the Arab-Israel conflict
  3. analyse how the news media shapes reportage of the conflict
  4. explore the different media through which an event can be represented and critically analyse the attributes of that medium
  5. In addition, students at fourth year will be expected to have the ability to analyse intellectual currents that have informed the historiography of the Arab-Israel conflict.

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 40%
Critical journal (2000 words): 20% +
Seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar daily (five days a week), for three weeks.

Prohibitions

HSY3135, HSY4135


HYM4165 - Final journey: the life and death of European Jews, 1900-1945

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Baker

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Based at the Monash campus in Prato, this three-week intensive study abroad unit explores the modern history of European Jews before the destruction. Students will travel to the major centres of interwar Jewish life in Berlin, Prague, and Warsaw, and encounter the diverse heritage of Jewish life in each country. The unit will explore issues central to this period and the individuals who shaped their times. Students will visit museums, synagogues, cemeteries, destroyed ghettos, and conclude with a guided visit to Auschwitz-Birkenau. We will ask what remains of the past, by looking at the ways in which the lost world of European Jews is being memorialised and renewed through tourism and return.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. the capacity to locate the development of modern Jewish life in the context of modern Europe
  2. a demonstrated ability to evaluate the social, political , economic and intellectual concerns of the inter-war community
  3. an understanding of the institutions and individuals that shaped the interwar European Jewish communities
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse the diversity of Jewish communal life and cultural expression in interwar Europe
  5. an understanding of gender and class issues within the framework of the interwar European Jewish communities
  6. an understanding of the significance of Yiddish as a literary and cultural phenomenon
  7. a broader appreciation of the social history and cultural differences in Europe gained through study abroad
  8. In addition, students at fourth-year level will have a familiarity with the primary sources and an appreciation of the historiographical problems involved in reconstructing a history of these destroyed communities.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary: 30%
Exam (2-hours): 20%

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three-week intensive study abroad unit in Prato and other European sites

Prohibitions

JWC2425, JWC3425


HYM4175 - Interpreting the Bible: Jewish and Christian perspectives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Fagenblat

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.

  1. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.

  1. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.

  1. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2.5 Hours

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, HYM4175, HYM5175, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


HYM4180 - Images of the natural world: Issues in Environmental history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Garrioch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit is a history of the way people have related to and thought about the natural environment in the past. It will provide an introduction to recent literature on environmental history, including the environmental consequences of European expansion into the New World, of industrialization and imperialism, and of medicine and science. Attention will also be given to climate change, plagues and other diseases, and the depletion of natural resources. The subject will conclude with some reflections on the historical underpinnings of current debates about global pollution, population, and global warming.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for fourth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.

  1. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.

  1. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.

  1. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.

  1. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prohibitions

HSY4180, GES4180, HYM5180


HYM4185 - Colonial encounters: Ideas of race and 'otherness'

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Marian Quartly and Professor Mark Peel

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Objectives

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how "race" was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4185, HYM5185


HYM4195 - Israelis and Palestinians between war and peace

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Baker

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This three-week intensive unit will be based at Haifa University in Israel where students will experience first-hand the complexities of Israeli and Palestinian society. The focus will be on investigating current attempts to mediate peace between Jews and Palestinians through political, social and educational institutions. Themes to be explored include the impact of the conflict on the lives of people, poverty, illegal workers, immigrants, settlements and security issues, terrorism and counter-terrorism, Jerusalem and its holy sites. Students will travel the length and breadth of Israel where they will visit schools, museums, the Supreme Court and NGOs engaged in reconciliation work.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the ability to:

  1. understand the geography of Israel and the Palestinian territories
  2. understand debates about security issues and the impact security measures have on the day-to-day life of people
  3. appreciate the social and political divisions in Israeli and Palestinian society
  4. have an in-depth understanding of peace movements and the obstacles they confront
  5. In addition, students studying at a fourth-year level will be expected to have the capacity to understand the changing historiographical debates about the conflict.

Assessment

Major essay (4000 words): 50%
Analytical travel diary (3000 words): 30% +
Exam (2 hours): 20%

Off-campus attendance requirements

20 hours per week for three weeks of intensive study in Israel


HYM4200 - History and memory: Oral history, life stories and commemoration

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks deployed in the analysis of various forms of history that involve memory. In particular it considers oral history, life stories and autobiography, and commemoration, and explores the relationship between these forms of memory and history. Specific topics include oral history and social history, private and public memory, myth and history, war and remembrance, popular memory and nostalgia, psychoanalysis and history, memory and collective identity, and trauma and memory.

Objectives

This subject aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.

  1. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.

  1. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.

  1. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.

  1. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Regular seminars totalling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

HSY4210, HYM5200


HYM4260 - Medieval dialogues: Reason, mysticism and society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Nathan Wolski

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions;
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions;
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period;
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture;
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions;
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts; and
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4260, HYM5260


HYM4270 - Research methods in biography and life writing

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit looks at some of the methodological questions involved in life writing. It includes practical questions such as assessing databases and sources, interpreting and utilising interviews and oral histories. It explores ethical issues involved in researching life stories and biographies, and different approaches to the reading and interpretation of texts and sources. The unit examines methods used in biography, particularly political and literary biography, and newer methods developed in writing women's lives and indigenous lives. The use of life stories as case studies in history and sociology and questions raised by the study of testimony and collective memory are also explored.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the research processes involved in writing biography and life stories, particularly the use of existing published works, archives and oral history.
  2. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical and legal issues involved in biography and life writing.
  3. Understand the theoretical issues involved in the discipline, including questions about style, audience and readership.
  4. Develop advanced skills in written and oral communication.
  5. Develop skills in working as a group.
  6. Develop advanced skills in using new technology

Assessment

Seminar paper (2000-3000 words); 30%;

Outline of research project including literature review, discussion of method and time line (6000 words): 50%;

1 seminar presentation 10%;

General seminar performance 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4270, HYM5270


HYM4280 - Reading and writing biography and life stories

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the writing of biography as a literary form, including questions about the relationship between biography and fiction; the many new forms of life story developed through feminist and postcolonial theory and through work in memory and testimony; and the uses of life story in case studies in the social sciences. The unit will deal with biography as metaphor, the importance of cultural context in reading and writing biography, life stories and cultural context, ways of analysing the authorial presence and the use of psychoanalysis in biography and life writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have a sophisticated understanding of the different forms of writing biographies and life stories and of the importance of particular genres within this field.

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which new fields such as psychoanalysis, feminism and gender studies and postcolonialism have affected the writing of life stories and biography.

  1. Be acquainted with some of the recent debates about the relationship between fiction and biography.

  1. Have developed advanced skills in written and oral communication.

  1. Have developed skills in working as a group.

  1. Have developed skills in using new technology.

Assessment

Seminar presentation and paper (2,000 words): 20%
Group seminar presentation and paper (1000 words): 20%
Essay analysing the changing forms of biographical writing from the mid 19th century to the present and critically assessing the merits and the problems of different forms (5-6,000 words): 50%
General seminar performance: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


HYM4290 - Holocaust memories: Landscape, mourning, identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Baker

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Objectives

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%; Short Essay (3000 words): 30%; Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

HSY4290, HYM5290


HYM4320 - Citizens: Histories of Australian citizenship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marian Quartly

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The rejection of the 1999 republic referendum has sharpened scholarly concern with Australian citizenship and nationality, both as concept and practice. In the last decade historians from quite disparate fields-constitutional, legal, political, administrative, educational, literary, cultural-have addressed aspects of these histories. At the same time historians from reformist traditions-indigenous, feminist, multicultural, post-colonial-have reassessed mainstream accounts as exclusionary. This unit reads secondary texts as the products of particular disciplinary traditions and seeks to understand the multiple meanings imagined for 'the Australian citizen' in the twentieth century.

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%
Examination (3 hours): 30%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


HYM4330 - Cultures of devotion in Renaissance Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Italy from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth century, including the role of humanism and the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life in the Renaissance city, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Italian Renaissance city.

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.

  1. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.

  1. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.

  1. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.

  1. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.

  1. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.

  1. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of Renaissance Italians.

  1. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.

  1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

  1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

  1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major

Prohibitions

HSY4330


HYM4340 - The highland clearances: Displacement, migration and memory in Scotland

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jane Drakard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the famous evictions of Scottish highlanders from their ancestral lands between the late eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries. It focuses on the context and rationale for these events and the consequences for crofters who were either forcibly removed to inferior lands by their landlords or who chose to emigrate. Patterns of local resistance will be considered, as will the long term consequences for highland society. The Highland Clearances are still prominent in popular memory and a subject for vigorous debate in Scotland; the role of the clearances in modern Scottish identity and history-making will be considered, including issues of commemoration and memorialisation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate: a thorough grasp of the context in which the Clearances took place, key events and the broad outlines of the social, economic and cultural consequences for Highland society; a critical appreciation of historical debates about the severity of the evictions and the economic and social impact of the Clearances; familiarity with the major historical works on this subject and a close engagement not only with the arguments put forward by key historians, but also with available documentary sources; well developed oral and written skills in the critical analysis of a variety of texts including government papers, the viewpoint of landlords, the perspectives of the displaced crofters and contemporary understandings of those who observed and recorded the events in journals and memoirs; a capacity to reflect on the history-making process in the context of the Highland Clearances and to analyse the contemporary meanings of the past which are manifested in popular histories, in web sites and in literature, music and film about the Clearances; the capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an essay based on independent historical research into some aspect of the history of the Highland Clearances.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (15 minutes) (equiv. 1000 words) 10%
Critical review (2000 words) 20%
Research essay (4000 words) 50%
Take-home examination (2000 words) 20%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

HSY4340 and HYM4340


HYM4370 - Fantasies of the flesh: The body in history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Michael Hau

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit draws on work from a wide range of historical fields. Students will analyse how representations of the body and practices centred on the body (eg. exercising, tattooing etc.) have influenced people's understandings of class, race, and gender. In discussing the representations of grotesque, normal, and beautiful bodies, the unitexplores mechanisms of symbolic inclusion and exclusion from imagined communities. The relationship between the reproductive and productive bodies of men and women will be another focus. In addition, the unit will discuss the enabling of the body and mind through modern practices of performance enhancement.

Objectives

Students who have completed the unit will

  1. Be able to distinguish between different approaches in the historiography dealing with the body
  2. Know how to critically assess these approaches
  3. Discuss their heuristic potential
  4. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
  5. Be able to review monographs published in the field
  6. Develop an independent research project in the field
  7. Situate their own work within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

Twelve 2-hour seminars

Prohibitions

HSY4370,HYM5370


HYM4430 - Perfecting America: Rhetoric, reform and reaction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Peel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the history of the United States through case studies of reform and reaction and in particular the ways in which these tended to emphasise both the difficulty and the continuing mission of 'perfecting America'. Examples may include Progressivism, isolationism, responses to the Great Depression and the Second World War, anti-communism, movements for civil, women's and gay rights, cultural, social and religious conservatism, struggles over race, poverty and indigenous rights, abolitionism and moral reform, women's suffrage, and agrarian populism. The unit will also examine the relationship between these movements and debates about America's role as a global power.

Objectives

Students successfully completing HYM4430 will be expected to demonstrate a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the assumptions, language and objectives of a range of social and cultural movements in the United States during the nineteenth and twentieth centuries and a comprehensive understanding of the links between movements of reform and reaction, the history of American perfectionism, and debates about America's place and role in the world. Further, they will be expected to show strong skills in: the critical reading of the rhetoric of reform and reaction in a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and visual representations and the historical scholarship based upon those texts; critical oral and written assessment of historians' methods, assumptions and uses of evidence in different interpretations of past movements of reform and reaction; and organising and defending a verbal and written argument. They will also be expected to show a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, based upon historical research, that critically examines and evaluates conclusions and contentions in the relevant historical scholarship; and to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of historical resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation: 10%
Tutorial paper (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


HYM4440 - Genocidal thought

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Markus

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and paradigms of social progress and destiny. It will consider eugenic thought, and the cultural and pseudo-scientific variants of anti-semitism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers the application of this typology to the theories of class warfare and religious conflict in Stalinist Soviet Union, Pol Pot's Cambodia, contemporary Christian millenarianism and variants of radical Islam.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks


Prohibitions

HSY4440, HYM5440


HYM4470 - Genocide and colonialism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Bain Attwood

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
  2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
  3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
  4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

HSY4470, HYM5470


HYM4490 - Fascism, Nazism, and racial and social utopias

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Michael Hau

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Some historians have argued that Nazi racial and social utopias were an articulation of the destructive potentials of modernity. Others point to a longer history of racism. The unit introduces students to key historical debates concerning whether Nazism was a form of radical fascism or was unique in its racial utopianism. What were the relationships between Nazi racial and social policies? Was Nazism supported for rational and pragmatic reasons or were people enthralled by its ideology of racial supremacy? The unit also explores connections between the bio-medical sciences, racial hygiene, and the euthanasia program and looks at Nazi genocides in the context of Nazi bio-politics.

Objectives

After successfully completing the unit students should be able to

  1. Explain historical concepts such as fascism and totalitarianism.
  2. Distinguish between and be able to discuss the most important historiographical interpretations of Nazism.
  3. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
  4. Review and critically analyse historical monographs.
  5. Develop an independent research project on the history of Fascism, Nazism, or Nazi genocide.
  6. Situate their research within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4490, HYM5490


HYM4510 - History and the museum

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.

  1. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.

  1. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.

  1. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.

  1. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from the co-ordinator

Prohibitions

HSY4510, HYM5510


HYM4560 - The past around Us

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Sarah Pinto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit introduces various ways in which history is utilised to inform debates both inside and outside universities, in schools, and in the general community. It introduces the importance of history in current political and social debates about the nation, communities, families and individuals, and how the use and abuse of beliefs about the past can be used to inform debates about the future. Topics covered include: An introduction to Public History, heritage issues, national history, the role of museums and other public and private institutions devoted to preserving and presenting the past, and more generally the idea of the uses and possible abuses of history in Australia and elsewhere.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to a variety of the uses of history in a range of contexts.

  1. Have been introduced to a variety of historical approaches and methods.

  1. Have been introduced to a range of debates about the role of the past in shaping contemporary debates.

  1. Have acquired skills in using history methods in a range of contexts including teaching, research and writing.

  1. Have improved their skills in researching and writing history essays and reports.

  1. Have developed skills in using new media technologies for research, writing and presenting ideas to a variety of audiences.

Assessment

On-line journal and contribution to on-line discussion: 30%
Essay (3000 words): 30%
On-line presentation (1500 words): 20%
Practical task (eg heritage study, archival or local museum study, oral history interview, etc. )(1500 words): 20% OR (optional for Graduate History Education students) A classroom teaching activity (1500 words): 20%

Contact hours

On-line discussion (2 hours per week)

Prerequisites

An undergraduate degree with a major in History or permission

Prohibitions

HSY3060, HYM4065


HYM4590 - Imagining Europe: Representations and images of a continent

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Garrioch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history;
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories;
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them;
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured;
  5. An ability to undertake independent research;
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions

HSY4590,HYM5590


HYM4620 - Family history and Genealogy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical and practical approach to the study of family history and genealogy. Students will examine the recent explosion of interest in family history, placing it against the broader history of the family and the contemporary search for personal identity, including the recovery of memory among migrant and indigenous communities. They will be introduced to the interpretation of the main sources of family history, including records of the human life-cycle, migration, church affiliation, property transactions and adoptions, and oral history. They will gain skills in writing and publishing family history and using family history in celebrations, commemorations and reunions.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:



  1. have been introduced to debates surrounding the modern development of the family history movement.

  1. have been introduced to the history of the family in its European and Australian contexts.

  1. have developed skills in the selection and interpretation of the main sources for the writing of family history in Australia.

  1. have developed skills in the writing, editing and publishing of family history.

  1. have explored the uses of family history in events of celebration, commemoration and reunion.

Assessment

Source Exercise 2000 words 20%, Critical/ reflective Essay 2000 words 20%, Family History Project 4000 words 50%, Class participation 1000 words 10%

Contact hours

One x 1 hr on-line discussion group/week

or

One x 2 hr seminar/week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.


HYM4640 - The World Since 1900

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kate Murphy

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Through a review of the major events in the world after 1900, this unit examines the development of a growing tension between ideas of nationalism and globalism in the twentieth century. It provides a solid historical and theoretical background to the current debates over the legitimacy and inviolability of national boundaries and the effects of globalisation on sovereignty and cultures. The unit interrogates the central question of "what is a nation?" through a range of theoretical perspectives and in the context of the conflicts and international concerns of the last 100 years.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the background to debates about the legitimacy of modern national boundaries and the effects of globalisation upon them.
  2. The ability to contextualise and analyse current trends towards national secession and fragmentation in the world.
  3. An understanding of the application of postcolonial and similar theory to views of the nation and both formal and informal "empires".
  4. High level skills in the use of web-based research and study material.
  5. Excellent electronic collaboration and presentation skills.

Assessment

(Reflective on-line journal (3000 words): 30%; Two on-line presentations (2000 words in total): 30%; Final essay (4000 words): 40%.)


HYM4660 - Recording oral history: Theory and practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research;
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia;
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation;
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

HSY4660, HYM5660


HYM4690 - Angels and demons: Rome, the papacy and the world

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The papacy has been central to the development of the modern world. A mysterious and powerful institution, it lies at the heart of European culture and the broader Catholic world. This unit explores the nature and role of the papacy in relation to changing political, social, intellectual and cultural circumstances from the medieval to modern periods. Topics include: understandings of papal polity, religious reform and revolt, the impact of humanism, cultural encounters and exchanges, Catholicism and modernity, the papacy on the world stage, as well as expressions of power in papal Rome.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will

  1. have acquainted themselves with the considerable body of knowledge on the changing nature of the papacy and religious reform and be able to evaluate it critically
  2. have some knowledge of the ways in which religion interacts with social, cultural and political experience in specific contexts
  3. be able to evaluate the various methodologies and the theoretical issues surrounding recent approaches to the study of religion and religious reform
  4. be able to engage in critical discussion of the issues raised by the subject
  5. have acquired critical and analytical skills, and the ability to communicate their views verbally and in writing (coherently, economically and rigorously), in a way which is appropriate to the advanced study of religious discourse within an historical framework
  6. be able to display an independent approach to research on the issues involved
  7. be able to demonstrate a sophisticated understanding of the theoretical issues involved. Students taking the subject at Level 4 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

A History, International Studies or RLT Sequence

Prohibitions

HSY3690, HSY4690


HYM4820 - Local and community history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit focuses on local and community history, and investigates concepts of community, the relationship between people and place and the connection between past and present. Students will study methods of historical research including oral history, material culture, emerging technologies, and cultural events. Through the assignments that include reviewing existing local history material and undertaking a community history research project, students will acquire a range of skills to equip to them to become involved in local and community history writing.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making

  1. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.

  1. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories

  1. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history

  1. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories

  1. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

  1. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging

Assessment

Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

24 hours over the semester

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL2506, HPL3506


HYM4840 - Text and community in Renaissance Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and Italian Renaissance periods. Some of these texts will be canonical, for instance Dante's Divine Comedy and Machiavelli's The Prince. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time, among women and men, such as vernacular letters, diaries and sermons. These works will be read, and intertextually where appropriate. Their relationship to oral culture will also be considered.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.

  1. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of texts circulating in Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).

  1. Will have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.

  1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

  1. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Renaissance Italian social, political and social context.

  1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4840, HYM5840


HYM4900 - History, biography and autobiography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the writing of biography and autobiography from the late eighteenth century, looking in particular at changing ideas about subjectivity and identity, and at the relationship between biography and the novel across the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. It will include Boswell's 'Life of Johnson'; Rousseau's 'Confessions'; fictional autobiographies such as Jane Eyre; the affect of the development of psychoanalysis; the 'new' approach to biography by Virginia Woolf and Lytton Strachey; Carolyn Steedman's negotiation of autobiography in 'Landscape for a Good Woman'; and contemporary autobiographies and biographies.

Objectives

Students completing this course will be expected to:

  1. Have a detailed knowledge of the developments and changes in autobiography and biography from the late 18th century to the present.

  1. Understand the connection between autobiography, biography and fiction across the period.

  1. Understand the impact of Freud on the writing of biography.

  1. Understand some of the different approaches that historians have taken to biography across this period.

  1. Develop the critical skills required to analyse and assess different approaches to biography.

Assessment

Historiographical essay (3000 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Writing exercises (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4810, HYM5900


HYM4950 - Hidden transcripts: Cultural approaches to the past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jane Drakard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines new approaches in anthropology and history, specifically the development of 'ethnohistory', a theoretical perspective and growing body of work which attempt to understand the past through culture. This includes investigating the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Particular emphasis will be placed on the way these strategies might be applied in the preparation of honours dissertations.

Objectives

This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

  1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.

  1. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.

  1. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
In-class test: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4950, HYM5950


HYM4960 - The body, gender and history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Hau

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HSY4760

Objectives

As for HSY4760

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words) : 60%
Two seminar papers (2000 words each) : 40%

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator

Prohibitions

HSY4760, HYM5960


HYM5035 - Renaissance research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Carolyn James

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit requires students to complete a 9,000 word research project on a topic of their choosing in consultation with their assigned supervisor who is a member of academic staff.

Objectives

Upon completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Renaissance Studies and demonstrate a command of that literature.

  1. Identify and develop key research questions.

  1. Critically investigate a key issue in Renaissance Studies

  1. Critically write up research findings.

  1. Construct a critical argument.

Assessment

100% 9,000 word research project.



Contact hours

Regular supervisory meetings

Prohibitions

HYM5045


HYM5045A - Renaissance research project Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

See HYM5045B.

Objectives

See HYM5045B.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with HYM5045B.


HYM5045B - Renaissance research project Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertaking the Master of Renaissance Studies who wish to undertake sustained research on a topic of their choice, and who may wish to proceed to a higher degree by research will complete both HYM5045A and HYM5045B. Students will complete an 18,000 word research project, working closely with a supervisor with expertise in the area of the research. They will receive training in research methodology and historiography.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Review a specific body of research in the field of Renaissance Studies and demonstrate a command of that literature.
  2. Identify and develop key research questions. Develop and implement a research project in the field of Renaissance Studies.
  3. Critically investigate a key issue in Renaissance Studies.
  4. Critically write up research findings.
  5. Construct a critical argument that is sustained by data.
  6. Construct a cumulative argument across an 18000 word dissertation.
  7. Undertake independent research with supervisory consultation.

Assessment

Research essay (18,000 words): 100%

Co-requisites

HYM5045A


HYM5050 - Special subject in history (Semester 1)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)


HYM5060 - Special subject in history (Semester II)

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


HYM5070 - Research project in history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in an area of history and on a topic decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5070 will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program in a specific field of history under the supervision of academic staff;

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of historical studies;

  1. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;

  1. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and

  1. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper 9000 words 100%

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


HYM5095 - History and heritage

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As per HYM4095

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of heritage and heritage value

  1. know of and understand usual criteria for heritage assessment

  1. have developed skills in identifying, researching and classifying heritage themes and sites

  1. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of heritage reports and preservation submissions

  1. have developed strong oral communication skills, including the ability to defend positions and recommendations

  1. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

  1. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues around heritage and conservation issues.

Students undertaking the unit at 5th year level will:

  1. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Test (500 words):10%, Heritage Project or essay (4500 words): 50%, Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%, Class participation (2000 words):20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week for on-campus students

Prerequisites

Undergraduate major in History or permission

Prohibitions

HYM4095, HSY4095


HYM5100 - Public history research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

A sustained research project in public history, encompassing approaches to cultural heritage, oral history, community history, museums and history in the media. For most students this will take the form of a commissioned historical project, although students may also pursue a topic of methodological or theoretical interest in public history. A short series of seminars will introduce students to research in public history, and students will be assisted in the negotiation of a suitable topic with a commissioning agency.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this subject will be expected to demonstrate an ability to devise and carry out a commissioned research project, and to develop an understanding of the practical, methodological and ethical issues relating to such work. Students will be expected to further develop their conceptual and communication skills, to read widely and independently and to demonstrate resourcefulness in their archival research.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2-hour seminar each week for four weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Master of Public History


HYM5100A - Research project in history Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marc Brodie

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Summer semester A 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Summer semester A 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5100A and HYM5105B will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with HYM5105B

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials per week


HYM5105B - Research project in history Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marc Brodie

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of history decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5100A and HYM5105B will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (18,000 words): 100%

Contact hours

One 2-hour lecture and two 1-hour tutorials per week


HYM5115 - Private and public voices in Renaissance correspondence

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This subject introduces the theoretical and conceptual frameworks appropriate to a study of Renaissance letters. It will analyse the development of the letter as a self-conscious literary genre but also dwell on more private correspondence, never meant for publication. Letters are essential sources, particularly for the social historian, and the insights and problems associated with using different kinds of letters as historical documents - whether they are carefully-crafted epistles drafted and redrafted by humanists and famous writers; practical, everyday communication; or even messages dictated to a scribe by the illiterate - will be the particular focus of discussion and analysis.

Objectives

Students who complete this subject:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the Renaissance letter collections chosen for study.

  1. Will understand the social or intellectual context in which the letters were written.

  1. Will be able to distinguish between different types of letters, through recognition of formal elements and the development of a critical perspective on the writer's audience and intentions.

  1. Will have developed an awareness of how gender, levels of literacy and exposure to classical literary models influenced both male and female letter writers.

  1. Will be able to engage in discussion of letters as historical evidence and demonstrate strong skills in the critical reading of historical scholarship that uses such evidence.

  1. Will be able to organise and defend an historical argument using appropriate letter collections, as well as other types of primary and secondary evidence.

  1. Students taking this subject at level five have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills, a deeper understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues and a stronger degree of independence in locating and evaluating both primary and secondary historical resources.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Seminar presentation and participation: 20% (2000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

Major in Historical Studies


HYM5120 - Reading and writing Australian history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Christina Twomey

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for HYM4120

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Demonstrate their ability to examine issues of historiography and method through a critical reading of selected Australian historians.

  1. Analyse some of the key elements of historical prose, such as story-telling, beginnings and endings, transitions, scene-setting, characterisation, placing oneself in the text, addressing different readerships, documentation and the onus of proof, irony and indirection, the use of different voices and tropes, formal and colloquial prose.

  1. Demonstrate a high level of development of practical skills in reading and writing historical prose.

Assessment

Essays and writing exercises (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4730, HYM4120


HYM5170 - Public history placement

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

Synopsis

A period of work experience in the public history field involving about eighty hours of work placement, which may be taken in a museum, heritage organisation, as an assistant to a freelance historian or similar. A short series of seminars introduces students to the idea of public history, and the diverse opportunities for employment in the field. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to have developed a network of professional contacts in public history and negotiated (in consultation with the subject co-ordinator) a period of work experience. Students will be expected to develop their understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working as a public historian, and to develop high levels of presentation and communication skills.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (7500 words)
Oral presentation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar each week for 4 weeks (held in the evening)

Prohibitions

Only available in the Masters of Public History


HYM5175 - Interpreting the Bible: Jewish and Christian perspectives

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Fagenblat

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Judaism and Christianity and both text-centred religions and, as such, the practice of interpretation invariable mediates the authority of the text. Interpretation is the way in which the authority of the text is extended and contested. This course examines the interpretive methods as well as the theological and ideological content of practices such as: Midrash, allegory, legal interpretation, mystical symbolism and multi-levelled approached to the text. Focus will be given to the historical contexts in which such practices arose and to their socio-political investment, as well as to the differences and similarities of Jewish and Christian approaches

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this course will be able to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive knowledge of the strength, status and scope of claims to authority made both by and for the Bible in Jewish and Christian traditions.

  1. knowledge of the historical, theoretical and cultural issues involved in claiming authority for any sacred text.

  1. Understanding of the basic interpretive practices that have been applied by Jewish and Christian communities to the Bible.

  1. skills in evaluating and applying different kinds of exegesis and hermeneutic theory.

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2.5 Hours

Prohibitions

JWC4010, JWM4010, JWM5010, HYM4175, HYM5175, RLT4090, RLM4090, RLM5090


HYM5180 - Images of the natural world: Issues in environmental history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Garrioch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HYM4180

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for fifth year defined by the School of Geography and the School of Historical Studies, students successfully completing this subject will have:

  1. A general grasp of the two-way interaction between social practices and the environment in the past.

  1. An understanding of changing Western ideas about the natural world.

  1. An awareness of the way that current environmental debates are based on historically-determined conceptions of the environment and of the place of humans within it.

  1. A grasp of the principal debates in environmental history.

  1. An ability to find and use a wide range of historical sources, including visual sources.

  1. A sophisticated grasp of the relevant historiography and of theoretical and methodological issues in environmental history.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (7000 words)
Take-home examination: 25%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4180, GES4180, HYM4180


HYM5185 - Colonial encounters: Ideas of race and 'otherness'

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Marian Quartly and Professor Mark Peel

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will explore the ways that Europeans interacted with people they encountered in settler societies in North America, Australia, and the Pacific. It will examine how these newly encountered groups of people were depicted in the era of colonialism, explore the histories of racial designations such as black, white and red, and examine how interracial sexual relationships complicated these neat colonial categories. Racism remains a huge problem in 21st century society: this unit will explore the background to this issue, not just narrating the events of colonialism, but putting the issue of 'otherness' and the formation of racial categories at the forefront of the story.

Objectives

At the successful completion of the unit students will be expected:

  1. to have a detailed understanding of the history of settler colonialism as both a global and a local phenomenon
  2. to understand the theoretical arguments about how "race" was understood from the 17th to the 19th centuries, and how interracial sexuality came to play an increasingly important role in such classifications
  3. to be able to critically examine contemporary texts and drawings to evaluate what they reveal to the historian about ideas of race in the era
  4. to be able to fully articulate, verbally and in writing, their conclusions from these examinations
  5. to have shown their capacity to devise, research, and complete an essay on some aspect of Colonial Encounters based on their own study of the sources and scholarship
  6. to be able to reflect on the way in which history has influenced the present, through evaluating how our present-day racial formations are not fixed categories but historically and geographically unstable constructs
  7. In addition, students at fifth-year level will be expected to demonstrate more sophisticated analytical skills and submit work incorporating a higher level of competence in independent reading and research.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (approx. 1000 words): 10%
Report (2000 words): 20% +
Research essay (4000 words): 50%
Take-home test (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

One two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HYM4185, HSY4185


HYM5200 - History and memory: Oral history, life stories and commemoration

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for HYM4200

Objectives

This subject aims to:

  1. Introduce key conceptual and theoretical issues in the relationship between memory and the writing of history.

  1. Introduce students to a range of past and present 'memory-work' particularly as it relates to the development of shared understandings of the past, including the production of oral histories and life stories and various forms of public and private commemoration.

  1. Provide students interested in exploring research tools such as oral history or life story reconstruction with a coherent and thorough grounding in the relevant historical scholarship and critical literature.

  1. Introduce students to key questions about the ethical dimensions involved in producing and using various forms of memory as historical evidence.

  1. Provide supervised practical experience in research techniques involving the use of memory in the writing of history.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Regular seminars totalling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

HSY4210, HYM4200


HYM5260 - Medieval dialogues: Reason, mysticism and society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Nathan Wolski

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the intellectual interaction between Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the medieval period. Focusing mainly on the late twelfth and thirteenth century, the unit revolves around a central religious fault line of the era- reason and rationalism on the one hand, and the mystical quest on the other - and pursues a comparative analysis of the major figures from each of the traditions. Beginning with the rationalists, the course explores the thought of Ibn Rushd, Maimonides and Thomas Aquinas, before moving to a comparative examination of various mystics, such as - Bernard of Clairvaux, Bonaventure, the Zohar, Meister Eckhart, Ibn al-Arabi and Rumi.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the major intellectual currents within Judaism, Christianity and Islam in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between and mutual influences informing the various traditions;
  3. understand the role of classical thinkers and writers on the varied traditions;
  4. demonstrate familiarity with the major texts of the key religious figures of the period;
  5. appreciate the exegetical horizons facing interpreters of scripture;
  6. be able to engage in comparative analysis of philosophers and mystics from the different traditions;
  7. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts; and
  8. identify continuities and ruptures among the thinkers and writers examined.

Assessment

Research essay (6000 words): 50%; Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 25%; Seminar preparation: 10%.

Contact hours

One 2.5 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4260, HYM4260


HYM5270 - Research methods in biography and life writing

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for HYM4270

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand the research processes involved in writing biography and life stories, particularly the use of existing published works, archives and oral history.
  2. Demonstrate an awareness of the ethical and legal issues involved in biography and life writing.
  3. Understand the theoretical issues involved in the discipline, including questions about style, audience and readership.
  4. Develop advanced skills in written and oral communication.
  5. Develop skills in working as a group.
  6. Develop advanced skills in using new technology

Assessment

Seminar paper (2000-3000 words); 30%;

Outline of research project including literature review, discussion of method and time line (6000 words): 50%;

1 seminar presentation 10%;

General seminar performance 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4270, HYM4270


HYM5280 - Reading and writing biography and life stories

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the writing of biography as a literary form, including questions about the relationship between biography and fiction; the many new forms of life story developed through feminist and postcolonial theory and through work in memory and testimony; and the uses of life story in case studies in the social sciences. The unit will deal with biography as metaphor, the importance of cultural context in reading and writing biography, life stories and cultural context, ways of analysing the authorial presence and the use of psychoanalysis in biography and life writing.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. Have a sophisticated understanding of the different forms of writing biographies and life stories and of the importance of particular genres within this field.

  1. Demonstrate an understanding of the ways in which new fields such as psychoanalysis, feminism and gender studies and postcolonialism have affected the writing of life stories and biography.

  1. Be acquainted with some of the recent debates about the relationship between fiction and biography.

  1. Have developed advanced skills in written and oral communication.

  1. Have developed skills in working as a group.

  1. Have developed skills in using new technology.

Assessment

Seminar presentation and paper (2,000 words): 20%
Group seminar presentation and paper (1000 words): 20%
Essay (5,000-6,000 words): 50%
General seminar performance: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


HYM5290 - Holocaust memories: Landscape, mourning, identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Associate Professor Mark Baker

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will trace the changing contours of Holocaust memory from its inception to the present day. Topics include witnessing, survivor testimony, second-generation memoirs, representations of the Holocaust in cinema, photography, museums, literature and online, the practices of 'death camp tourism', the memory debates of Germany and Poland and the globalising of Holocaust memory, the relationship that remembering the Holocaust has to Jewish identity and to Jewish political existence, questions of ethics 'after Auschwitz', and the rise of Holocaust denial.

Objectives

Students completing this unit will have the ability to:

  1. understand differences between individual, collective, and official memories of the Holocaust
  2. have researched different mediums in which Holocaust memory is transmitted including testimony, literature, memorials, cinema, museums, annual days of remembrance
  3. have engaged with theoretical debates about the relationship between history and memory and modern participation in remembrance practices
  4. understand some of the ways in which memory informs personal and national identities
  5. have formulated their own arguments on key issues of Holocaust memory, informed by the relevant primary sources and secondary readings.

Assessment

Seminar Participation: 10%
Short Essay (3000 words): 30%
Research Essay (6000 words): 60%.

Contact hours

One 2 hour seminar

Prohibitions

HSY4290, HYM4290


HYM5320 - Citizens: Histories of Australian citizenship

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Marian Quartly

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HYM4320

Assessment

Class participation: 10%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%
Examination (3 hours): 30%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4320, HYM4320


HYM5330 - Cultures of devotion in renaissance Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the religious cultures of Italy from the fourteenth to the early sixteenth century, including the role of humanism and the recovery of the classical past in the re-envisioning of the Christian life in the Renaissance city, the boundaries between magic, superstition, and orthodox religion, the cult of the saints, shrines, and pilgrimage, the relationship between institutional religion and popular piety, high culture and popular expressions of devotion, the function of preaching and education by friars in local contexts, and the extent to which public theology shaped the cultural and material milieu.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Christianity as the matrix of experience in the Italian Renaissance city.

  1. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.

  1. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to the term 'popular'.

  1. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.

  1. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, devotion and devotional space.

  1. Have examined the Renaissance understanding of the nature of the natural order, sign and symbol, language and power.

  1. Understand the impact of the return 'to sources' which was part of the humanist agenda.

  1. Will have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world (piazza, building; representation) and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of Renaissance Italians.

  1. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and theological texts.

  1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

  1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

  1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

Students taking the subject at Level 5 have the additional objectives of acquiring a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of the key conceptual and methodological issues involved in using different kinds of literary and historical works in the context of social history.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours per week

Prerequisites

A History or RLT Major


HYM5340 - The highland clearances: Displacement, migration and memory in Scotland

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Jane Drakard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the famous evictions of Scottish highlanders from their ancestral lands between the late eighteenth and mid-nineteenth centuries. It focuses on the context and rationale for these events and the consequences for crofters who were either forcibly removed to inferior lands by their landlords or who chose to emigrate. Patterns of local resistance will be considered, as will the long term consequences for highland society. The Highland Clearances are still prominent in popular memory and a subject for vigorous debate in Scotland; the role of the clearances in modern Scottish identity and history-making will be considered, including issues of commemoration and memorialisation.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate: a thorough grasp of the context in which the Clearances took place, key events and the broad outlines of the social, economic and cultural consequences for Highland society; a critical appreciation of historical debates about the severity of the evictions and the economic and social impact of the Clearances; familiarity with the major historical works on this subject and a close engagement not only with the arguments put forward by key historians, but also with available documentary sources; well developed oral and written skills in the critical analysis of a variety of texts including government papers, the viewpoint of landlords, the perspectives of the displaced crofters and contemporary understandings of those who observed and recorded the events in journals and memoirs; a capacity to reflect on the history-making process in the context of the Highland Clearances and to analyse the contemporary meanings of the past which are manifested in popular histories, in web sites and in literature, music and film about the Clearances; the capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an essay based on independent historical research into some aspect of the history of the Highland Clearances.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation (15 minutes) (equiv. 1000 words) 10%
Critical review (2000 words) 20%
Research essay (4000 words) 50%
Take-home examination (2000 words) 20%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

HSY4340 and HYM4340


HYM5370 - Fantasies of the flesh: The body in history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Michael Hau

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit draws on work from a wide range of historical fields. Students will analyse how representations of the body and practices centred on the body (eg. exercising, tattooing etc.) have influenced people's understandings of class, race, and gender. In discussing the representations of grotesque, normal, and beautiful bodies, the unitexplores mechanisms of symbolic inclusion and exclusion from imagined communities. The relationship between the reproductive and productive bodies of men and women will be another focus. In addition, the unit will discuss the enabling of the body and mind through modern practices of performance enhancement.

Objectives

Students who have completed the unit will

  1. Be able to distinguish between different approaches in the historiography dealing with the body
  2. Know how to critically assess these approaches
  3. Discuss their heuristic potential
  4. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
  5. Be able to review monographs published in the field
  6. Develop an independent research project in the field
  7. Situate their own work within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

Twelve 2-hour seminars

Prohibitions

HSY4370,HYM4370


HYM5410A - Research project in holocaust and genocide studies - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of Holocaust and Genocide studies decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.


Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5410(A) will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study relating to the Holocaust and genocide.
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%


HYM5410B - Research project in holocaust and genocide studies - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Baker

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students undertake a reading program and research project in the field of Holocaust and Genocide studies decided in consultation with the course coordinator and potential supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

Objectives

A student successfully completing HYM5410(B) will be able to demonstrate:

  1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a major research program under the supervision of academic staff;
  2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study relating to the Holocaust and genocide.
  3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project;
  4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence; and
  5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

Assessment

Research paper (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

1-2 hours of meetings per week with supervisor


HYM5420 - Placement for holocaust and genocide studies

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Baker

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to Holocaust and Genocide studies. In consultation with the subject co-ordinator, students will work under the supervision of a professional in a museum, an oral testimony project, an international court of justice, a human rights organisation, or an institution involved in the development of curricular materials for Holocaust and Genocide education. A short series of seminars will first introduce students to the pedagogical dimensions of Holocaust and genocide education and the ethical challenges of documenting the experiences of survivors.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected:

  1. to have negotiated (in consultation with the subject co-ordinator) a period of work experience;
  2. to have developed a network of professional contacts in an area relating to Holocaust and genocide studies;
  3. to have an understanding of the practical and ethical challenges of working in the field of Holocaust and genocide studies;
  4. to have developed high levels of presentation and communication skills; and
  5. to appreciate the role of the researcher in documenting the narratives of those involved in acts of genocide.

Assessment

Reflective Essay (1500 words): 15%; Placement Project (6000 words): 75%.

Contact hours

2 hour seminar each week for 4 weeks (held in the evening)


HYM5430 - Perfecting America: Rhetoric, reform and reaction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Peel

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit examines the history of the United States through case studies of reform and reaction and in particular the ways in which these tended to emphasise both the difficulty and the continuing mission of 'perfecting America'. Examples may include Progressivism, isolationism, responses to the Great Depression and the Second World War, anti-communism, movements for civil, women's and gay rights, cultural, social and religious conservatism, struggles over race, poverty and indigenous rights, abolitionism and moral reform, women's suffrage, and agrarian populism. The unit will also examine the relationship between these movements and debates about America's role as a global power.

Objectives

As for HYM4430, with the additional objective that students successfully completing this unit will demonstrate excellent skills in the analysis of competing historical interpretations and positions, and a strong degree of independence in the locating, evaluation and critical use of historical resources.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation: 10%
Tutorial paper (2000 words): 20%
Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


HYM5440 - Genocidal thought

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Andrew Markus

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the character and genealogy of genocidal thought. The first part focuses on the development of racial thought in the post-Enlightenment period, especially the objectification of human life and paradigms of social progress and destiny. It will consider eugenic thought, and the cultural and pseudo-scientific variants of anti-semitism. These studies will provide the basis for a typology of genocidal thought. The second part considers the application of this typology to the theories of class warfare and religious conflict in Stalinist Soviet Union, Pol Pot's Cambodia, contemporary Christian millenarianism and variants of radical Islam.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the content and development of genocidal thought
  2. have an understanding of typologies of genocidal thought
  3. appreciate the possible relationships or connections in extreme forms of thought within the realms of religion, race and class conflict
  4. have a capacity to undertake research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

1 two hour seminar for 12 weeks


Prohibitions

HSY4440, HYM4440


HYM5470 - Genocide and colonialism

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Bain Attwood

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In this subject we consider the origins of the term 'genocide' and the different ways in which it has been defined before considering whether the concept might be a useful tool for understanding aspects of colonialism in two settler societies, colonial America and Australia: epidemic diseases; frontier violence; and assimilation (particularly the removal of indigenous children). The unit will consider whether there are any continuities or causal connections between intellectual and political traditions associated with European imperialism and the Nazi German genocide of European Jewry, and will investigate the public reception of the concept of genocide in Australia and the United States.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit, students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different ways in which genocide has been defined
  2. appreciate the possible relationships or connections between colonialism in settler societies and the Nazi genocide
  3. have an understanding of the debates which have occurred about the application of the concept of genocide to the history of settler societies
  4. have a capacity to undertake higher level research in the subject area of this unit

Assessment

Tutorial participation: 10%; Short essay (3000 words): 30%; Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

1 two-hour seminar for 12 weeks

Prohibitions

HYM4470, HSY4470


HYM5480A - Research project in biography and life writing - Part 1

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit involves students choosing their own subject for biographical analysis and discussion. It will involve the careful preparation of a research project, discussion of appropriate research methods and appropriate written form and then the writing of a research essay.

Assessment

Assessed in conjunction with HYM5480B

Prerequisites

HYM4270/5270 and HYM4280/5280


HYM5480B - Research project in biography and life writing - Part 2

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit involves students choosing their own subject for biographical analysis and discussion. It will involve the careful preparation of a research project, discussion of appropriate research methods and appropriate written form and then the writing of a research essay.

Assessment

Research essay 18,000 words - 100%

Prerequisites

HYM4270/5270 and HYM4280/5280


HYM5490 - Fascism, Nazism, and racial and social utopias

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Michael Hau

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Some historians have argued that Nazi racial and social utopias were an articulation of the destructive potentials of modernity. Others point to a longer history of racism. The unit introduces students to key historical debates concerning whether Nazism was a form of radical fascism or was unique in its racial utopianism. What were the relationships between Nazi racial and social policies? Was Nazism supported for rational and pragmatic reasons or were people enthralled by its ideology of racial supremacy? The unit also explores connections between the bio-medical sciences, racial hygiene, and the euthanasia program and looks at Nazi genocides in the context of Nazi bio-politics.

Objectives

After successfully completing the unit students should be able to

  1. Explain historical concepts such as fascism and totalitarianism.
  2. Distinguish between and be able to discuss the most important historiographical interpretations of Nazism.
  3. Formulate their own positions on key issues based on a critical engagement with the historiography and relevant primary sources.
  4. Review and critically analyse historical monographs.
  5. Develop an independent research project on the history of Fascism, Nazism, or Nazi genocide.
  6. Situate their research within larger historiographical debates

Assessment

Written work: 90%
Tutorial participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HYM4490, HSY4490


HYM5510 - History and the museum

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit introduces ways in which understandings of the past inform policy and practice in contemporary museums. Using a range of history museums as case-studies the unit examines the historical origins and development of modern museums, both local and national; the challenges of presenting national history in a post-modern and post-colonial world; techniques of presenting the past, including textual, digital and dramatic forms; and tensions between the role of museums in education and tourism. Students will have opportunities to develop their skills in the application of history to museums, and to learn from museum professionals the tasks normally performed by historians in such settings.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have been introduced to the history of the museum in a variety of national contexts.
  2. Be aware of the challenges facing museums in postmodern and post-colonial contexts.
  3. Have been introduced to basic practices of museology in a variety of contexts.
  4. Have been introduced to new media and communications technologies and their utility in museum practice.
  5. Have improved their oral and written communication skills, including for DE students, their electronic communication skills.

Assessment

Review of museum or exhibition (2000 words): 20%
Proposal for, and design of, a museum exhibition (4500 words or equivalent): 50%
Reflective essay (2000 words): 20%
Seminar or discussion group participation: 10%

Contact hours

1 hour on-line discussion group or two hour seminar

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from the co-ordinator

Prohibitions

HSY4510, HYM4510


HYM5590 - Imagining Europe: Representations and images of a continent

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Garrioch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Imagining Europe surveys the ways that Europe has been thought of from classical times to the present. Through literature, painting, architecture, travellers' tales, cinema and other sources, it traces the development of the idea of Europe as a region defined both geographically and by its culture, distinct from other 'non-European' cultures. The unit will trace the idea of multiple Europes: of a culturally defined 'Eastern Europe'; of regions within Europe, each with its own special character; and after World War II, the images of Eastern and Western Europe as politically distinct entities. The unit will conclude by looking at the impact of the European Union on images of Europe.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives for students in Honours in the relevant area (History or European Studies), a student who has successfully completed this unit at Level 5 should have:

  1. A knowledge of the way that ideas and representations of Europe have changed across its history;
  2. An understanding of the way that apparently natural, even geographical entities are defined culturally, and of the role that visual and literary images play in defining and redefining such categories;
  3. A sound grasp of the debates surrounding the concept of Europe, and of the different cultural, national, and ideological positions that underlie them;
  4. An awareness of different disciplinary approaches to the concept of 'Europe' and of the way that each one provides specific understandings of the way our perceptions of the world are structured;
  5. An ability to undertake independent research;
  6. An ability to use material from a range of disciplines and to apply interdisciplinary perspectives

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

2 hours per week


Prerequisites

A relevant undergraduate degree.

Prohibitions

HYM4590,HSY4590


HYM5620 - Family history and genealogy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Seamus O'Hanlon

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical and practical approach to the study of family history and genealogy. Students will examine the recent explosion of interest in family history, placing it against the broader history of the family and the contemporary search for personal identity, including the recovery of memory among migrant and indigenous communities. They will be introduced to the interpretation of the main sources of family history, including records of the human life-cycle, migration, church affiliation, property transactions and adoptions, and oral history. They will gain skills in writing and publishing family history and using family history in celebrations, commemorations and reunions.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to debates surrounding the modern development of the family history movement.

  1. have been introduced to the history of the family in its European and Australian contexts.

  1. have developed skills in the selection and interpretation of the main sources for the writing of family history in Australia.

  1. have developed skills in the writing, editing and publishing of family history.

  1. have explored the uses of family history in events of celebration, commemoration and reunion.

  1. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.

Assessment

Source Exercise 2000 words 20%, Critical/ reflective Essay 2000 words 20%, Family History Project 4000 words 50%, Class participation 1000 words 10%

Contact hours

One x 1 hr on-line discussion group/week

or

One x 2 hr seminar/week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.


HYM5640 - The World since 1900

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kate Murphy

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Through a review of the major events in the world after 1900, this unit examines the development of a growing tension between ideas of nationalism and globalism in the twentieth century. It provides a solid historical and theoretical background to the current debates over the legitimacy and inviolability of national boundaries and the effects of globalisation on sovereignty and cultures. The unit interrogates the central question of "what is a nation?" through a range of theoretical perspectives and in the context of the conflicts and international concerns of the last 100 years.

Objectives

By the completion of this unit, students will have:

  1. A comprehensive understanding of the background to debates about the legitimacy of modern national boundaries and the effects of globalisation upon them.
  2. The ability to contextualise and analyse current trends towards national secession and fragmentation in the world.
  3. An understanding of the application of postcolonial and similar theory to views of the nation and both formal and informal "empires".
  4. High level skills in the use of web-based research and study material.
  5. Excellent electronic collaboration and presentation skills.
  6. At level 5, students will also have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of key conceptual and methodological issues.

Assessment

Reflective on-line journal and contributions to on-line discussions (3000 words): 30%; Two on-line presentations (2000 words): 30%; Final essay (4000 words): 40%.

Prohibitions

HYM4640


HYM5660 - Recording oral history: Theory and practice

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the theoretical and methodological issues posed in the creation of oral history interviews, drawing upon the rich inter-disciplinary and international literature in the field and through critical reflection on students' own oral history interview practice. Students will explore: debates about memory and oral history; approaches and issues in interview preparation; approaches and issues in conducting oral history interviews; digital audio recording techniques and issues; ethical, epistemological and political issues posed by the oral history relationship; and approaches and issues in the documentation and preservation of oral history interviews.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive and critical understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of recorded memory and its use as a source for social and historical research;
  2. a thorough grasp of the essential elements of oral history project preparation, of the techniques of oral history interviewing and recording, of the debates about oral history methodologies and the oral history relationship, and of the ethical guidelines of the Oral History Association of Australia;
  3. a thorough grasp of the main approaches to the documentation of oral history interviews, and of the debates about transcription and documentation;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete an oral history interview project, including research and preparation, an extended interview and appropriate documentation;
  6. a capacity to evaluate issues posed within the course of an oral history recording project by drawing upon oral history scholarship
  7. at level 5, students will have developed an enhanced appreciation of these issues through more extensive understanding of theoretical approaches.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Contact hours

Regular seminars totaling 24 hours per semester

Prohibitions

HSY4660, HYM4660


HYM5740 - The French revolution: Issues and debates

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): David Garrioch

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The French Revolution is one of the most extensively researched periods in modern history and one of the most debated. This unit will examine the origins and course of the Revolution up to 1795, with a focus on current historical debates. Were the events of 1789 a political crisis like many others in the history of the Old Regime, or were they a product of changes in French society? What was the relationship between the Enlightenment and the Revolution? How far did the Revolution represent a radical break with the past and to what extent was it continuing earlier trends and conflicts? Why did events take the course they did in the 1790s? The unit will give particular attention to the French Revolution as a testing ground for theories of history and as an area of experimentation in historical writing.

Objectives

In addition to the general objectives of fourth year study in History, students are expected to

  1. Acquire a good grasp of the period of the French Revolution;
  2. Develop a sound understanding of the principal debates on the origins and course of the Revolution;
  3. Be able to analyse critically the different approaches to the Revolution;
  4. Appreciate the main types of sources available and the methodological issues raised by different historical approaches to the Revolution;
  5. Devise their own general interpretation of the Revolution;
  6. Be able to link the historiography of the Revolution with more general trends in recent historical writing.

Assessment

Seminar presentation/short essay (2000 words) : 20%
Research essay (5000 words) : 55%
Colloquium presentation (2000 words) 25%

Contact hours

2 contact hours and 22 hours of private study and research

Prerequisites

A BA or related degree with a major in History

Prohibitions

HYM4740, HYM5740


HYM5820 - Local and community history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Alistair Thomson

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HYM4820

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. have been introduced to concepts of 'community' and community history-making

  1. have been introduced to the origins of local and community histories, and their uses and purposes.

  1. have developed skills in researching and writing local and community histories

  1. have developed strong writing skills, including the production of a community history

  1. have developed strong oral communication skills, and recognised the importance of consultation and engagement with community groups when undertaking local and community histories

  1. have developed skills in the use of computers and other new media.

  1. have developed reflective skills and understandings of the broader issues of the importance of community and belonging.

  1. demonstrate all of the above as well as advanced original research and writing skills commensurate with the more advanced level of their studies.

Students undertaking the unit on-line will develop skills the above skills, although objective five will be in the form of virtual oral communication skills.

Assessment

Written work/reviews: 90% (8000 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

24 hours over the semester

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator.

Prohibitions

GSC2506, GSC3513, HPL2506, HPL3506


HYM5840 - Text and community in renaissance Italy

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Peter Howard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit will examine in detail a range of texts written during the late medieval and Italian Renaissance periods. Some of these texts will be canonical, for instance Dante's 'Divine Comedy' and Machiavelli's 'The Prince'. Others will represent literary genres popular at the time, among women and men, such as vernacular letters, diaries and sermons. These works will be read, and intertextually where appropriate. Their relationship to oral culture will also be considered.

Objectives

Students who successfully complete this unit:

  1. Will have a thorough knowledge of the text(s) chosen for study.

  1. Will have gained an understanding of different genres of texts circulating in Renaissance Italy (chronicle, letter, diary, tract, sermon, poem, play, dialogue, treatise, monument, visual representation).

  1. Will have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of particular texts.

  1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

  1. Will have developed the capacity to read 'against the grain' in relation to the Renaissance Italian social, political and social context.

  1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of Italian Renaissance Society.

Assessment

Essay related work: 60%
Critical journal: 20%
Seminar preparation and presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4840, HYM4840


HYM5900 - History, biography and autobiography

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Barbara Caine

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HYM4900

Objectives

Students completing this course will be expected to:

  1. Have a detailed knowledge of the developments and changes in autobiography and biography from the late 18th century to the present.

  1. Understand the connection between autobiography, biography and fiction across the period.

  1. Understand the impact of Freud on the writing of biography.

  1. Understand some of the different approaches that historians have taken to biography across this period.

  1. Develop the critical skills required to analyse and assess different approaches to biography.

Assessment

Historiographical essay (3000 words): 35%
Essay (4000 words): 45%
Writing exercises (2000 words): 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4810, HYM4900


HYM5950 - Hidden transcripts: Cultural approaches to the past

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Jane Drakard

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HYM4950

Objectives

This subject examines methodological approaches in anthropology and history and looks at the ways in which culturally oriented reading strategies have been used to uncover the 'hidden transcripts' encoded in texts, rituals and events. Students are expected to:

  1. Think carefully about the relationship between anthropology and history and the nature and implications of attempts to work within and between these two disciplines.

  1. Consider the concept of 'culture' and its uses as a tool for historical investigation.

  1. Relate their reading to a set of general questions about what historians do, including the nature of historical evidence and the conclusions that may be drawn from it.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
In-class test: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

HSY4950, HYM4950


HYM5960 - The body, gender and history

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Michael Hau

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for HSY4760

Objectives

As for HSY4760

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words) : 60%
Two seminar papers (2000 words each) : 40%

Contact hours

2-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Undergraduate degree with a major in history, or permission from co-ordinator

Prohibitions

HSY4760, HYM4960


IDA4120 - Community development in a globalising World

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Bruce Missingham

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the leading approaches to community development in international and sustainable development. The unit emphasises contemporary theory and thinking on community development, coupled with an orientation to professional practice in real contexts, both internationally and locally. The impacts of globalisation are examined, both in terms of its negative consequences, but also in terms of creating new possibilities for activism and solidarity. The unit also focuses on the skills and methods of community development facilitators, and fosters and develops those skills in students through group activities such as simulations, role-plays, case studies and fieldtrips.

Objectives

Students will understand the key concepts and major theoretical underpinnings of community development in international development and environmental sustainability; demonstrate knowledge of facilitation and implementation of community development in practice, and a range of contexts; be able to apply a range of professional skills in community development project design, management, monitoring and evaluation.

Assessment

Participation in class activities and discussions 20%; Small group-lead simulation, role play activity 30%; Essay/Project Proposal (4000 words) 50%.

Contact hours

1 hour lecture/presentation plus two hours tutorial per week for 13 weeks.


IDA4140 - Urbanisation and regional development in the Indo-Pacific rims

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Haripriya Rangan

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit engages in a comparative analysis of the geographical and economic dimensions of spatial and social change in the countries and regions of the Indo-Pacific Ocean rims. Themes include: state policies of economic growth, urbanisation and industrialisation, regional disparities in industrial growth, gender dimensions of industrialisation, politics of ethnicity; environmental outcomes of industrialisation, and urban governance.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will:

  1. Show a sound understanding of theoretical concepts of state-led economic development, urbanisation, industrial growth, and regional development;
  2. Develop a comparative analytical perspective for examining urbanisation and the role of the state in shaping spatial and economic development over time;
  3. Gain in-depth understanding of the processes of spatial and social change occurring in one country region within the Indo-Pacific rims;
  4. Be able to construct analytical arguments relevant to urbanisation and sustainable regional development issues in clear, concise, and grammatically correct English.

Assessment

Weekly tutorial commentaries (500 words) : 20%
Research essays (3000 words) : 50%
Examination (Take home 1000 words) : 20%
Tutorial Facilitation (20-25 minutes) : 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 hour lecture and 1x2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Permission


IDA4230 - Research in political ecology

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Bruce Missingham

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces student to principles and analytical methods of political ecology, and its application to analysing sustainable development and natural resources management. The first part of the unit introduces the theoretical foundations for the political ecology approach and explores its application to the issue of sustainable development. The second part of the unit uses the political ecology approach from an international comparative perspective for analysing development conflicts in a range of environmental sectors in international and Australian contexts, including farming and pastoralism, water, mining, fisheries and forests.

Assessment

Reading diary (200 words per week): 30%
Group presentation (20 - 25 mins per group): 20%
Individual research project (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar and 1 hour tutorial per week


IDA4320 - Doctrines of development

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Craig Thorburn

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This subject deconstructs the concepts of 'development', 'progress' and 'underdevelopment' before embarking on a historical examination of how various theories have been translated into policy and action. It then looks chronologically at the rise and demise of various doctrines and approaches, focusing on the role of international development aid and trade. It engages the core question of 'What can reasonably be said about the causes of changes in a country or a region's 'level of development'?' Through case studies, it underscores the particularity of individual countries' experiences, while attempting to draw out what are the basic principles that can be compared across time and space.

Objectives

  1. Understanding of basic historical and theoretical contexts of notions of 'development', both as a focus of social science and government practice
  2. Understanding of how the literature has approached the analysis of international development policy and practice.
  3. Through examination of country experiences, a sense of how to put these into particular context, and to examine critically their applicability to analysing and assessing development policies and practice as they have varied over time and between countries; also, the extent to which development policy and practice has been driven by 'ideas' rather than indigenous political and social realities.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography/country report (2000 words): 67%
Reading diary (800 words): 23%
Seminar presentation/facilitation: 10%

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour tutorial/seminar per week, offered contiguously.


IDA5040 - Special topics in international development

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Special Topics in International Development will spotlight particular topics that are important to understanding processes of national and regional development and environmental change within the context of globalisation. Different topical issues will be addressed in depth during semesters, based on curricula designed by guest lecturers in conjunction with M.IDEA and MPPM staff. These specific topics will be chosen based on a combination of significant trends and events in the development and public policy fields, student requests or expressions of interest, and the availability of visiting scholars or local experts who can lecture and lead seminars on these topics

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will:

  1. Understand key concepts and major theoretical arguments pertaining to particular topics in international development.

  1. Have up-to-date and comprehensive knowledge of current development practice, actors and institutions in particular realms of international development.

Assessment

Discussion participation: (1000 words) 10%;

Written work: (7000 words) 80%;

Take home written examination: (1000 words) 10%.

Contact hours

3 hours per week combined lecture and tutorial


IDA5130 - Environmental revolutions

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Haripriya Rangan

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which ideas about human-environment relations have revolutionised theories, practices and politics of international development and global environmental change. It explores the major historical and contemporary debates in the natural and social sciences concerning nature and human economy and the evolution of current thinking and approaches to environmental sustainability. Contemporary perspectives such as feminist approaches to ecology, varieties of environmentalism in the South, environmental racism, and eco-trading are incorporated in these discussions.

Assessment

Written work: 75% (4000 words)
Oral presentation: 25%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar and 1 hour tutorial per week


IDA5220 - The Art and Business of international development

6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Craig Thorburn

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers a practical, hands-on approach for learning a range of applied skills needed by professionals in international development organizations. It will introduce students to the working culture of institutions involved in international aid and development. The unit will cultivate knowledge of the range of organisations and institutions involved in international development, funding requirements of aid agencies, development management skills such as the logical framework (logframe) approach, and project proposals writing, monitoring and evaluation.

Assessment

Individual presentation (20-25 mins): 20%
Group preparation of Logical Framework (25-30 mins): 30%
Project Proposal (4500 words): 50%

Contact hours

3 hour seminar/tutorial per week

Prerequisites

6-12 points of core 4th year units


IDA5310 - Final project in M. Idea

12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Bruce Missingham

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to apply and consolidate the knowledge and professional skills they have acquired through the course within the practical context of an international development-related organisation. It requires independent learning and research by the student while fostering practical knowledge and skills related to the student's Area of Concentration. Students undertake an internship-based client project with an international development-related organisation. In the internship, research and analytical work of direct benefit to the host organisation will be carried out and reported on. The internship will not be undertaken in the student's usual workplace.

Objectives

Upon successfully completing this unit, students will:

  1. Have acquired specialised skills in a particular area of international development and environmental analysis;
  2. Have completed relevant research and/or job study that demonstrates their contribution to the field of international development and environmental sustainability in their chosen area of concentration.

Assessment

Internship journal (1000 words) : 20%
Report (8000 words) : 80%

Contact hours

No formal lectures or seminars


INM5010 - Indonesian 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Thomas

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

The primary focus of the unit is on the communication skills required for use in an Indonesian setting. Lectures cover a broad introduction to the culture and geography of Indonesia as well as an introduction to strategies and skills required in learning a language. Practicals deal with the introduction and application of basic communication tasks with an emphasis on numeracy skills and immediate needs.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. Understand basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language.
  2. Consider cultural influences on the use of the Indonesian language.
  3. Use Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on introductions and family
  4. Apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments.
  5. Use the Internet and associated electronic tools to obtain information about aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prohibitions

INM1010, INM2010, INM4010


INM5020 - Indonesian 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Thomas

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

A continuation of Indonesian 1. Lectures explore the historical, cultural, and political background to the modern Indonesian state while tutorials continue to develop proficiency in basic communication tasks, though with a greater emphasis on travel related themes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate greater accuracy in basic grammatical structures of the Indonesian language;
  2. discuss some of the cultural and historical developments that have helped shape Indonesia;
  3. extend their use of Indonesian to communicate everyday needs with particular emphasis on travel;
  4. apply acquired learning skills to new language learning environments;
  5. demonstrate greater ability in the use of the Internet and associated tools for research on aspects of language and culture related to Indonesia.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 25%
Cultural journal (in English): 15%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

INM5010 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM1020, INM2020, INM4020


INM5030 - Indonesian 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit develops and consolidates further students' ability to communicate in the Indonesian language and introduces them to the use of more idiomatic expressions and sophisticated grammar. Students develop an approach to researching current Indonesian cultural and political issues and are provided practice in a wide range of communicative tasks. Emphasis is given to the translation process within the context of common registers.





Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language across a broad range of non-specialist registers.
  2. make use of more advanced syntax and vocabulary to communicate topics and themes related to personal experiences
  3. exploit newly acquired cultural knowledge to communicate their understanding of social situations in an Indonesian setting.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

INM1020 or VCE Indonesian or equivalent.

Prohibitions

INM1030, INM2030, INM4030


INM5040 - Indonesian 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This is the continuation of Indonesian 3, and follows a similar pattern of language practice through lectures and discussion in the practicals. Translation skills are further developed in the context of a paraprofessional role.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the Indonesian language in formal and semi-formal registers commonly found in the media, government and personal correspondence.
  2. Expand their use of vocabulary and more complex syntax, in spoken and written language related to discussion and description.
  3. Put into practice their background cultural knowledge to communicate in more complex cross cultural social meetings.

Assessment

Spoken presentation: 20%
Cultural project: 20%
Short tasks: 10%
Written exam: 30%
Spoken exam: 20%

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

INM1030 or INM5030

Prohibitions

INM1040, INM2040, INM4040


INM5050 - Indonesian 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on selected topics are viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%.

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

INM4040 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM3050, INM4050


INM5060 - Indonesian 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

Passages from the Indonesian print media and other sources on selected topics relating to Indonesian society, culture and politics are critically analysed. Audio-visual material on such topics is viewed and discussed, and writing tasks using appropriate registers are undertaken. Indonesian is the medium of instruction in all classes.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. enhanced and deepened their knowledge of issues in contemporary Indonesian society, politics and culture;
  2. strengthened their understanding of the way Indonesian language is structured and registered, and extended their vocabulary to convey information about, and interpretation of, attitudes to these issues;
  3. enhanced their skills in listening and comprehension of spoken Indonesian language;
  4. increased their skills in reproducing appropriate structure and registers of Indonesian language in speaking and writing;
  5. strengthened their translation skills, both from Indonesian to English and vice versa.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 25%
Written project: 20%
Short tasks and class assignments: 15%
Written exam: 25%
Spoken exam: 15%.

Contact hours

Two 1-hour lectures and two 1-hour tutorials

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor.

Prerequisites

INM5050 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM3060, INM4060


INM5070 - Indonesian for special purposes: Media masa

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Thomas

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides opportunities for language learning through immersion in a content based unit dealing with practical aspects of journalism in the Indonesian context. Two workshops are conducted each week which integrate language skills with four main themes: history and background of the media in Indonesia, translation and the media, the print media; and radio broadcasting.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to: follow and create text across a broad range of registers commonly dealt with by the Indonesian news journalist; demonstrate an understanding of the underlying issues related to the practice and occupation of journalism in Indonesia; exploit a range of questioning skills in an interview situation; recognise and apply specific journalistic styles both in the print and broadcast media; question the underlying motives and quality of journalistic text.

Assessment

Spoken word project: 30%
News analysis and translation: 30%
Feature article: 20%
Written Exam: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x lecture) per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

1 weekend school or equivalent hours with private tutor

Prerequisites

INM3060 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM3070, INM4070


INM5080 - Indonesian for special purposes: Seni drama

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Thomas

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is presented in a series of practical workshops and seminar discussions conducted in Indonesian exploring modern Indonesian theatre and film. The unit provides options for either performance or written proposals related to film or theatre. Aspects of language are highlighted through the creation of scripts and through reading, translating, and interpreting of works by Indonesian playwrights and film directors.

Objectives

At the conclusion of the unit, students should be able:

  1. To present arguments and proposals for creative cooperation across cultures
  2. To demonstrate a knowledge of developments in both the theatre and film over recent decades.
  3. To present a critical appraisal of a creative work for a general audience
  4. To have an understanding of the basic principals of sub-titling as they relate to film.

Assessment

Performance/production reports: 65%
Theatre/Film Review: 15%
Sub-title Project : 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x workshop and 1 x seminar) per week

Prerequisites

INM5070 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM3080, INM4080


INM5090 - Special project in Indonesian I

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project;
  2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design;
  3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

Prerequisites

INM4070 or INM4080 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM3090, INM4090


INM5100 - Special project in Indonesian II

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Basoeki Koesasi

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

In consultation with staff the student selects appropriate Indonesian language materials to support a proposed special project based on future research or vocational interests. Projects may include placements in related work or study areas and the project may be based on a translation project or be reported purely in Indonesian. The student reports via consultations with the lecturer, through class seminars and through writing projects. Reading and research design skills are discussed and developed in a practical context.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and research strategies appropriate for developing an individual study project
  2. Be able to develop and discuss their study design
  3. Be able to utilise a variety of listening and reading skills to select and exploit a wide range of relevant resources in both Indonesian and English.

Assessment

Written work: 90% (4500 words)
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hour report consultation or seminars every fortnight with an option of a work placement

Prerequisites

INM4070, INM4080 or INM4090 or equivalent

Prohibitions

INM4100


INM5920 - Research project

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


INS5110 - Literary traditions of Indonesia

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for INS4110

Objectives

As for INS4110

Assessment

Written (6000 words): 60%
Seminar paper (3000 words): 40%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


INS5210 - Modern Indonesian Literature - Defining National Identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for INS4210. At fifth-year level students work at a higher standard.

Objectives

As for INS4210

Assessment

Written (7000 words): 75%
Seminar participation: 25%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


INS5310 - Theatre in Indonesia - Tradition, Innovation, Contestation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Yacinta Kurniasih

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for INS4310. Students at fifth-year level work at a higher standard.

Objectives

As for INS4310

Assessment

Written work (7000 words): 75%
Seminar presentation: 25%

Contact hours

3 hours per week


ITA4380 - Italian encounters: translation, literature and cultural identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Simon West

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between Italian and English. Translation can be about texts but it can also be about people and culture. Students will explore ideas about translation through a range of specific literary and/or cultural examples. Students will be encouraged to relate these ideas to their thesis project.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation and cultural encounters
  2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres and contexts
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences translation and cultural encounters
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing translations and cultural encounters of selected authors and contexts
  5. Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

One written project including practical translation and critical component (6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (3000 words): 30%
Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Must have completed a unit at Honours level in Italian or cognate area with prior approval for postgraduate level OR a third year sequence in Italian Studies or cognate area with prior approval.

Prohibitions

ITA5380, ITA4380(H)


ITA4491 - Language study abroad program 4/2

18 points, SCA Band 1, 0.375 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Carolyn James

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

Approved study equivalent to 18-points (Arts, Monash) at an Italian university. Placement arrangements will be made through the Program, which has links with the universities of Florence, Bologna, Perugia and Siena. Students will take the "Programma Seminariale" within their chosen units in Italy.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students should have:



  1. successfully undertaken a program of study offered by a host institution in Italy equivalent to fourth-year 18-point level language and culture units at Monash University;

  1. achieved a good level of competency in the designated tasks;

  1. gained first-hand understanding of Italian culture in Italy;

  1. improved and consolidated Italian language skills in Italy;

  1. study culture units which are broadly related to students' dissertation topics in order to enhance linguistic and cultural competence of that field of study

Assessment

As determined by the host institution. Students will be required to bring back all written work for assessment.

Contact hours

As determined by the host institution

Prerequisites

Entry into the Honours Program in Italian


ITA5380 - Italian encounters: translation, literature and cultural identity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Simon West

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines practical and theoretical issues involved in translation of literature and cultures, between Italian and English. Translation can be about texts but it can also be about people and culture. Students will explore ideas about translation through a range of specific literary and/or cultural examples. Students will be encouraged to relate these ideas to their thesis project.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. understand, discuss and analyse different theoretical issues involved in literary translation and cultural encounters
  2. develop and express a relative understanding of the specific issues relating to particular genres and contexts
  3. understand, discuss and analyse the ways in which the translator and his or her cultural context influences translation and cultural encounters
  4. develop an ability to engage with, critique and compare existing translations and cultural encounters of selected authors and contexts
  5. Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

Assessment

One written project including practical translation and critical component (6000 words): 70%
Seminar activities (3000 words): 30%
Fifth-year students will use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

Must have completed a unit at Honours level in Italian or cognate area with prior approval for postgraduate level OR a third year sequence in Italian Studies or cognate area with prior approval.

Prohibitions

ITA4380.html">ITA4380, ITA4380.html">ITA4380(H)


ITM4010 - Global justice: civil and human rights after 1945

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ernest Koh

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity;
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks;
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue; and
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation and review paper (2000 words): 30%; Research essay (5000 words): 50%; Take-home exam (2000 words): 20%.

Contact hours

A two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

INT4010, ITM5010


ITM4020 - Civilising global politics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): James Walter

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Assessment

Written work: 80% (9000 words)
Seminar work: 20%


ITM4140 - After atrocity: the holocaust, South Africa, Rwanda

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Mark Baker and Simon Adams

Offered

South Africa Winter semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit will bring together students from Monash campuses in Australia and South Africa to study the contemporary histories of post-genocide and post-conflict societies, through three specific cases: European Jews after the Holocaust; the South African approach after apartheid; and local and global responses to the Rwandan genocide. Held in the winter semester as a three-week intensive, students will spend a week in Johannesburg and a week in Rwanda exploring public debates on memory and justice through visits to memorial sites and museums. Places to be explored include Soweto, the Apartheid Museum, Constitution Hill, the Murambi genocide memorial, and a Gacaca village trial.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. an understanding of the human impact of genocide and conflict on the communities that survive it
  2. an understanding of the modern historical contexts in which these conflicts emerged
  3. an appreciation of the issues and the agencies involved in rebuilding states and societies after genocide and conflict
  4. the capacity to describe and analyse questions of memory and justice using historical examples
  5. In addition, students undertaking this unit at fourth-year level will be expected to have the ability to analytically differentiate between the different forms genocide and conflict manifest themselves in.

Assessment

Major essay (6000 words): 50%
Short writing exercise or text analysis (1000 words): 20%
Exam (2 hours): 30%

Contact hours

One 4-hour lecture per day, five days a week, for three weeks

Prohibitions

INT3140, INT4140


ITM5010 - Global justice: civil and human rights after 1945

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Ernest Koh

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit explores civil and human rights campaigns since 1945. It examines their origins and outcomes, and the ways in which they drew from and contributed to an emerging international framework. Further case studies include women's rights and sexual liberation, freedom of speech, capital punishment, economic justice and unfair trade. The unit examines the development of global movements and organisations, new technologies and tactics of protest and the formation of virtual communities of activism. It also covers the relationship between universal notions of justice and differences of gender, culture and belief, and potential differences between local and global understandings of 'rights'.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit will be expected to demonstrate:

  1. a comprehensive understanding of the key intellectual and political debates about the nature of justice, civil rights and human rights on a global scale, as well as the relationship between universal notions of justice and rights and arguments about difference and diversity;
  2. a thorough grasp of the key differences and similarities in the arguments, objectives, strategies and outcomes of significant campaigns for justice and rights during the twentieth and twenty-first centuries, of the links and tensions between local and global campaigns and movements, and of the development of global civil and human rights frameworks;
  3. strong skills in the critical reading of a variety of texts, including contemporary documents, polemical literature and campaign material, the academic scholarship based upon those texts and the theoretical and conceptual debates about justice and rights;
  4. strong skills in critical oral and written assessment of the academic scholarship, including methods, assumptions and uses of evidence, and in organising and defending a verbal and written argument based upon those assessments;
  5. a capacity to devise, plan and successfully complete a detailed case study, including significant documentary research, that evaluates the significance of a particular campaign, organisation or issue; and
  6. a capacity to reflect upon and make critical use of a range of resources including, where relevant, on-line materials, film and visual images.
  7. at level 5, students will also have acquired a greater degree of analytical skills and a greater understanding of key conceptual and methodological issues.

Assessment

Tutorial presentation and review paper (2000 words): 30%; Research essay (5000 words): 50%; Take-home exam (2000 words) 20%.

Contact hours

A two-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

INT4010, ITM4010


ITM5020 - Civilising global politics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): James Walter

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Conventionally, state-based political institutions have been designed to mediate between interests and to 'civilise' conflict. As globalisation raises doubts about the ability of state agencies to answer popular demands, are new institutional resources to respond to peoples' expectations and to manage competition developing? This unit uses case-studies to assess emerging arguments about global civil society and global citizenship in the context of the interactions between multinational corporations, international agencies and transnational non-government organisations as they seek to negotiate the terms on which people might live together in a civilised global order.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. Understand the dynamics of political institutions and the arguments about how such institutions might function in a global political context.
  2. Analyse contemporary theoretical debates about global civil society, and their relation to emerging global actors (multinational corporations, international agencies and NGOs).
  3. Distinguish between theoretical interpretation, secondary source review and primary source analysis.
  4. Demonstrate practical research and project management skills.
  5. Develop advanced skills in oral and written communication and relate these to group participation and leadership. 6. Relate both knowledge and practical skills to potential careers in international institutions.

Assessment

Research proposal (1000 words): 10%; Written exercise - based on seminar presentation (1000 words): 10%; Essay (5000 words): 50%; Exam (2000 words): 30%.

Contact hours

One Two-hour seminar per week.

Prohibitions

INT4020, ITM4020


JAL4130 - Japanese sociolinguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An advanced introduction to sociolinguistics in its application to the study of Japanese and English usage in contact situations. Special emphasis is placed on intercultural communication, cross-cultural discourse patterns and speech acts, and Japanese language contact.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


JAL4140 - Asian languages in contact

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Communication in native situations. Japanese and other Asian language contact and language change in an Australian context. Theoretical approaches to studies of languages in contact, including network analysis, transference, code-switching and bilingualism.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


JAL4210 - Issues in Japanese language education

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Whereas JAL4530 provides a broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian Languages, this unit concentrates on more specialized and practical aspects important in Japanese language education. The broad aim of this unit includes developing understanding of the major issues and research associated with teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language.

Objectives

At the end of successfully working through this unit, students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of research in relation to teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language; and

  1. understand the contexts of teaching Japanese and major issues, including:

Primary, secondary and tertiary education in Australia;

Teaching Japanese as a foreign/second language in Japan and other countries;

Japanese as an 'international language';

Language policy and foreign language education;

Language and culture; and

Intercultural communication

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prohibitions

JAL5210


JAL4590 - Japanese linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A selection of topics from Japanese linguistics, such as phonology, morphology, syntax, lexicon and semantics.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


JAL4610 - Research methodology for applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The role and conduct of research in applied linguistics and sociolinguistics. The unit is designed for students intending to write minor theses or research papers, but will also be of benefit to students undertaking other data-based projects or writing academic essays.

Objectives

Students should develop an understanding of different research approaches and methodologies in order to design research projects and present research reports.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours


JAL4710 - Acquisition of Japanese Language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

How Japanese is acquired as a second or foreign language and the factors affecting acquisition. Issues including reading development, language distance, and developmental processes, transfer, pragmatics, and input and interaction. First language acquisition of Japanese and methodology employed in studying Japanese language acquisition.

Assessment

Written: 80% (3500 words)
2 hours Test: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


JAL4730 - Japanese pedagogic grammar

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Selected topics in Japanese grammar of particular importance to teaching Japanese as a foreign language, including reading, exercises (including error analysis) and discussion. Lectures and seminars are conducted in Japanese and English.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: (20%)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JAL5730


JAL5130 - Japanese sociolinguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for JAL4130. Students at fifth-year level use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills, and will also undertake a data-based research project, and will make a class presentation on this project.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


JAL5140 - Asian languages in contact

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JAL4140. Fifth-year students employ more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills and will also undertake a data-based research project for which a class presentation will be made.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week plus fortnightly seminar


JAL5210 - Issues in Japanese language education

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Whereas JAL4530 provides an introduction to a broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian Languages, this unit concentrates on more specialized and practical aspects important in course design. The broad aim of this unit includes developing skills to design Japanese language programs and developing understanding of the major issues and research associated with teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language.

Objectives

At the end of successfully working through this unit, students should be able to:

  • demonstrate knowledge and skills to design a course, including needs analysis, syllabus, curriculum, assessment and evaluation;

  • understand the importance of research in relation to teaching and learning Japanese as a foreign/second language; and

  • understand the contexts of teaching Japanese and major issues, including:

  • Primary, secondary and tertiary education in Australia;

  • Teaching Japanese as a foreign/second language in Japan and other countries;

  • Japanese as an 'international language';

  • Language policy and language education policy; and

  • Language and culture.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours per week

Prerequisites

JAL4530 or JAL5530 or permission


JAL5530 - Teaching and learning Asian languages

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

A broad introduction to theoretical and practical issues in the teaching and acquisition of Asian languages. Topics include communicative competence (what students need to know in order to interact in Asian languages); the aims of language teaching; how people learn language; course design; approaches and methods; and assessment. The aim is not to provide definitive answers but to introduce students to a cross-section of current thinking and research on relevant issues. Seminar discussions and activities will enable students to relate the general issues to their own teaching and learning situations and to learn from the experience of others.

Objectives

Be aware of a cross-section of current thinking and research on issues relevant to the teaching and learning of second or foreign languages, especially Asian languages. Be able to apply this knowledge to practical teaching and learning situations and problems. Develop skills in finding, reading and interpreting research articles relating to language teaching/learning. Develop abilities in academic writing, and in oral presentation. Relate prior learning in areas of applied linguistics and related disciplines to theoretical issues in language teaching and learning, and to the understanding of research in the field. Students at fifth-year level will use more sophisticated library research skills and analysis and a higher level of written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written work
Class presentation: 80%
Test: 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 tutorial) per week

Prohibitions

JAL4530


JAL5590 - Japanese linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Assoc Prof Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JAL4590 with the addition that fifth-year students are expected to employ more sophisticated analytical and written presentation skills and will also undertake a data-based project, which will be the basis of a class presentation.

Assessment

Written work: 80%
Oral presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


JAL5610 - Research methodology for applied linguistics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for JAL4610. Fifth-year students employ more sophisticated analytical and written presentation skills. Fifth-year students also design a research proposal and will make a class presentation on this.

Assessment

Written and oral work: 100%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week


JAL5710 - Acquisition of Japanese Language

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JAL4710 with the addition that fifth-year students employ more sophisticated analytical and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Written: 80% (3500 words)
2 hours Test: 20%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 seminars) per week


JAL5730 - Japanese pedagogic grammar

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Selected topics in Japanese grammar of particular importance to teaching Japanese as a foreign language, including reading, exercises (including error analysis) and discussion. Lectures and seminars are conducted in Japanese and English.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Oral presentation: (20%)

Contact hours

One 1-hour lecture and one 2-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JAL4730


JIT4100 - Interpreting A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit consists of two components: the practice of consecutive interpreting and listening comprehension. Topics in consecutive interpreting include general social and cultural issues, and business at a level that para-professional interpreters are likely to encounter in Australian situations. In listening comprehension, students interpret authentic interviews and talks. They also practice sight translation in both languages. Students will gain an understanding of the basic theories of interpreting. Students will gain an understanding of the basic theories of interpreting.

Assessment

Assignment: 20%
Mid-semester test (15 minutes each): 20%
End-of-semester test (30 minutes each): 60%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


JIT4200 - Theory and practice of translation B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students will gain an understanding of the basic skills of English-Japanese translation and practice in translating from a number of texts. Common mistakes made in translating and various strategies for translating set texts are discussed.

Assessment

Weekly exercises: 50%
Final test: 50%

Contact hours

1.5 hour lecture per week


JIT4611 - Introduction to Japanese business communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Communication skills applicable in business organisations in Japan and Australia. Focuses on problems in interacting in basic business contact situations. Visits to Japanese companies or business meetings is a part of the program.

Assessment

Project: 40%
Essay: 40%
Test (1.5 hours): 20%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT4621 - Interpreting current events in Japanese and English B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit constitutes the first stage of progressive training in consecutive interpreting with an emphasis on interpretation from Japanese to English and vice versa. The unit is interrelated to JIT4622 Interpreting B and consequently both units share the overall objective which is to train students to be able to perform at a professional level in a variety of English-Japanese interpreting situations.

Assessment

Written: 30%
3 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

2 hours of workshop per week

Prohibitions

JPL3621


JIT4622 - Interpreting B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Skills and techniques for consecutive interpreting using authentic interviews and talks. Topics focus on industry, business, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism etc. Practice in both languages and relevant aspects of the theory of English-Japanese consecutive interpreting.

Assessment

Written: 20%
2 Tests: 80%

Contact hours

2 hours of workshop per week


JIT4623 - Japanese Companies Overseas

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Advanced reading skills in Japanese is required. Students will gain an understanding of the operation of Japanese companies overseas. Reading materials are mainly in Japanese covering representative areas such as finance, manufacturing and trade.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 40%
Short essays: 40%
Other assignments: 20%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT4731 - Theory and practice of Japanese interpreting

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting such as techniques of note-taking, sight translation, interpreting numbers, interview interpreting and speech interpreting. Topics focus on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism, government institutions etc.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 30%
2 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

3 hours of workshops per week


JIT4811 - Theory and practice of translation A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to some of the theoretical issues which must be considered when approaching a translation, with special attention given to the ethical issues and to the potential for value adding in the translation process. Practical strategies for getting a translation under way. Experience in translating a variety of different types of texts.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words): 70%
Examination (1 hour): 30%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT4832 - Translation of Japanese business documents

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Introduction to the various types of business writing encountered in paid employment (including letters, legal documents, internal memoranda, reports, notifications and pamphlets) especially the translation of such writings from Japanese into English and vice versa. The medium of instruction will be English and/or Japanese.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words in total): 60%
Examination (1 hour): 40%

Contact hours

1.5 hour lecture per week

Prerequisites

Completion of JIT4811 and JIT4611 or equivalent


JIT4843 - Advanced theory and practice of translation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Considers recent developments in theories of translation regarding stylistic, syntactic, cultural, lexical and terminological issues in a variety of written genres. The use of computers as aids for terminology studies, glossary building and editing.

Assessment

Translation assignments (6500 words): 80%
Final test (45 minutes): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

JIT4200 or equivalent.


JIT5100 - Interpreting A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The unit consists of two components: the practice of consecutive interpreting and listening comprehension. Topics in consecutive interpreting include general social and cultural issues, and business at a level that para-professional interpreters are likely to encounter in Australian situations. In listening comprehension, students interpret authentic interviews and talks. They also practice sight translation in both languages. Students will gain an understanding of the basic theories of interpreting. Students will gain an understanding of the basic theories of interpreting.

Assessment

Written: 20%
2 Tests: 80%

Contact hours

2 hours per week


JIT5200 - Theory and practice of translation B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JIT4200 with the addition that fifth-year students must consistently show a higher degree of expertise.

Assessment

Weekly exercises: 50%
Final test 50%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT5611 - Introduction to Japanese Business Communication

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Communication skills applicable in business organisations in Japan and Australia. Focuses on problems in interacting in basic business contact situations. Visits to Japanese companies or business meetings is a part of the program.

Assessment

Project: 40%
Essay: 40%
Test (1.5 hours): 20%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT5622 - Interpreting B

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Skills and techniques for consecutive interpreting using authentic interviews and talks. Topics focus on industry, business, general contemporary affairs, education, Australia-Japan relations, medicine, tourism etc. Practice in both languages and relevant aspects of the theory of English-Japanese consecutive interpreting.

Assessment

Written work: 30%
2 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

2 hours of workshop per week


JIT5623 - Japanese Companies Overseas

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Advanced reading skills in Japanese is required. Students will gain an understanding of the operation of Japanese companies overseas. Reading materials are mainly in Japanese covering representative areas such as finance, manufacturing and trade.

Assessment

Written (3000 words): 40%
Short essays: 40%
Other assignments: 20%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT5731 - Theory and practice of Japanese interpreting

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JIT4731 with the addition that fifth-year students are expected to provide English-Japanese, Japanese-English consecutive interpreting with competency applicable to the workplace as an adjunct to their principal duties.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words): 30%
2 Tests: 70%

Contact hours

3 hours of workshops per week

Prerequisites

Completion of JIT4622 or JIT4621


JIT5811 - Theory and practice of translation A

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides an introduction to some of the theoretical issues which must be considered when approaching a translation, with special attention given to the ethical issues and to the potential for value adding in the translation process. Practical strategies for getting a translation under way. Experience in translating a variety of different types of texts.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words): 70%
Examination (1 hour): 30%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week


JIT5832 - Translation of Japanese business documents

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Introduction to the various types of business writing encountered in paid employment (including letters, legal documents, internal memoranda, reports, notifications and pamphlets) especially the translation of such writings from Japanese into English and vice versa. The medium of instruction will be English and/or Japanese.

Assessment

Written assignments (3500 words in total): 60%
Examination (1 hour): 40%

Contact hours

1.5 hours per week

Prerequisites

Completion of JIT4811 and JIT4611 or equivalent


JIT5842 - Advanced Japanese interpreting

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Practice in formulaic language used in speeches and the acquisition of techniques to interpret speeches. Further training in note-taking and other skills to interpret speeches of approximately 150 words. Practice in simultaneous interpreting may also be introduced. Topics focus on industry, social structure, economic affairs, international affairs and business communication etc.

Assessment

Assignments: 10%
2 Tests: 90%

Contact hours

3 hours of workshops per week

Prerequisites

JIT4731 or JIT5731


JIT5843 - Advanced theory and practice of translation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Considers recent developments in theories of translation regarding stylistic, syntactic, cultural, lexical and terminological issues in a variety of written genres. The use of computers as aids for terminology studies, glossary building and editing.

Assessment

Translation assignments (8000 words): 80%
Final test (1 hour): 20%

Contact hours

3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Completion of JIT4200 or equivalent


JIT5940 - Projects in Japanese interpreting and translation

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Masato Takimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students will be guided in a major project (in translation) or in a series of small projects (in interpreting or in translation). Students work independently, and each student is assigned a supervisor. Several joint seminars during the semester bring together students and supervisors in both streams to discuss common problems which have arisen in carrying out their projects.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (9000 words)

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the postgraduate diploma or MQual in Japanese interpreting and translation, completion of JIT5731 or JIT5843 or their equivalent


JLG4000 - Adjunct unit in advanced Japanese

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides advanced students who are self-directed and highly motivated and who are taking an approved co-requisite unit with the opportunity to further expand their linguistic competence and knowledge of a topic area by undertaking an in-depth project or program of study. This will usually include research on a specific topic and written work. Other activities may include participation in relevant conferences and forums, viewing and production of creative works, small group projects or community involvement. Specific content and assessment will be negotiated and set out in writing prior to the commencement of semester, or within the first two weeks.



Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.

  1. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.

  1. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.



Assessment

Written work/oral and written projects: 100%

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator and attendance at normal 2hrs per week classes for co-requisite unit

Prerequisites

Permission of coordinator of corequisite unit

Co-requisites

Japanese 9, 10, 11 or 12 at appropriate year level


JLG4010 - Japanese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge, which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 1, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Japanese.

  1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

  1. Be able to communicate in Japanese with teachers about their study.

  1. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.

  1. Have a basic knowledge of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, some katakana and 25 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

  1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society and economy.

  1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

  1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 75%
On-going assessment: 25%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours of tutorials/seminars) per week

Prohibitions

JPL1010, JPL2010, JLG5010


JLG4020 - Japanese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Further develop the knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan. Extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 2, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in conversation in defined social situations.

  1. Be able to interact with Japanese guests, customers and tourists in a number of settings using simple Japanese.

  1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

  1. Have a knowledge of the fundamentals of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, katakana and about 100 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

  1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society, etiquette and tourism.

  1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

  1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 75%
On-gong assessment: 25%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours of tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

JLG4010 or acceptable equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1020, JPL2020, JLG5020


JLG4030 - Japanese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
  2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
  4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
  6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
  8. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
  9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week

Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1030, JPL2030, JLG5030


JLG4040 - Japanese 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
  2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
  4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
  6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
  8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week

Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 3 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1040, JPL2040, JLG5040


JLG4050 - Japanese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The coure content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level.
  2. Be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for Japanese audiences. 3. Have developed listening and speaking skills in their areas of interest.
  3. Have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community in Australia on tourism.
  4. Be able to write and talk about places in Australia that Japanese people find interesting.
  5. Be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters.
  6. Have developed and displayed skills to use Japanese word processors.
  7. Be able to use a kanji dictionary.
  8. Have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050, JLG5050


JLG4059 - Japanese 5 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,
  2. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit,
  3. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people,
  4. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,
  5. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest,
  6. be able to write and talk about given topics,
  7. be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totalling 550,
  8. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and
  9. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1059, JPL2059, JPL3059, JLG5059, JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050, JLG5050


JLG4060 - Japanese 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level;
  2. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic;
  3. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience;
  4. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues;
  5. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet;
  6. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor;
  7. be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters and;
  8. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060, JLG5060


JLG4069 - Japanese 6 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

A special fee-paying, in-country Japanese language program providing home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions as well as classroom-based study.

This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

  • be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,

  • be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level,

be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic,

  • be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience,

  • have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues,

  • be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet,

  • have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor,

be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and

  • have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1069, JPL2069, JPL3069, JLG5069, JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060, JLG5060


JLG4070 - Japanese 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

  1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

  1. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.

  1. Developed the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.

  1. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent competence

Prohibitions

JPL1070, JPL2070, JPL3070, JPL4070, JLG5070


JLG4079 - Japanese 7 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

  1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

  1. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;

  1. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and

  1. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 6 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

JPL1079/2079/3079; JLG5079; JPL1070/2070/3070; JLG4070/5070


JLG4080 - Japanese 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Further developed their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

  1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

  1. Developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.

  1. Developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.

  1. Developed skills that will enable continued acquisition of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 7 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1080, JPL2080, JPL3080, JPL4080, JLG5080


JLG4089 - Japanese 8 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

  1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

  1. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;

  1. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and

  1. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

JPL1089/2089/3089; JLG5089; JPL1080/2080/3080; JLG4080/5080


JLG4090 - Japanese 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level:

  1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.

  1. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.

  1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.

  1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.

  1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.

  1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 8 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1090, JPL2090, JPL3090, JPL4090, JLG5090


JLG4100 - Japanese 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
  2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
  3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

Assessment

Written work: 20%
Performance activities: 30%
Tests: 50%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 9 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1100, JPL2100, JPL3100, JPL4100, JLG5100


JLG4110 - Japanese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
  2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
  3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
  4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
  5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Class test: 15%
Oral presentation: 20%
Written work : 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1110, JPL2110, JPL3110, JPL4110, JLG5110


JLG4120 - Japanese 12

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

  1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.

  1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.

  1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.

  1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.

  1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Written work: 35%
Quizzes: 10%
Oral test: 10%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 11 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL2120, JPL3120, JPL4120, JLG5120


JLG4720 - Advanced Japanese language in Japan

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit allows fourth year students to study in Japan at a recognised tertiary institution. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's program s are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

Assessment

Coursework test (2 hours): 50%
Examination (2 hours): 50%

Prerequisites

An undergraduate major in Japanese with a third-year sequence at credit level or equivalent


JLG4852 - Advanced Japanese reading skills

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Develop skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in other language units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.

  1. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.

  1. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.

  1. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

Assessment

2 Exams: (15%
35%)
Class contribution and exercises: 20%
Written work: 30% (1500 words)

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL2852, JPL3852, JPL4852, JLG5852


JLG5000 - Adjunct unit in advanced Japanese

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

As for JLG4000

Objectives

Students will:

  1. Extend their linguistic competence, particularly in relation to reading and writing skills.

  1. Extend their knowledge in the topic area covered by the co-requisite unit.

  1. Demonstrate independent research skills and/or other relevant independent study skills at a level commensurate with their year level.



Assessment

Written work/oral and written projects: 100%

Contact hours

Regular consultation with coordinator and attendance at normal x 2hr classes per week for co-requisite unit

Prerequisites

Permission of coordinator of corequisite unit

Co-requisites

Japanese 9, 10, 11 or 12 at appropriate year level


JLG5010 - Japanese 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills to interact in Japanese, in situations likely to be encountered in Australia and Japan and to establish a firm foundation of linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge which can be creatively applied in a variety of situations.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 1, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Japanese.

  1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

  1. Be able to communicate in Japanese with teachers about their study.

  1. Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members.

  1. Have a basic knowledge of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, some katakana and 25 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

  1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society and economy.

  1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

  1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and examination: 75%
On-going assessment: 25%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prohibitions

JPL1010, JPL2010, JLG4010


JLG5020 - Japanese 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Robyn Spence-Brown

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to develop knowledge, strategies and skills needed to interact in Japanese in practical contexts in Australia and Japan and also aims to extend linguistic, sociolinguistic and sociocultural knowledge to develop cross-cultural awareness and facilitate effective interaction.

Objectives

Upon completing Japanese 2, students should:

  1. Be able to participate in conversation in defined social situations.

  1. Be able to interact with Japanese guests, customers and tourists in a number of settings using simple Japanese.

  1. Possess basic 'survival' Japanese required for travelling in Japan.

  1. Have a knowledge of the fundamentals of the Japanese writing system, including a knowledge of hiragana, katakana and about 100 kanji, and be able to use this knowledge to read and write in defined contexts.

  1. Have a basic knowledge of some aspects of Japanese geography, culture, society, etiquette and tourism.

  1. Be able to access the internet to obtain information on Japan and enhance their learning of the Japanese language.

  1. Have developed strategies for learning Japanese and have established a foundation for the continued study of both spoken and written Japanese.

Assessment

Quizzes and assignments: 25%
Tests and examination: 75%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

JLG5010 or its equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1020, JPL2020, JLG4020


JLG5030 - Japanese 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit aims to consolidate and develop students' basic linguistic skills and socio-cultural knowledge in spoken and written Japanese at a pre-intermediate level. The focus is to develop students' interactive competence, including linguistic, socio-linguistic and socio-cultural knowledge. The unit also aims to develop students' intercultural skills.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained and developed fundamental linguistic skills (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary) at this level which are necessary for any further study of Japanese;
  2. have gained basic social/cultural knowledge about Japan;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for daily conversation (e.g. about leisure, travel, study) and exchanging information in Japanese within defined situations;
  4. be able to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and write the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters;
  6. be able to write about personal life (e.g. daily life, leisure, travel) using basic kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural skills which include awareness of and sensitivity to cultural differences (and similarities) through comparison and reflection on students' own cultures and societies;
  8. have enhanced awareness of language as a system, through comparison of linguistic features of Japanese and English (or other languages); and
  9. have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week

Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 2 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1030, JPL2030, JLG4030


JLG5040 - Japanese 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Ms Jun Yano

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the beginner to the intermediate levels of Japanese. This unit aims to enhance students' knowledge about Japan and consolidate and further develop their interactive skills in spoken and written Japanese. The unit also aims to enhance students' intercultural awareness through learning Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students should:

  1. have gained good fundamental linguistic knowledge of Japanese (e.g. basic grammar, vocabulary, kanji) and developed skills to use them at pre-intermediate level;
  2. have gained social/cultural knowledge of Japan which are necessary to interact with Japanese people effectively in daily contexts;
  3. have developed listening and speaking skills for basic communication purposes;
  4. have developed strategies to obtain necessary information from a variety of written and spoken Japanese texts, genres and media including the internet, with some guidance;
  5. be able to recognize and use the kanji introduced at previous levels and approximately 150 newly introduced characters (450 in total);
  6. be able to write a simple essay about a social issue (e.g. ageing society, environment, education) using a wider range of vocabulary, sentence patterns and kanji;
  7. have developed intercultural awareness through learning Japanese;
  8. have developed skills and strategies that will enable them to continue their Japanese acquisition outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

One x 1 hour lecture/week

Three hours (tutorials/seminars)/week

Prerequisites

Japanese 3 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1040, JPL2040, JLG4040


JLG5050 - Japanese 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level.

  1. Be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for Japanese audiences.

  1. Have developed listening and speaking skills in their areas of interest.

  1. Have developed interview skills to obtain information from members of the Japanese community in Australia on tourism.

  1. Be able to write and talk about places in Australia that Japanese people find interesting.

  1. Be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters.

  1. Have developed and displayed skills in using Japanese word processors.

  1. Be able to use a kanji dictionary.

  1. Have developed skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050, JLG4050


JLG5059 - Japanese 5 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. The course content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. have established and be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people,

  1. be able to obtain information in Japanese on current affairs, from newspaper articles and other written materials in areas covered in this unit,

  1. have developed interview skills to obtain information from the Japanese people,

  1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at intermediate level,

  1. have developed listening and speaking skills in the area of their interest,

  1. be able to write and talk about given topics,

  1. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters as well as reviewing the previously learnt kanji (400) totaling 550,

  1. have developed and be able to apply skills in Japanese word processing, and 9. be able to use a kanji dictionary and develop skills that will enable them to continue their Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 4 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1059, JPL2059, JPL3059, JLG4059, JPL1050, JPL2050, JPL3050, JLG4050


JLG5060 - Japanese 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion, students should:

  1. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level;
  2. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic;
  3. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience;
  4. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues;
  5. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet;
  6. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor;
  7. be able to recognise the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters and;
  8. have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060, JLG4060


JLG5069 - Japanese 6 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

A special fee-paying, in-country Japanese language program providing home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions as well as classroom-based study.

This is the second part of an intermediate sequence which covers both spoken language and contemporary written language. Language acquisition through active interaction in and out of the classroom is encouraged. This unit focuses on social and cultural issues from a global view point. The content is integrated around a major project which involves interviewing a Japanese native speaker, reading articles in the newspaper and internet sites and writing a report.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students should:

  1. be able to maintain relationships with Japanese people
  2. be able to understand and use Japanese grammar at advanced-intermediate level
  3. be able to obtain some knowledge about issues in Japanese society and culture through reading, speaking and writing about the topic
  4. be able to read and understand extracts from Japanese texts of various genres written for a Japanese audience
  5. have developed listening and speaking skills about social issues
  6. be able to obtain information in Japanese from newspaper articles and other written materials including the internet
  7. have further developed and be able to display skills to use a Japanese word processor
  8. be able to recognize the kanji introduced at previous levels, and 150 newly introduced characters, and have developed skills that will enable continued study of Japanese outside the classroom.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Japanese 5 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1069, JPL2069, JPL3069, JLG4069, JPL1060, JPL2060, JPL3060, JLG4060


JLG5070 - Japanese 7

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Extended their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

  1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (750 kanji), and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

  1. Developed skills to gain necessary information from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet.

  1. Developed skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people.

  1. Acquired independent study strategies, noting problems and weaknesses and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1070, JPL2070, JPL3070, JPL4070, JLG4070


JLG5079 - Japanese 7 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This is the first part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.It covers spoken language and contemporary written language through various activities integrating listening, speaking, reading and writing. Activities are built around topics relating to Japanese lifestyles, their values, and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. extend their skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

  1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji they have acquired so far (a total of 750 kanji), and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

  1. develop skills to gain necessary information from a variety of Japanese media including print materials, online materials and visual materials;

  1. develop the skills to express themselves in written forms, in group discussions and in interviews with Japanese people; and

  1. acquire independent study strategies, noting problems and weakness and devising strategies to overcome these.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 6 or equivalent.



Prohibitions

JPL1079/2079/3079; JLG4079; JPL1070/2070/3070; JLG4070/5070


JLG5080 - Japanese 8

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese. Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and to cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have:

  1. Further developed skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese.

  1. Reinforced their knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (900) and developed their knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media.

  1. Developed the skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and the internet, and through interviews with Japanese people.

  1. Developed their skills to summarise findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions, in presentations and in interviews with Japanese people.

  1. Developed a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 7 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1080, JPL2080, JPL3080, JPL4080, JLG4080


JLG5089 - Japanese 8 (Kanazawa)

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Takako Tomoda

Offered

Overseas Summer semester A 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This is the second part of a sequence progressing from the intermediate to the advanced levels of Japanese.Activities are built around topics relating to current issues in Japan and cultural interaction between Australians and Japanese. Students will reinforce 1006 kyooiku kanji. In addition to daily classroom-based study, this special fee-paying, in-country program provides home-stay, a variety of cultural activities, visits to various institutions and number of other excursions.

Objectives

Students successfully completing this unit should:

  1. further develop the skills in using a wide range of grammar patterns, phrases and vocabulary appropriately in both written and spoken Japanese;

  1. reinforce knowledge of the kyooiku kanji acquired so far (a total of 900 kanji) and develop knowledge of an additional 150 kanji frequently used in the Japanese media;

  1. develop skills to gain information on current issues from newspaper articles, journals, books and on the Internet, and through interviews with Japanese people;

  1. develop the skills to summarise the findings and express themselves in appropriate written forms, in group discussions and in presentation; and

  1. have a firm foundation for the continued acquisition of both spoken and written Japanese at an advanced level.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

3 hours per day over 5 weeks and excursions and participation in cultural activities

Prerequisites

Completion of Japanese 7 or equivalent.

Prohibitions

JPL1089/2089/3089; JLG4089; JPL1080/2080/3080; JLG4080/5080


JLG5090 - Japanese 9

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Conducted entirely in Japanese, the unit offers an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese, designed to bring the student closer to semi-native competence, through studying Japanese popular cultural forms. Language activities include reading a variety of text genres, including academic texts, learning advanced modes of expression and kanji, writing summaries and essays in Japanese, translation, debates and discussions, and conversation with Japanese visitors. Students will develop IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, working with Japanese Internet sites, using on-line glossaries and making a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students will have further developed towards an advanced, semi-native level:

  1. Their ability to use spoken Japanese to discuss and debate issues.

  1. Their ability to give a sustained and coherent oral presentation (supported by powerpoint) on a popular culture related topic.

  1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in the context of lecture presentations and authentic audio and audiovisual popular cultural documents.

  1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, including both rapid reading for comprehension and detailed analytical reading.

  1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of summary, synthesis and argument, in an essay related to popular culture.

  1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing, searching Japanese databases for information, analyzing and interpreting Japanese web pages, and doing a powerpoint presentation in Japanese.

Assessment

Tests and Examination: 65%
On-going assessment: 35%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 8 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1090, JPL2090, JPL3090, JPL4090, JLG4090


JLG5100 - Japanese 10

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the theoretical and practical skills required for interpreting and translating between Japanese and English. It is designed for students with advanced competence in both Japanese and English, and will address both linguistic skills and interpreting/translating skills. While not intended to bring students to a professional level, the course will enhance students' ability to perform the informal interpreting and translating tasks. It will also provide a good foundation for further study in this area.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will:

  1. Be aware of basic theoretical issues concerning interpreting and translating and their practical implications;
  2. Have developed strategies for processing spoken and written texts from English into Japanese and vice versa; and
  3. Have improved their competence in Japanese.

Assessment

Written work 20%
Performance activities: 30%
Tests: 50%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 2 hour tutorial) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 9 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1100, JPL2100, JPL3100, JPL4100, JLG4100


JLG5110 - Japanese 11

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Have increased their knowledge of the nature, structure and issues of media reports;
  2. Have increased their knowledge of current social issues in Japan;
  3. Have developed their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese;
  4. Have enhanced their ability to read authentic materials selected from Japanese books, journals and newspapers; and
  5. Have gained research skills in Japanese including: search of information through books, journals, newspapers, internet, etc.; critical thinking; and oral and written presentation skills.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Class Test: 15%
Oral presentation: 20%
Written work: 20%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 10 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL1110, JPL2110, JPL3110, JPL4110, JLG4110


JLG5120 - Japanese 12

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to develop students' Japanese language skills to an advanced level, while enriching their knowledge of Japan-Asia-Pacific relations. Students will develop reading skills, research skills using Japanese resources, debating and discussion skills, and will use a variety of Japanese media, including the Internet. Writing skills to be developed include note-taking, translation, summary, synthesis and argument in essay writing. Teaching materials will relate to Japan-Asia-Australia relations, focussing on the issues facing Japan in its relations with the Asian region, past and present.

Objectives

After successfully completing this unit, students should have further developed to an advanced level:

  1. Their ability in speaking Japanese, in the context of informal and formal intellectual discussion and debate in Japanese.

  1. Their ability to comprehend spoken Japanese in direct formal exposition, and in audiovisual media.

  1. Their ability to read print and on-line texts using on-line glossaries and dictionaries, especially extensive reading for comprehension.

  1. Their ability to write in Japanese, with particular reference to the skills of note-taking and translation, and of summary, synthesis and argument in an essay on a topic related to Japan and the Asia-Pacific, past or present.

  1. Their IT and computer skills in a Japanese context, including wordprocessing and researching and recording information from Japanese databases.

Assessment

Exam: 45%
Written work: 35%
Quizzes: 10%
Oral test: 10%

Contact hours

4 hours (1 hour lecture and 3 hours tutorials/seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 11 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL2120, JPL3120, JPL4120, JLG4120


JLG5720 - Advanced Japanese language in Japan

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas First semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)
Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day) Overseas Second semester 2009 (Off-campus Day)

Synopsis

This unit allows fourth year students to study in Japan at a recognised tertiary institution. Individual study plans based on Japanese proficiency and the host institution's program s are negotiated with the coordinator. Students will normally enrol in a unit or units formally offered by the institution concerned, based on the study plan agreed to before departure. The workload for this unit will be not less than that required for a 12-point unit at Monash University and will normally be completed over approximately 3-4 weeks for intensive programs, or over a semester or two semesters when combined with other study.

Assessment

Coursework test (2.5 hours): 50%
Examination (2.5 hours): 50%

Prerequisites

An undergraduate major in Japanese with a third-year sequence at credit level or equivalent


JLG5852 - Advanced Japanese reading skills

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Kuniko Yoshimitsu

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Develops skills in speed reading and comprehending a variety of texts in Japanese, including longer works than are included in either langugae units at this level. Skills in summarising will be introduced and discussion sessions will focus on both textual and linguistic features and content.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

  1. Be able to use a variety of reading skills and strategies appropriate for the purpose such as scanning, skimming and prediction.

  1. Be able to summarise a variety of Japanese texts effectively.

  1. Be able to read Japanese materials in a larger quantity than previously, from a variety of fields, while recognising features of the different genres covered.

  1. Have a basic capacity for independent reading in Japanese through on-line learning materials and web based resources.

Assessment

2 Exams: (15%
35%)
Class contribution and exercises: 20%
Written work: 30% (1500 words)

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week

Prerequisites

Japanese 6 or equivalent

Prohibitions

JPL2852, JPL3852, JPL4852, JLG4852


JLG5862 - Current Issues in Japanese media

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Hiroko Hashimoto

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This is an advanced level of spoken and written Japanese. It is designed to bring the student close to semi-native competence in the language, as well as enhancing their awareness of current issues in Japan and their ability to discuss current issues in Japanese.

Assessment

Final examination (2 hours): 45%
Regular class tests: 15%
Oral presentation and seminar participation: 20%
Written assignments: 20%
Assessment talks and criteria will take into account the language level and background of students.

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 2 hour seminars) per week


JRM4901 - Research and Reporting

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces basic principles and practices in professional journalism. It focuses on news and current affairs research and reporting for print/online publication, and the role and ethics of journalism in liberal democracies. Students develop a series of stories working independently and in groups, and use online forums for mutual story development and feedback. Students develop an understanding of, and ability to contribute to, contemporary debates in journalism. Students work to deadlines researching and reporting news stories for print/online publications.

Objectives

On completion of this course students should be able to

  1. demonstrate an ability to identify and research a news story and conduct interviews
  2. demonstrate an ability to write in a clear, concise, factual way using news and feature conventions
  3. take appropriate photographs and caption them to complement a story
  4. identify key ethical and legal obligations associated with reporting
  5. work independently and in groups to produce news reports
  6. demonstrate an ability to set and meet deadlines
  7. demonstrate an awareness of local, national and international people and events relevant to current issues and media issues
  8. demonstrate an ability to write under pressure
  9. demonstrate a critical awareness of some social implications of journalistic practice

Assessment

Local News story (600 words): 25%
News story (600 words): 25%
Short Feature with picture(s) (800 -1000 words): 30%
Online reflection statement (1000 words) and in-class tutorial presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar


JRM4902 - Reporting with Sound and Image

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces the basic principles and practices for radio and video news reporting, including audio and video field recording, interviewing, scripting, editing and presentation in a critical analytical context. Students develop a series of stories working independently and in groups, and use online forums for mutual story development and feedback. It provides students with skills in the construction of news and short current affairs reports and critical analysis of the characteristics of those reports. Students are encouraged to broadcast/distribute their reports in media/online outlets.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to

  1. identify, research , record, edit and broadcast a radio current affairs story requiring location sound, interviews, script and presentation
  2. write and present a short news report based on their current affairs story
  3. identify, research , record, edit and distribute online a video current affairs story requiring location sound and image, interviews, script and presentation
  4. work independently and in groups to meet deadlines
  5. identify key ethical and legal parameters associated with radio and television reporting

Assessment

Rradio current affairs report (2-3 mins) and news presentation: 40%
TV news report (2-3 mins.) and news presentation: 40%
Online reflection statement (1000 words) and in-class seminar presentation: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Co-requisites

JRM4901


JRM4903 - Journalism and the Law

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit examines the ways in which the production and distribution of media and journalistic products are regulated, in the context of broader economic, political, technological and social processes. An underlying theme is a critique of the development of and contradictions among different ideas of free speech, and how these are used to promote or defend a range of communication practices, in particular historical and cultural contexts. The subject aims to develop a working knowledge of relevant areas of media law, such as defamation, copyright and contempt, with an emphasis on understanding the way the law works in practice and the policy issues which arise. A comparative approach is used to explore legal systems in different parts of the world.

Objectives

On completion of this subject students are expected:

  1. to have a strong working knowledge of the legal rights and responsibilities of journalistic practice, and their ethical dimension
  2. to understand the historical and political contexts in which these have rights and responsibilities have developed and are practised
  3. to be able to analyse critically and deploy reflexively the principles of 'the public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information'
  4. to understand issues and debates about freedom of expression in an international and cross-cultural context.

Assessment

Minor take home exam: 30%
Research essay (2500-3000 words): 40%
Online simulation game: 30%

Contact hours

2 hour weekly seminar


JRM4904 - Journalism Studies

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the scholarly debates that address news organisations, journalism practices, and the processes of production and consumption of news and current affairs, the relationship between the media and ideas about democracy, and the relevance of media theory for professional journalism. A comparative theoretical approach is used to examine questions about journalism from both producers and consumers perspectives, and shifting relations between the two in the context of new media technologies and changing social contexts. Students' develop capacities to undertake research in journalism studies. At all points, a major concern is the mutual implications of journalism theory and professional journalistic practice for each other, for journalists and for audiences.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. understand some of the major scholarly approaches to and debates about researching and thinking about journalism practice in social context
  2. contribute constructively and critically to face-to-face and online discussions of the subject matter of the course
  3. conduct a small, original research project in journalism studies
  4. produce written work for assessment that demonstrates a critical knowledge of the major scholarly debates in journalism studies, and a capacity to apply those debates to original research in the field.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


JRM4907 - Journalism and Society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which the philosophical basis, role and activities of journalism have developed in relation to social context. It takes a comparative approach to historical and contemporary forms of journalism in western liberal democracies, post-colonial multi-party states and single-party states, and relates professional and community practice in journalism to developments in the political, economic and coercive fields. Among other themes it will consider internationalisation of news flows, development journalism, policy initiatives such as NWICO (the New World Information and Communication Order), free speech and censorship, and public/private sector media. It emphasises the specificity of historical and geographic factors within larger structural developments, and takes a comparative and critical approach to the use and evaluation of social theory.

Objectives

At the satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. compare and evaluate the contribution of different approaches to journalism to social goals
  2. demonstrate an understanding of theoretical debates in the conceptualisation and evaluation of journalism
  3. critically analyse the way professional principles such as 'public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information' relate to historically and geographically specific social contexts
  4. relate the scholarly issues and debates to the professional perspectives of practitioners in these fields.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words ): 20%
Research essay (2,500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JRM5907


JRM4908 - Print Features

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit develops skills in feature story writing by a comparative approach to the work of exemplary contemporary practice. The emphasis is on developing, critiquing and improving a range of research and writing skills for the print and online media, including use of images and hyperlinks. Students are expected to produce publishable work. The subject offers students insights into the breadth of style and genre available to non-fiction writing, including social-realist writing, essays, columns, profiles, 'new journalism' and more complex in-depth features. Ethical considerations are explored in the context of particular examples of production and social context.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will:

  1. be able to research and write feature articles at a professionally publishable standard
  2. Have a strong understanding of the ethical and social issues associated with in-depth interviewing, researching and writing
  3. be able to produce feature stories for publication in both print and online environments
  4. Understand and work within and among the generic conventions of journalism and broader styles of writing such as non-fiction and fiction.

Assessment

Short feature story (1000 words): 20%
Personality profile or opinion piece (800 words): 20%
Major feature story (1500-2000 words): 40%
Online version of major feature with images and hyperlinks: 20%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week


JRM4910 - Editing and publishing

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the basic principles, techniques and professional practice of editing, layout, design and production across print and online media. The subject covers print in all its forms as well as aspects of editing for online publications. The subject covers the theory and practice of editing, the role of the sub-editor, and basic design and layout for print and online media.

Objectives

Students who satisfactorily complete this unit will:

  1. understand the differences in editorial approach between print and online publication and the role of sub-editing in applying these approaches to different publications
  2. have gained an understanding of target audiences and how style guides in text editing and design practices are applied for different readerships
  3. have the ability to apply sub-editing skills across print and online media
  4. understand and analyse a range of text and layout styles across publications and be able to apply these at a basic professional level
  5. have an understanding of ethical and other problems that can arise in editing practice and how issues of gender, racism, ethnicity, disability and class are linked to media production
  6. have explored new forms of presenting stories and information in a print publication.

Assessment

Online Discussion group on audience and style (1200 words): 25%
Research brief for target audience and style (1200 words): 25%
Copy editing and layout: 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

JRM4908


JRM4911 - Online Journalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the application of Internet technologies into journalism research and reporting practice. It explores the major issues related to sourcing and publishing journalism on the Web, including verification, authentication and attribution, and basic Web publishing skills using text, graphics, sound and image.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will:

  1. have a deep conceptual overview of the Internet and its functionality.
  2. understand the range of Internet resources available for journalism research
  3. understand the key usability factors that determine good Web design and presentation
  4. be able to research and report for the Web and to locate their output within the context of an evolving global medium.
  5. produce a Web-based report using text, sound and images

Assessment

Reporter's blog (1000 words): 25%
Online discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%
Major Project: 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

JRM4902 and JRM4908


JRM4912 - Radio Journalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit develops the concepts and practices introduced in RSI for the production of current affairs radio journalism, for both pre-packaged and live production. Students produce stories for publishing on broadcast or online radio stations, and are expected to have the majority of their assessed work broadcast. As students develop professional radio journalism skills, they undertake critical analyses of the editorial and ethical issues that pertain in the broadcast environment.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit student will:

  1. have the technical and editorial skills needed for radio news and current affairs research, reporting and broadcasting
  2. have gained experience working in a broadcast team in a live broadcast environment
  3. have a working familiarity with a range of radio current affairs styles and techniques

Assessment

Radio current affairs report (2-3 mins) plus news report : 20%
Radio current affairs report (3-4 mins) plus news report: 30%
Participation in online presentation (1000 words): 20%
Live broadcast/webcast of current affairs program in agreed format: 30%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

JRM4902


JRM4913 - Video Journalism

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit develops the concepts and practices introduced in RSI for the production of current affairs video journalism for both pre-packaged broadcast. Students produce stories for publishing on broadcast or online television/video, and are encouraged to have the majority of their assessed work broadcast. As students develop professional video journalism skills, they undertake critical analyses of the editorial and ethical issues that pertain in the broadcast environment.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. identify a television news or current affairs story, research and prepare a brief
  2. shoot, interview, script and edit a television story
  3. undertake individual and group work and meet deadlines
  4. understand key ethical and legal issues and obligations associated with television reporting
  5. apply basic professional standards to production and presentation

Assessment

Research television story and prepare a brief (500 words): 20%
Video news report (1 min): 30%
Video current affairs report (4 mins): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

JRM4902


JRM4914 - Reporting the Environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.

Assessment

Contribution to and revision of an information database: 20%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report: 15% +
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

JRM4901 and JRM4902

Prohibitions

JRM5914


JRM4915 - Investigative Reporting

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism.
  2. develop their own ideas for investigative projects.
  3. utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. employ a range of investigative research techniques
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know'.

Assessment

Contribution to a information database: 15%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report : 20%
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JRM5915


JRM4916 - Specialist Reporting

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The content of this unit will vary from time to time as the availability of specialist teachers and student interest affords. It will focus on specific specialized genres in advanced reporting, such as political reporting, business reporting, photojournalism, sports reporting, crime reporting, etc. It will expose students to the specific research modes and contexts for the selected genre, their narrative conventions of reporting and the issues and debates relvant to their contemporary practice.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Identify suitable events, processes and issues for research and reporting relevant to the generic focus of the class
  2. research and report both shorter and more extended stories relevant to the generic 3. demonstrate a strong understanding of the contemporary issues and debates relevant to the specific genre of journalism.

Assessment

Minor Project (1200 words): 25%
Major Project (2000 words): 50%
Online Discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JRM5916


JRM5907 - Journalism and Society

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit explores the ways in which the philosophical basis, role and activities of journalism have developed in relation to social context. It takes a comparative approach to historical and contemporary forms of journalism in western liberal democracies, post-colonial multi-party states and single-party states, and relates professional and community practice in journalism to developments in the political, economic and coercive fields. Among other themes it will consider internationalisation of news flows, development journalism, policy initiatives such as NWICO (the New World Information and Communication Order), free speech and censorship, and public/private sector media. It emphasises the specificity of historical and geographic factors within larger structural developments, and takes a comparative and critical approach to the use and evaluation of social theory.

Objectives

At the satisfactory completion of this unit, students will be able to:

  1. compare and evaluate the contribution of different approaches to journalism to social goals
  2. demonstrate a high level understanding of theoretical debates in the conceptualisation and evaluation of journalism
  3. critically analyse the way professional principles such as 'public right to know', 'freedom of expression' and 'access to information' relate to historically and geographically specific social contexts
  4. relate the scholarly issues and debates to the professional perspectives of practitioners in these fields.

Assessment

Participation in online discussion group (1200 words): 30%
Tutorial report and presentation of research work-in-progress (800 words): 20%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JRM4907


JRM5914 - Reporting the Environment

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches that enable in-depth investigation of environmental issues. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, drawing on a broad range of scientific and social sources; to explore the relationship of media reporting and social change; and for students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise the local and global dimensions of high quality environmental reporting
  2. contribute to a national or international database of investigative resources and sources on environmental issues.
  3. utilize a range of research skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. produce quality environmental reporting relevant to both local and global audiences
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the roles of environmental reporting in a context of marked environmental and social change.
  7. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Contribution to and revision of an information database: 20%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report: 15%
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours seminar per week

Prerequisites

JRM4901 and JRM4902

Prohibitions

JRM4914


JRM5915 - Investigative Reporting

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a set of research and reporting approaches and techniques that enable in-depth investigation. The subject is designed to demonstrate a variety of practical research techniques, especially the use of public records and databases; to explore the relationship of investigative and news reporting; and to assist students to produce in-depth investigations of their own.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this unit students will be able to:

  1. recognise what distinguishes investigative journalism from other journalism.
  2. develop their own ideas for investigative projects.
  3. utilize advanced skills in finding and interviewing a wide range of sources.
  4. employ a range of investigative research techniques
  5. understand and utilise narrative and presentation techniques appropriate to in-depth journalism.
  6. demonstrate an understanding of the role of investigative journalism in a democratic society and an appreciation of its practical link to the concept of the 'public right to know'.
  7. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Contribution to a information database: 15%
Minor Investigative report (1200 words): 25%
Research plan and brief for major report : 20%
Major Investigative project (2500 words): 40%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JRM4915


JRM5916 - Specialist Reporting

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

The content of this unit will vary from time to time as the availability of specialist teachers and student interest affords. It will focus on specific specialized genres in advanced reporting, such as political reporting, business reporting, photojournalism, sports reporting, crime reporting, etc. It will expose students to the specific research modes and contexts for the selected genre, their narrative conventions of reporting and the issues and debates relvant to their contemporary practice.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. Identify suitable events, processes and issues for research and reporting relevant to the generic focus of the class
  2. research and report both shorter and more extended stories relevant to the generic 3. demonstrate a strong understanding of the contemporary issues and debates relevant to the specific genre of journalism.
  3. achieve all of the above objectives at a higher level appropriate to a Level 5 unit.

Assessment

Minor Project (1200 words): 25%
Major Project (2000 words): 50%
Online Discussion and tutorial presentation (1500 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JRM4916


JRM5920 - Journalism Research Project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised scholarly research in Journalism studies relevant to journalism, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. This research is written up and analysed in a essay of approximately 9,000 words

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis.

Assessment

Research essay (9000 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism

Prohibitions

JRM5920(A), JRM5920(B)


JRM5930 - Journalism Studies Project

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit for the Master of Journalism program. Students are encouraged to further develop their interests in journalism research and theory in ways that relate to their professional interests. There is a strong emphasis on reflective approaches and producing scholarly work which is relevant to Journalism Professional Project. Students attend a series of seminars and develop a reading program and research proposal in consultation with their supervisor, and produce a 4500 word research essay on their chosen topic.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key issue in Journalism Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion in a research essay, and synthesise it into a research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate empirical field for exploration and analysis l
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question.

Assessment

Research essay (4500 words): 100%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism


JRM5940 - Journalism Professional Project

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This is a capstone unit for the Master of Journalism program. It allows students to produce a major project for their portfolio demonstrating the depth and breadth of their learning and skill development. Students working under supervision produce a work of outstanding professional quality in their chosen medium of print, Internet, television or radio. During the semester, students attend some seminars to present and discuss works-in-progress with other students.

Objectives

Students' work is expected to be of a high professional standard. At the satisfactory completion of this subject students will be able to:

  1. produce journalism projects in their chosen medium of a high publishable standard
  2. draw together and further develop professional and analytical skills acquired in other professional and disciplinary subjects
  3. present in tutorials comprehensive work-in progress reports and exegeses of their reports.

Assessment

Oral Work in progress reports: 20%
Major project: 80%

Contact hours

2 hour seminar per week

Prerequisites

48pts in Master of Journalism


JRM5950 - Journalism and Australian Studies Research Project

24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Chris Nash

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students produce an original piece of supervised interdisciplinary research in Journalism and Australian Studies, the specific topic to be agreed between the student and supervisor. The results of the research are to be produced in either a monograph of approximately 18,000 words, or alternatively as a very substantial piece of journalism (eg a one hour video documentary, a 12,000 words of investigative feature(s), a substantial website) accompanied by a 5,000 word scholarly exegesis. Enrolment in this unit requires the consent of the Heads of the Journalism Section and the National Centre for Australian Studies.

Objectives

On satisfactory completion of this subject, students will be able to:

  1. Identify a key interdisciplinary issue in Journalism and Australian Studies that lends itself to further investigation, analysis and discussion, and synthesise it into an original research question.
  2. Identify and utlise the relevant scholarly and journalistic literature to frame the theoretical approach to be used, and identify the appropriate original empirical field for exploration and analysis l
  3. Produce a substantial and well-argued scholarly analysis in response to the research question, or alternatively produce a substantial piece of journalism accompanied by a scholarly exegsis.

Assessment

Research monograph (18,000 words) or substantial piece of journalism accompanied by a 5,000 word exegesis

Contact hours

By Supervision

Prerequisites

72pt in Master of Journalism and Australian Studies

Prohibitions

JRM5950(A), JRM5950(B)


JST4050 - Australia-Japan cultural interaction

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit presents a theoretical approach for examining intercultural interaction from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. It deals with a variety of situations of contact between Japanese and Australians in tourism, education and other work areas.

Assessment

Written work: 100%

Contact hours

2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


JST4060 - Projects in Australia-Japan cultural interaction

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A project relating to a topic introduced in JST4050 'Australia-Japan cultural interaction'. Students will work independently under the supervison of the coordinator of JST4050. Several joint seminars will be held during the semester where students give oral presentations of their projects.

Assessment

Project (4500): 90%
Oral presentation: 10%

Co-requisites

JST4050


JST4100 - Japanese In-country Study Tour

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Tokita

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit takes the form of a three-week program of study in Japan, which involves travelling from modern Tokyo, to sacred Ise, mysterious and syncretic Kumano, to traditional Kyoto and vibrant Osaka. The theme of pilgrimage is developed in this itinerary by going beyond a touristic appreciation, to quasi-religious visits to sacred sites. The cultural expression of religious practice and pilgrimage will be appreciated by attending theatrical and other performances, visiting museums and galleries, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a sound foundational knowledge of Japanese cultural history and its modern transformations
  2. developed an understanding of the cultural relationships between Japan and China and Japan and the West and the implications for Japanese uniqueness
  3. experienced first-hand the culture of religious pilgrimage in Japan and its manifestations in art and literature
  4. experienced the apparently contradictory nature of Japanese cultural forms, ranging from the refined to the kitsch and the popular consumer culture of comics and animation
  5. become more aware of their pre-existing conceptions through a direct encounter with Japan in an informed intellectual framework and thus enhanced their own self-understanding
  6. continued the development of their skills in the area of research and interpretation, intercultural communication, both oral and written, through the application of appropriate critical tools.

Assessment

Travel diary-essay (2000 words): 50%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

Three weeks (21 days) in January, with compulsory core activities for at least 33 hours. Some pre-departure lectures.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks in Japan during January, comprising site visits, informal tutorial instruction, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms. Pre-departure lectures, and research project supervision after return.

Prerequisites

One or two first-year core units in the Master of Asian Studies or other Master's degree program

Prohibitions

JST5100


JST4110 - Advanced studies in Japanese society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides a basic introduction to Japanese society, including stereotypes, images and models of Japanese society. It will provide students with a basic framework for conceptualising Japanese society and its fundamental institutions (the education system, political culture, the family, and the organisation of work). A number of social issues confronting contemporary Japan and an array of themes dominating intellectual discussion in post-war Japan (including democratisation, modernisation, postmodernism, nationalism and internationalisation) will also be surveyed.

Assessment

Written work (7000 words): 75%
seminar presentation (2000 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


JST4120 - Work and economic organisation in Japan

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Ross Mouer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit provides a systematic examination of the 'Japanese model' as it relates to the organisation of work in Japan and to the debates on postmodernism, post-Fordist production and postindustrialism. Particular attention is paid to labor process at the micro- and macro-levels, labor market segmentation, skill formation, welfare corporatism, industrial relations, and the relationship between rationalisation and the capacity of the system to meet the social needs of the working population.

Assessment

Written work: 80% (7000 words)
Exam: 10%
Participation: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


JST4180 - Advanced topics in Japanese culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Tokita

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Selected topics in Japanese culture, concentrating on the distinction between elite and folk culture in the traditional period; classical theatrical forms; the modern theatre; and contemporary popular culture. Particular emphasis is placed on considering the type of methodologies which have been used in existing studies of Japanese culture.

Assessment

Written work: (6000 words): 60%
Oral presentation (2000 words): 30%
Participation (1000 words): 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


JST4190 - Advanced Studies in Japanese Economics

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): TBA

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Students will gain an understanding of the contemporary Japanese political economy, its fundamental characteristics and major issues including contending perspectives on the Japanese 'economic miracle', and industrial policy.

Assessment

Written (4500 words): 50%
Seminar participation (1500 words): 10%
Test (3 hours): 40%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

Prerequisites

A Japanese studies sequence or economics or management or prior permission of the instructor.


JST5050 - Australia-Japan cultural interaction

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit presents a theoretical approach for examining intercultural interaction from a variety of disciplinary perspectives. It deals with a variety of situations of contact between Japanese and Australians in tourism, education and other work areas.

Assessment

Written work: 100% (4500 words)
Fifth year students are expected to use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills.

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


JST5060 - Projects in Australia-Japan cultural interaction

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Helen Marriott

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

A project relating to a topic introduced in JST5050 Australia-Japan cultural interaction. Students will work independently under the supervison of the coordinator of JST5050. Several joint seminars will be held during the semester where students give oral presentations of their projects.

Assessment

Project (4500 words): 90%
Oral presentation: 10%


JST5100 - Japanese In-country Study Tour

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Tokita

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

This unit takes the form of a three-week program of study in Japan, which involves travelling from modern Tokyo, to sacred Ise, mysterious and syncretic Kumano, to traditional Kyoto and vibrant Osaka. The theme of pilgrimage is developed in this itinerary by going beyond a touristic appreciation, to quasi-religious visits to sacred sites. The cultural expression of religious practice and pilgrimage will be appreciated by attending theatrical and other performances, visiting museums and galleries, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms.

Objectives

On successfully completing this unit students will have:

  1. acquired a sound foundational knowledge of Japanese cultural history and its modern transformations
  2. developed an understanding of the cultural relationships between Japan and China and Japan and the West and the implications for Japanese uniqueness
  3. experienced first-hand the culture of religious pilgrimage in Japan and its manifestations in art and literature
  4. experienced the apparently contradictory nature of Japanese cultural forms, ranging from the refined to the kitsch and the popular consumer culture of comics and animation
  5. become more aware of their pre-existing conceptions through a direct encounter with Japan in an informed intellectual framework and thus enhanced their own self-understanding
  6. continued the development of their skills in the area of research and interpretation, intercultural communication, both oral and written, through the application of appropriate critical tools.

Assessment

Travel diary-essay (2000 words): 50%
Research essay (2500 words): 50%

Contact hours

Three weeks (21 days) in January, with compulsory core activities for at least 33 hours. Some pre-departure lectures.

Off-campus attendance requirements

Three weeks in Japan during January, comprising site visits, informal tutorial instruction, and interaction with local experts and practitioners of Japanese cultural forms. Pre-departure lectures, and research project supervision after return.

Prerequisites

One or two first-year core units in the Master of Asian Studies or other Masters program.

Prohibitions

JST4100


JST5110 - Advanced studies in Japanese society

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Professor Ross Mouer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JST4110. Fifth-year students are expected to use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills and will have an additional 1 hour seminar each week.

Assessment

Book review (2000 words): 25% Paper (5000 words): 50%
Seminar presentation (2000 words): 25%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


JST5120 - Work and economic organisation in Japan

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Prof Ross Mouer

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JST4120. Fifth-year students are expected to use more sophisticated analysis and written presentation skills, and will have an additional one hour seminar each week.

Assessment

Written work: (7000 words): 80%
Seminar participation: 10%
Exam: 10%

Contact hours

3 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar and 1 x 1 seminar) per week


JST5180 - Advanced topics in Japanese culture

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Alison Tokita

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

As for JST4180. Students at fifth-year level demonstrate an awareness of the problems facing contemporary Japanese culture in the written assignment.

Assessment

Written work: (7000 words): 80%
Seminar participation: 10%
Exam: 10%

Contact hours

2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


JWC4260 - Jewish literature of destruction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

The unit will focus on Jewish literary responses to catastrophe from ancient times to the Holocaust. After considering the historical framework for events including the Destruction of the Temple, the Crusades and the Spanish Exile, students will read the poetry, stories, songs, and prayers that the Jews composed in reaction to the catastrophes. We will consider how the literature of destruction manifested a Jewish religious response to collective trauma, and how the literature became a means of cultural survival for the Jewish people. We will also examine if and how the literature of destruction is artistic.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have the capacity to:

  1. Analyse the historical contexts of key events that challenged Jewish theological understandings

  1. Understand the cultural meanings of 'destruction' and 'catastrophe' in Jewish writings

  1. Explore the unique meaning of the Holocaust in Jewish thought and it's literary representations

  1. In addition, students at fourth year will have the ability to appreciate the range of literary forms practised by Jews through history.


JWM4010 - Reading Jewish texts: From antiquity to modernity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Michael Fagenblat and Paul Forgasz

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Jewish literary creativity and religious life are characterised by on the one hand an extraordinary fidelity to a fixed text and on the other, a commitment to interpreting that text within a wide historical context. Since the emergence of the biblical canon, the 'People of the Book' have read scripture (Torah) in diverse modes, ranging from literary to legalistic, philosophical to mystical. This unit explores the different reading strategies employed by the Jewish tradition from the earliest rabbinic works, through the great medieval commentators and on to some Jewish moderns.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. Understand and explain the different hermeneutic practices present in the Jewish tradition.

  1. Demonstrate a familiarity with the different genres of classical Jewish literature.

  1. Read and analyse selected texts from the Jewish tradition.

  1. Apply the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts.

  1. Appreciate the exegetical horizons facing contemporary readers of scripture.

  1. Appreciate the continuities and ruptures between classical, medieval and modern interpretative practices.

Assessment

Research essay (5,000 words): 50%
Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%
A textual exercise in a take-home exam (2000 word): 25%
Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

A weekly one hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar


JWM4020 - Between homeland and holy land: Israel in Jewish thought

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Michael Fagenblat and Melanie Landau

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

What is the place of Israel in Jewish thought? How is Israel both homeland and holy land? How has Israel figured in Jewish literature and law? This unit seeks to explore the place of Israel both in different periods of Jewish history and in different genres of Jewish literature. This unit begins with an examination of classical Jewish sources - the Bible, Talmud and medieval Jewish writers - and then moves to an examination of classical and post-classical Zionist thinkers. The unit also investigates 'Aliyah literature', the literary responses of Jewish immigrants to the land, and the continuities and ruptures that mark Zionist thought.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. Understand the place of Israel in different strata of the classical Jewish tradition - biblical, rabbinic and medieval.

  1. Appreciate the continuities and differences between these strata.

  1. Analyse and discuss the key 'Israel texts' of the Jewish tradition.

  1. Demonstrate familiarity with the thought of classical Zionist thinkers.

  1. Understand the place of Zionist thought within the continuum of the Jewish tradition.

  1. Understand more recent trends in Zionist thought - ranging from post-classical zionism to post-zionism.

Assessment

Research essay (5000 words): 50%
Seminar paper (1000 words): 15%
Textual exercise in a take-home exam (2000 words): 25%
Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial


JWM4030 - Jewish history, Jewish memory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit surveys various ways in which Jews throughout the ages have elucidated the meaning of their historical experience and traces the major themes and preoccupations of writers of Jewish history from biblical times to the present. A number of topics that are central to Jewish historiography will be explored including: causality in Jewish history; divine providence and intervention; teleology and messianic perspectives; problems of rendering judgement on the past; periodisation. Consideration will also be given to the varying emphases given to religion, nationality and culture by historians seeking to explain what has made the Jews a single people and their history a continuous one.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different approaches and practices present within the Jewish tradition to recording and preserving the Jewish past;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between Jewish history and collective memory and of the place of the Jewish historian within that relationship;
  3. recognise the continuities and discontinuities between classical, medieval and modern approaches to writing and reading the Jewish past
  4. have demonstrated a familiarity with the different genres and modes of Jewish historical writing;
  5. have read and analysed selected texts from the Jewish historiographical tradition;
  6. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts

Assessment

Research essay (5000) : 50%
Seminar paper (1000) : 15%
Textual exercise (2000) : 25%
Preparation and participation : 10%

Contact hours

1x2.5 hours lecture/seminar/ week for 12 weeks. One week during the semester will be devoted to student consultation regarding research essays. Private study (21.5 hours) will be devoted reading seminar materials, preparing and completing the research essays, and wider reading.

Prohibitions

JWC4030, JWM5030


JWM4040 - Jewish literature of subversion

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Leah Garret

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Before the Holocaust, the Yiddish speaking world played a critical role in the transmission of culture from East to West and West to East. Jewish authors rewrote 'A Thousand and One Nights', 'Don Quixote', 'Aesop's Fables', 'King Lear' and many other texts, transforming them into writings with Jewish and European characteristics. They also played with genre traditions, presenting a seemingly mainstream narrative from a subversive standpoint. In this seminar we will study the Jewish subversive tradition, with an eye to how the writings challenged the basic precepts of how literature works by deconstructing many elements of the novel and short story.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have:

  1. knowledge of the forms of writing to have emerged from the Jewish subversive literary tradition
  2. an understanding of the historical background to this tradition
  3. familiarity with the original stories that Jewish authors subverted, and recognise Jewish critiques of both internal Jewish writing as well as broader European discourse
  4. In addition, students studying at fifth-level will be expected to have an appreciation of the pivotal role Jews played in the transmission of culture from the Islamic world to Christendom and vice versa.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


JWM4050 - Rethinking jewish community in Australia: policy and praxis

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Melanie Landau

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues pertaining to Australian Jewish Life in the 21st century, utilising guest lecturers from various fields. Topics covered include: school and tertiary education; social cohesion, multiculturalism and Australia; interfaith dialogue; social and welfare issues including aging; philanthropy; Holocaust: future directions; forms of Jewish identification; the role of Israel in Australian Jewish life; communities in a global context; the arts and cultural production; social justice and the environment; leadership and management; dilemmas in Jewish leadership and models of leadership in Jewish sources.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. be equipped with knowledge of Australian Jewish community in a broader Australian multicultural and interfaith context
  2. be equipped with an awareness of the issues pertaining to the Australian Jewish community within the context of world Jewry and to understand the issues both particular to Australia but also in common with other Jewish communities around the world
  3. have gained a theoretical background that will help them approach different issues facing both particular organizations and the community
  4. have deepened their understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of their own policy making and practice
  5. have been engaged in a collaborative learning community where they have and can continue to articulate their diverse perspectives in relation to the Jewish community and particular issues it faces
  6. In addition, students studying at a fifth-year level will be expected to engage in reading materials in this and related subject matters critically.

Assessment

Class paper and presentation (2000 words): 15%
Journal (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JWM5050


JWM4260 - Jewish literature of destruction

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)


JWM5010 - Reading Jewish texts: From antiquity to modernity

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Michael Fagenblat and Paul Forgasz

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Jewish literary creativity and religious life are characterised by on the one hand an extraordinary fidelity to a fixed text and on the other, a commitment to interpret that same text across all that history presents. Since the emergence of the biblical canon, the 'People of the Book' have read scripture (Torah) in diverse modes, ranging from literary to legalistic, philosophical to mystical. This unit explores the different reading strategies employed by the Jewish tradition from the earliest rabbinic works, through the great medieval commentators and on to some Jewish moderns.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. Understand and explain the different hermeneutic practices present in the Jewish tradition.

  1. Demonstrate a familiarity with the different genres of classical Jewish literature.

  1. Read and analyse selected texts from the Jewish tradition.

  1. Apply the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts.

  1. Appreciate the exegetical horizons facing contemporary readers of scripture.

  1. Appreciate the continuities and ruptures between classical, medieval and modern interpretative practices.



Students successfully completing JWM5010 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:

  1. Advanced skills in analysing primary sources and in developing an independent position regarding the meaning and significance of these sources.

Assessment

Research paper (6000 words): 60%
Seminar paper (1000 words): 10%
Comparative analysis of two interpretive approaches to a biblical text (2000 words): 20%
Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

A weekly one hour lecture followed by a 90 minute seminar


JWM5020 - Between homeland and holy land: Israel in Jewish thought

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Nathan Wolski, Michael Fagenblat and Melanie Landau

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

What is the place of Israel in Jewish thought? How is Israel both homeland and holy land? How has Israel figured in Jewish literature and law? This unit seeks to explore the place of Israel both in different periods of Jewish history and in different genres of Jewish literature. This unit begins with an examination of classical Jewish sources - the Bible, Talmud and medieval Jewish writers - and then moves to an examination of classical and post-classical Zionist thinkers. The unit also investigates 'Aliyah literature', the literary responses of Jewish immigrants to the land, and the continuities and ruptures that mark Zionist thought.

Objectives

On successful completion of this subject students will be expected to demonstrate an ability to:

  1. Understand the place of Israel in different strata of the classical Jewish tradition - biblical, rabbinic and medieval.

  1. Appreciate the continuities and differences between these strata.

  1. Analyse and discuss the key 'Israel texts' of the Jewish tradition.

  1. Demonstrate familiarity with the thought of classical Zionist thinkers.

  1. Understand the place of Zionist thought within the continuum of the Jewish tradition.

  1. Understand more recent trends in Zionist thought - ranging from post-classical zionism to post-zionism.



Students successfully completing JWM5020 will be expected to demonstrate in addition:

  1. Advanced skills in analysing primary sources and in developing an independent position regarding the meaning and significance of these sources.

Assessment

Research proposal and paper (6000 words): 60%
Seminar paper (1000 words): 10%
Comparative analysis of either two classical or two modern "Israel texts" of the Jewish tradition (2000 words): 20%
Seminar preparation and participation: 10%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar and one 1-hour tutorial


JWM5030 - Jewish history, Jewish memory

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Paul Forgasz

Offered

Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit surveys various ways in which Jews throughout the ages have elucidated the meaning of their historical experience and traces the major themes and preoccupations of writers of Jewish history from biblical times to the present. A number of topics that are central to Jewish historiography will be explored including: causality in Jewish history; divine providence and intervention; teleology and messianic perspectives; problems of rendering judgement on the past; periodisation. Consideration will also be given to the varying emphases given to religion, nationality and culture by historians seeking to explain what has made the Jews a single people and their history a continuous one.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. have an understanding of the different approaches and practices present within the Jewish tradition to recording and preserving the Jewish past;
  2. have an understanding of the relationship between Jewish history and collective memory and of the place of the Jewish historian within that relationship;
  3. recognise the continuities and discontinuities between classical, medieval and modern approaches to writing and reading the Jewish past
  4. have demonstrated a familiarity with the different genres and modes of Jewish historical writing;
  5. have read and analysed selected texts from the Jewish historiographical tradition;
  6. have applied the reading and interpretative skills they have learned to unseen texts Students successfully completing JWM5030 will be expected to demonstrate, in addition:
  7. advanced skills in analysing primary sources and in developing an independent position regarding the meaning and significance of these sources

Assessment

Research essay (5000) : 50%
Seminar paper (1000) : 15%
Textual exercise (2000) : 25%
Preparation and participation : 10%
Level 5 students will be required to write a Research essay of 6000 words

Contact hours

1x2.5 hours lecture/seminar/ week for 12 weeks. One week during the semester will be devoted to student consultation regarding research essays. Private study (21.5 hours) will be devoted reading seminar materials, preparing and completing the research essays, and wider reading.

Prohibitions

JWC4030, JWM4030


JWM5040 - Jewish literature of subversion

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Leah Garret

Offered

Not offered in 2009

Synopsis

Before the Holocaust, the Yiddish speaking world played a critical role in the transmission of culture from East to West and West to East. Jewish authors rewrote 'A Thousand and One Nights', 'Don Quixote', 'Aesop's Fables', 'King Lear' and many other texts, transforming them into writings with Jewish and European characteristics. They also played with genre traditions, presenting a seemingly mainstream narrative from a subversive standpoint. In this seminar we will study the Jewish subversive tradition, with an eye to how the writings challenged the basic precepts of how literature works by deconstructing many elements of the novel and short story.

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit, students will be expected to have:

  1. knowledge of the forms of writing to have emerged from the Jewish subversive literary tradition
  2. an understanding of the historical background to this tradition
  3. familiarity with the original stories that Jewish authors subverted, and recognise Jewish critiques of both internal Jewish writing as well as broader European discourse
  4. In addition, students studying at fifth-level will be expected to have an appreciation of the pivotal role Jews played in the transmission of culture from the Islamic world to Christendom and vice versa.

Assessment

Seminar participation: 10%
Short essay (3000 words): 30%
Research essay (6000 words): 60%

Contact hours

One 2-hour seminar per week


JWM5050 - Rethinking jewish community in Australia: policy and praxis

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Melanie Landau

Offered

Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit will survey a range of policy issues pertaining to Australian Jewish Life in the 21st century, utilising guest lecturers from various fields. Topics covered include: school and tertiary education; social cohesion, multiculturalism and Australia; interfaith dialogue; social and welfare issues including aging; philanthropy; Holocaust: future directions; forms of Jewish identification; the role of Israel in Australian Jewish life; communities in a global context; the arts and cultural production; social justice and the environment; leadership and management; dilemmas in Jewish leadership and models of leadership in Jewish sources.

Objectives

On successful completion of this unit students will be expected to:

  1. be equipped with knowledge of Australian Jewish community in a broader Australian multicultural and interfaith context
  2. be equipped with an awareness of the issues pertaining to the Australian Jewish community within the context of world Jewry and to understand the issues both particular to Australia but also in common with other Jewish communities around the world
  3. have gained a theoretical background that will help them approach different issues facing both particular organizations and the community
  4. have deepened their understanding of the theoretical underpinnings of their own policy making and practice
  5. have been engaged in a collaborative learning community where they have and can continue to articulate their diverse perspectives in relation to the Jewish community and particular issues it faces
  6. In addition, students studying at a fifth-year level will be expected to engage in reading materials in this and related subject matters critically.

Assessment

Class paper and presentation (2000 words): 15%
Journal (3000 words): 35%
Research essay (4000 words): 50%

Contact hours

One 3-hour seminar per week

Prohibitions

JWM4050


KLG4010 - Korean 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken usage for everyday situations. Students will be introduced to the Korean alphabet and begin to produce simple written Korean.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Korean;
  • Possess basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea;
  • Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members;
  • Be able to read and write simple Korean;
  • Have a basic understanding of Korean culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

KLG5010, KOR1010, KOR2010


KLG4020 - Korean 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in Korean 1; Students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to competently participate in simple Korean conversations in a variety of settings;
  • Possess a solid grasp of numbers and counting;
  • Be able to compare and describe;
  • Be able to make requests, and express agreement and refusal;
  • Be able to talk about future and past events;
  • Be able to read and write in defined contexts;
  • Have an increased understanding of Korean society and culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG4010

Prohibitions

KLG5020, KOR1020, KOR2020


KLG4030 - Korean 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Develops lower intermediate competence in contemporary Korean, emphasising active oral and writing skills, and the socio-cultural aspects of communication. Students will develop the ability to communicate in everyday social situations, as well as read and write simple texts.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • Speak and comprehend enough to communicate in everyday social situations;
  • Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers;
  • Write personal letters on simple everyday topics or simple reports on everyday events.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG4020 or equivalent

Prohibitions

KLG5030, KOR1030, KOR2030


KLG4050 - Korean 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings;
  • Read diverse and increasingly complex texts;
  • Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG4040 or equivalent

Prohibitions

KLG5050, KOR1050, KOR2050, KOR3050


KLG5010 - Korean 1

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An introduction to contemporary Korean, with special emphasis on spoken
usage for everyday situations. Students will be introduced to the Korean
alphabet and begin to produce simple written Korean.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to participate in simple social conversations in Korean;
  • Possess basic 'survival' Korean for traveling in Korea;
  • Be able to communicate basic information about themselves and family members;
  • Be able to read and write simple Korean;
  • Have a basic understanding of Korean culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prohibitions

KLG4010, KOR1010, KOR2010


KLG5020 - Korean 2

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of work begun in Korean 1 . Students will continue to develop their ability to communicate in routine social situations.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to competently participate in simple Korean conversations in a variety of settings;
  • Possess a solid grasp of numbers and counting;
  • Be able to compare and describe;
  • Be able to make requests, and express agreement and refusal;
  • Be able to talk about future and past events;
  • Be able to read and write in defined contexts
  • Have an increased understanding of Korean society and culture.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG5010

Prohibitions

KLG4020, KOR1020, KOR2020


KLG5030 - Korean 3

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Develops lower intermediate competence in contemporary Korean, emphasising active oral and writing skills, and the socio-cultural aspects of communication. Students will develop the ability to communicate in everyday social situations, as well as read and write simple texts.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • Speak and comprehend enough to communicate in everyday social situations;
  • Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers;
  • Write personal letters on simple everyday topics or simple reports on everyday events.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG5020 or equivalent

Prohibitions

KLG4030, KOR1030, KOR2030


KLG5040 - Korean 4

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Consolidation and extension of KOR1030. Topics include everyday social situations, such as narrating personal experiences, enquiring about or expressing knowledge and opinions, and making arrangements. Students will read simplified texts from newspapers, and write simple texts such as a diary. They will be introduced to expressions in different registers in the spoken and written language and the social and cultural aspects of Korean society necessary to understand them.

Objectives

Upon completing this unit, students should:

  • Be able to confidently communicate in everyday social situations;
  • Read simple texts from magazines and newspapers on a variety of topics;
  • Understand expressions in different registers and their social and cultural background;
  • Write competently in Korean on simple subjects.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG5030 or equivalent

Prohibitions

KLG4040, KOR1040, KOR2040


KLG5050 - Korean 5

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

Development and consolidation of Korean language skills in speaking, reading and writing. Students will develop the ability to have moderately sophisticated conversations and to comprehend diverse reading materials

Objectives

Upon completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • Engage in moderately sophisticated conversation in most formal and informal settings;
  • Read diverse and increasingly complex texts;
  • Produce moderately sophisticated written Korean.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG5040 or equivalent

Prohibitions

KLG4050, KOR1050, KOR2050, KOR3050


KLG5060 - Korean 6

6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Young-A Cho

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

Synopsis

An extension of Korean 5, further developing and consolidating Korean language skills to an upper intermediate level.

Objectives

Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

  • Speak and comprehend Korean with structural accuracy and vocabulary sufficient to manage most social situations;
  • Gain information from spoken and written sources in Korean using dictionaries;
  • Read about and discuss issues regarding contemporary features of Korean society.

Assessment

Class tests and written work: 60%
Exam: 40%

Contact hours

4 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 2 x 1 hour tutorials) per week

Prerequisites

KLG5050 or equivalent

Prohibitions

KLG4060, KOR1060, KOR2060, KOR3060


LIN4040 - Researching and documenting languages

12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

Offered

Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides students with knowledge and skills in methods used in researching endangered languages covering both elicitation methods involving working directly with a speaker of a language and the location, identification, and analysis of historical/archival language material. It develops the ability to select and use appropriate methodologies for the recording of grammatical and sociolinguistic data, including quantitative and qualitative methods, as well as the use of archived texts and audio recordings, and the comparison of extant material for closely related languages and families. The unit also addresses fieldwork practicalities, and issues of ethics, advocacy and empowerment.

Objectives

On completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. formulate research questions associated with the documentation of languages, the classification of languages, and the social contexts of language relatedness, particularly in non-literate societies,
  2. evaluate and apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions,
  3. demonstrate familiarity with a range of methods appropriate for the rich documentation of language including preparing elicitation questions to document a linguistic feature and developing a questionnaire for sociolinguistic research,
  4. discuss and critique the sociopolitical issues of advocacy and empowerment in relation to fieldwork,
  5. demonstrate an understanding of the context in which historical archival materials might have been written down and named,
  6. understand general principles for evaluating different naming practices for languages and language varieties,
  7. analyse historical archival material in terms of the sound system, and aspects of the grammatical system including word building, as revealed by notes and translations provided,
  8. consider word meaning and pragmatics of language use by reference to general principles as well as the systems evident in the material being analysed,
  9. apply theoretical frameworks utilised by researchers in the analysis of phonology, syntax, language relatedness and historical change; and in the design of practical orthographies.

Students should also demonstrate competence in the following skills:

  • obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources (including publications produced by community and non-government organisations),

  • analysis and interpretation of texts and audio resources, including the application of appropriate terms, concepts and theoretical frameworks for the discussion of their content and form,

  • application of key concepts to new sets of data,

  • critical academic discussion of information and argument,

  • presentation of their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting),

  • engagement in team work,

  • advanced skills in research essay writing.

  • Assessment

    Analytic exercise (1250): 15%; Research proposal (1000 words):12.5%; Preparatory materials for data collection (questionnaire, elicitation questions) - 1000 words:12.5%; Data collection (750 words): 10%; Research Essay (4500 words): 45%; Group/Online participation: 5%.

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    LIN1020 or ALM4110

    Prohibitions

    ALM 4150, LIN 3040


    LIN4050 - Issues in Language endangerment and language maintenance

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Margaret Florey

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to key issues in language endangerment and provides them with the skills to develop and implement language maintenance programs. It examines assessments of linguistic diversity and language endangerment and reflects on a range of issues via case studies from various regions, including symptoms and causes of language shift, and changes in patterns of language use and transmission. Students examine language maintenance and revitalisation programs developed within communities and in institutional settings, and acquire an awareness of socio-political issues through locating such activities within the framework of language planning and language policy processes.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should have:

    1. gained familiarity with the significant aspects of the rapidly growing field of language endangerment research and practice; ii. have an understanding of, and an ability to apply, key terms, concepts and theoretical models relevant to a wide range of language endangerment settings; iii. developed the ability to critically evaluate assessments of language endangerment; iv. acquired the skills in curriculum development necessary to establish language programs; v. gained familiarity with the range of language maintenance programs in use internationally; vi. gained an understanding of language policy and language planning processes.

    Students should be able to: vii. demonstrate an understanding of the historical development of language endangerment research; viii. analyse the key factors in assessing language endangerment and speaker fluency; ix. evaluate alternative explanations for language variation; x. interpret theoretical frameworks developed and utilised by researchers in the field; xi. apply key concepts to new sets of data; xii. to evaluate language programs appropriate to particular language endangerment settings internationally; xiii. demonstrate an understanding of the stages in curriculum development; xiv. apply knowledge of programs to new situations to select an appropriate model.

    Students should also be able to:
  • formulate research questions; xvi.utilise appropriate methodologies to conduct independent research; xvii. access appropriate source materials; xviii.analyse and interpret texts; xix. and utilise their knowledge to formulate a proposal to develop a language maintenance program; xx.to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting);

  • engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.


  • Assessment

    Research proposal and bibliography (1000 words): 10%; Critical review (1500 words): 15; Research essay(5000 words): 50%; Take-home test(1 hour): 20%; Group/online participation (500 words equivalent): 5%

    Contact hours

    1 hour lecture + 2 hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN3030


    LIN4060 - Working with linguistic archival materials

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to advance students' understanding of the processes necessary for locating, identifying, and analysing historical/archival language material to establish the original pronunciation of words, to describe the phonological system and to propose an appropriate spelling system for the language as a whole and for individual words, and to reconstitute aspects of the grammar. Such work needs to be undertaken by analysis of the historical/archived texts and audio recordings, drawing comparison from documentation of languages of the same or closely related language families for which there may be relevant extant material .

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be able to:

    1. demonstrate an understanding of the context in which historical archival materials might have been written down and named ;

    1. understand general principles for evaluating different naming practices for languages and language varieties

    1. analyse historical archival material in terms of the sound system , aspects of the grammatical system including word building, as revealed by notes and translations provided;

    1. consider word meaning and pragmatics of language use by reference to general principles as well as the systems evident in the material being analysed;

    1. apply theoretical frameworks utilised by researchers in the analysis of phonology, syntax, language relatedness and historical change; and in the design of practical orthographies

    1. apply key concepts to new sets of data;

    1. demonstrate competence in the following skills:

  • obtaining access to source materials and secondary writings through the library and other resources (including publications produced by community and non-government organisations)


  • analysis and interpretation of texts and audio resources, including the application of appropriate terms, concepts and theoretical frameworks for the discussion of their content and form,


  • assimilation of information and opinion from various sources for purposes of forming independent judgments;


  • small group work (on campus)/on line discussion (off campus learning)


    1. be able to formulate research questions associated with the documentation and classification of languages, and the social contexts of language relatedness, particularly in non-literate societies;

    1. be able to evaluate and apply appropriate methodologies to implement research questions;

    1. have acquired advanced skills in research essay writing.

    Assessment

    Written assignments (4,000 words): 90%; Group/On-line participation (500 words equivalent): 10%
    Fourth year students will be invited to show a greater degree of theoretical sophistication in their assignments.

    Contact hours

    1 two hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    LIN 3060 or LIN 4060


    LLC4010 - European language policy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to European language policy. It examines Europe's standard languages, their origins and their current status vis a vis a multitude of regional and social dialects. It introduces European models of dealing with multilingualism within a nation-state and draws attention to the relationship between language policy and social change. It discusses issues such as language and education, linguistic diversity, minority languages, linguistic purism, and language as an aspect of social equality. The unit considers European responses to these issues from a variety of perspectives by studying a wide range of texts in the area of language policy and planning.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant aspects of language policy in Europe from the Renaissance to the present. They should be familiar with the research tradition of language planning and policy, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature in field of language planning and policy, as well as language-political legislation (including constitutional texts). They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and to engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    One essay (6000 words, 70%), one class paper (oral presentation, hurdle requirement; written up in 3000 words, 30%).

    Contact hours

    12 one-hour lectures and 12 one-hour tutorials

    Prohibitions

    LLC4010(H), LLC5010


    LLC4020 - Global modernities: Experiences of modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Beatrice Trefalt

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject explores the existence of a contemporary global condition of modernity in its constitutive pluralism born of different forms of cultural interaction with Western-European civilization, including colonization. It seeks to give students knowledge and understanding of the phenomenon of modernity and of its relationship to culture and civilization. This subject provides an introduction to central issues of social and cultural modernization from a historical and theoretical perspective. It examines the conceptual categories associated with the original Western European experience to question and assess their relevance to different experiences in other parts of the globe.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant features of modernity from its inception in Western Europe through to its emergence as shared experience across the globe. They should be familiar with the research tradition of historical sociology, modernization and civilizational theories, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature. They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally as well as in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), engage in team work and in critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    12 hours per week of lectures and tutorials


    LLC4040 - Writing madness

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine psychosis as it presents itself in writing, literary or otherwise. It will analyse and interpret

    1. the literary tradition of writing on madness (e.g. Buchner, Hoffmann, Musil, Bernhard) and
    2. texts written by psychotic patients (i.e. Schreber, texts from the Prinzhorn Collection) in light of the conceptualisation of psychosis since the 18th century. Particular attention will be paid to the theorisation of psychosis and psychotic language within the field of psychoanalysis (i.e. Freud, Lacan, Felman, Jadi).

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will have aquired detailed knowledge of the primary literature ranging from literary texts of the early 19th and 20th century to non literary texts particularly of the late 19th century and early 20th century, They will have developed a good grasp of key theoretical texts reflecting the debates regarding psychosis from the late 18th century to the present and an awareness of the formative historical forces which shaped these debates. They will have improved their ability to analyse and interprete literary and non literary texts in regards to their historical context and in light of psychoanalytic concepts of psychosis, i.e. gained experience in relating isolated aesthetic phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework.

    Students will be capable of informed discussions of the literature and theory of the 18th century to the present within their historical context and to present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and in a more detailed written essay.

    Fifth year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

    Assessment

    Essay (5000 words): 60%;

    Class Paper (2000 words): 20%;

    Exam (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    LLC5040


    LLC4050 - Freud's Vienna

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine Freud's writings in the context of Austrian (and German) literature, philosophy, art and architecture at the turn of the century. It will focus on the intellectual life of the urban centres particularly Vienna, cultural criticism, the nascent youth movement and new conceptualizations of corporality and the workings of the psyche. In examining the historical and philosophical underpinnings of Freud's psychoanalysis students will be acquainted with a broad range of texts (Hofmannsthal, Schnitzler, Beer-Hofmann, Bahr, Kraus, Musil, Mach, Weininger) as well as works of art and architecture (Klimt, Schiele, Loos, Olbrich, Wagner)

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students will have aquired detailed knowledge of the main features of Austrian (and German) literary and cultural life in Vienna at turn of the 19th to the 20th century. Students will have a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates of the period and they should have also developed an acute awareness of the formative historical forces in the late 19th and early 20th century. They will have improved their ability to analyse and interpret key concepts of Freud in light of the literary, philosophical and historical developments of the time and gained experience in relating isolated historical and aesthetic phenomena to a broader historical and theoretical framework.

    Students will be capable of an informed discussion of the literature and philosophy/theory of the late 19th century and the early 20th century in its historical context and present the results of their own research in form of a class paper and in a more detailed written essay.

    Fifth-year students employ a more sophisticated analysis and written presentation. They will be expected to read more widely and work at a higher level.

    Assessment

    Essay (5000 words): 60%;

    Class Paper (2000 words): 20%;

    Exam (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    LLC5050


    LLC4070 - Managing intercultural communication

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

    1. be aware of key directions which research has taken in the field of intercultural communication be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
    2. understand the key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and be able to examine their interaction in intercultural communication
    3. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
    4. be able to conduct smallscale research in the area of intercultural communication
    5. be able to analyze cultural differences in expectations regarding different aspects of communication and identify possible causes of communication breakdown More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to
    6. read and think critically
    7. gain experience in the conduct of research
    8. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
    9. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class or online participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour lecture/seminar

    Prohibitions

    Either LLC4070 or LLC5070 but not both


    LLC5010 - European language policy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Ana Deumert

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to European language policy. It examines Europe's standard languages, their origins and their current status vis a vis a multitude of regional and social dialects. It introduces European models of dealing with multilingualism within a nation-state and draws attention to the relationship between language policy and social change. It discusses issues such as language and education, linguistic diversity, minority languages, linguistic purism, and language as an aspect of social equality. The unit considers European responses to these issues from a variety of perspectives by studying a wide range of texts in the area of language policy and planning.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant aspects of language policy in Europe from the Renaissance to the present. They should be familiar with the research tradition of language planning and policy, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature in field of language planning and policy, as well as language-political legislation (including constitutional texts). They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally and in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), and to engage in team work and critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    One essay (6000 words, 70%), one class paper (oral presentation, hurdle requirement; written up in 3000 words, 30%).

    Contact hours

    12 one-hour lectures and 12 one-hour tutorials

    Prohibitions

    LLC4010H.html">LLC4010(H), LLC4010H.html">LLC4010


    LLC5020 - Global Modernities: experiences of modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Natalie Doyle

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject explores the existence of a contemporary global condition of modernity in its constitutive pluralism born of different forms of cultural interaction with Western-European civilization, including colonization. It seeks to give students knowledge and understanding of the phenomenon of modernity and of its relationship to culture and civilization. This subject provides an introduction to central issues of social and cultural modernization from a historical and theoretical perspective. It examines the conceptual categories associated with the original Western European experience to question and assess their relevance to different experiences in other parts of the globe.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should be familiar with, and have an understanding of significant features of modernity from its inception in Western Europe through to its emergence as shared experience across the globe. They should be familiar with the research tradition of historical sociology, modernization and civilizational theories, and be able to apply relevant terms and concepts. They should be able to discuss and review research literature. They should be able to conduct independent research, to present their results orally as well as in written exposition (including planning, arguing on the basis of evidence, and documenting), engage in team work and in critical academic discussion of information and argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    12 hours per week of lectures and tutorials


    LLC5040 - Writing madness

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    as for LLC4040

    Objectives

    as for LLC4040

    Assessment

    Essay (5000 words): 60%;

    Class Paper (2000 words): 20%;

    Exam (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    LLC4040


    LLC5050 - Freud's Vienna

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for LLC4050

    Objectives

    As for LLC4050

    Assessment

    Essay (5000 words): 60%;

    Class Paper (2000 words): 20%;

    Exam (2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    LLC4050


    LLC5070 - Managing intercultural communication

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heather Bowe

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines basic concepts of intercultural communication: face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and examines theoretical explanations of their interaction in intercultural communication. Case studies drawn from a wide variety of cultures will provide opportunities to examine language use in light of broader cultural, political and social issues such as stereotyping and discriminatory language, cultural expectation and attitudes, cultural awareness training, language reform and policies.

    Objectives

    On the successful completion of this unit it is expected that students will:

    1. be aware of key directions which research has taken in the field of intercultural communication be sensitive to inter-cultural differences in communication patterns and cultural expectations
    2. understand the key concepts of face and politeness in language; the relation between cultural values and discourse; cultural variation in speech acts, turn taking rules and formulaic patterns; cultural differences in the organization of written and spoken discourse; and be able to examine their interaction in intercultural communication
    3. know what kinds of questions to ask about communication patterns in a culture with which they are not (very) familiar
    4. be able to conduct smallscale research in the area of intercultural communication
    5. be able to analyze cultural differences in expectations regarding different aspects of communication and identify possible causes of communication breakdown
    6. be able to assess evidence supporting different theories and thereby evaluate those theories More generally students are expected to develop their abilities to
    7. read and think critically
    8. gain experience in the conduct of research
    9. use analytic and interpretive skills in dealing with language data
    10. present logical, coherent arguments both orally and in writing

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class or online participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour lecture/seminar

    Prohibitions

    Either LLC4070 or LLC5070 but not both


    MAH5010 - Children and the Legal Process

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor T Brown

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Children's new rights in the health, education, legal, and welfare areas against the background of the societal changes leading to these developments. Children's development in relation to the exercise of these rights and to the way professionals might work with children in a more participative manner. Alternative models of practice with children and skills for these new models.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95% (9,000 words)
    Seminar participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week


    MAI4000 - Research project in Asian development and governance

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marika Vicziany

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research project about the nature of development or governance in the Asian region, broadly conceived to include, for instance, technological change, religious cultures and regional security. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit in consultation with the supervisors.

    Assessment

    Research paper (9,000 words): 100%


    MAI4001 - Research project: Asian development and governance II (Advanced)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marika Vicziany

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    MAI 4001 is designed to train postgraduates in the advanced research techniques needed for work at the most senior academic, business and government levels. The student is required to work closely with an Asian expert in order to developed advanced skills in developing testable hypotheses for research, rigorous investigative techniques involving documentary analysis, statistical and mapping techniques and an in-depth knowledge of the Asian region or problem chosen for study.

    Objectives

    Advanced research training and report writing, including presentation of research findings to the MAI postgraduate seminar, advanced training in the analysis of documents, special high level meetings with government and business leaders, preparation of questionnaires and interview schedules, preparation of manuscripts for publication.

    Assessment

    One Research Project (10,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week on campus and 3 hours per week off campus mainly via email. Contact is face to face meetings.

    Prerequisites

    MAI 4000


    MIN4000 - Introduction to mind and society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Carla Lipsig-Mumme and Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    Introduction to Mind and Society introduces major themes of the Mind and Society Programme. Its organising theme is that society shapes the self and the mind in the modern world: self and mind are socially constructed. But the modern world is also shaped by theories of subjectivity which have defined our understanding of the modern and possibly postmodern worlds. We examine the interdependence between mind and society through several themes: Reason and beyond? interpreting the dilemmas of multicultural societies. The rise and rise of ethics. Regulation and professional identity in the psychotherapies. Mind and brain, Mind vs brain. Citizenship, belonging, marginalization, exclusion.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have;

    1. acquired detailed knowledge of the main historical and contemporary debates which situate the study of the mind in relation to intellectual and social history; developments in neuroscience; issues of citizenship and legitimacy; the development of the profession and its relation to the State
    2. a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates that expose these issues
    3. have learnt to identify ideological orientations and link these to historical and social contexts.

    They should be capable of
    1. critical analysis of theoretical positions around each of the themes
    2. presenting the results of their own research in the form of a research essay
    3. identifying the intellectual, policy, and political relationships between the theme.

    Assessment

    Research paper (4,000 words): 45%;

    Group presentation(debate) or panel (2500 words) 30%;

    Annotated bibliography (1,500 words) 15%;

    Summary of research question and approach (1,000 words) 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for 12 weeks


    MIN5010 - Contested terrain: Contemporary debates in social conflict, power and the study of the mind

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Carla Lipsig-Mumme and Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    Contested Terrain: Studies in Social Power, Conflict and the Study of the Mind, is one of two core units in the new Master of Mind and Society. This unit and presents to students six key thinkers on issues of contemporary societal conflict debate, whose thinking affects how the public and practitioners shape their response both in their professional practice and as citizens. It is a capstone unit for the MA programme.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this subject students should have:

    1. acquired knowledge of the social, political, historical and psychodynamic contexts in which each social issue is to be understood

    1. be familiar with the major positions developed around each of the six social issues,

    1. be able to link socio-political and pyschodynamic analysis of any social issue

    1. a good grasp of key texts reflecting the intellectual debates that expose these issues,

    1. have learnt to identify ideological orientations and link these to historical and social contexts.

    They should be capable of:

    1. critical analysis of theoretical positions around each of the social issues;

    2. presenting the results of their own research in the form of a research essay

    3. identifying the intellectual, policy, and political relationships between the themes

    Assessment

    Research essay (6,000 words): 60%;

    Class presentation of readings (2,000 words) 20%;

    Annotated bibliography and presentation of research question and outline of argument (2,000 words) 20%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week


    MIN5020 - Research project in mind and society

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Carla Lipsig-Mumme and Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit, you will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words). This will fulfil the objective of independent research which makes a contribution to the field of 'Mind and Society: the psychotherapies in social context'. A possible topic should be discussed with the coordinator before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

    Assessment

    Research Project 10,000 - 18,000 words 100%

    Prerequisites

    MIN4000 Introduction to Mind and Society, 12 p
    MIN5010 Contested Terrain: The Politics of Psychotherapy in Transition, 12 p

    Plus two of the options offered for Mind and Society, 12 p each



    MIN5020(A) - Research project in mind and society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Carla Lipsig-Mumme and Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit, you will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words). This will fulfil the objective of independent research which makes a contribution to the field of 'Mind and Society: the psychotherapies in social context'. A possible topic should be discussed with the coordinator before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

    Assessment

    Research Project 10,000 - 18,000 words 100%

    Prerequisites

    MIN4000 Introduction to Mind and Society, 12 p
    MIN5010 Contested Terrain: The Politics of Psychotherapy in Transition, 12 p

    Plus two of the options offered for Mind and Society, 12 p each



    MIN5020(B) - Research project in mind and society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor Carla Lipsig-Mumme and Dr Christiane Weller

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit, you will have an opportunity to embark on a research project (15,000 - 18,000 words). This will fulfil the objective of independent research which makes a contribution to the field of 'Mind and Society: the psychotherapies in social context'. A possible topic should be discussed with the coordinator before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    On completion of the project, students will have completed an original piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline.

    Assessment

    Research Project 10,000 - 18,000 words 100%

    Prerequisites

    MIN4000 Introduction to Mind and Society, 12 p
    MIN5010 Contested Terrain: The Politics of Psychotherapy in Transition, 12 p

    Plus two of the options offered for Mind and Society, 12 p each



    MIN5080 - Race, self & social conflict

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will analyse psychoanalysis' excision of race from itself, using its own terms to do so. Following an exploration of the historical context current at the time of psychoanalysis' inception, its 'racial blindness', as symptom, will be explored through the tropes of e.g. melancholia, the fetish, resistance and projection (Gilman, Fanon, Rustin). Similarly racism as an individual and social phenomenon will be understood using these same tropes (Eng, Han, Segal, Straker, Rutherford). The clinical implications of the covering over of race in psychoanalysis will be explored (Dimen Kimberley, Suchet).

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the course candidates will have understood psychoanalysis' relationship to race in the context of late 19th century Austro-German culture. They will have come to grips with fundamental psychoanalytic concepts like repression, splitting, disavowal and, projection and learned to apply them to psychoanalysis itself as well as to use them to analyse how racism might articulate itself in other social contexts. They will have understood the construction and manifestations of racism within individuals and will have understood the implications of this for clinical practice, as such racism infiltrates transference and counter transference, as these are co-constructed in the psychoanalytic space. Thus the candidates will have come to a comprehension of the power of the unconscious forces that construct racism even within psychoanalysis itself and how this acts to sustain racism at a social and individual level. They will have an understanding that racism is as ubiquitous as the unconscious, our rational intentions not withstanding, and will have come to appreciate its manifestations in intimate private and public spaces.



    Students will be capable of informed discussion in regard to the above, the application of psychoanalytic concepts to an understanding of racism and will have the capacity to both research these areas and present their findings and ideas in class papers and class discussion and in a written exam.

    Assessment

    Class paper (2,500 words): 25%;

    Class paper (3,500 words): 40%;

    Exam (2,000 words): 25%;

    Class participation (1000 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    4 six hour workshops


    MIN5090 - Pathologies of the self

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Gold

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    One can learn a great deal about how the body works by seeing what happens when it goes wrong. The same is true of the mind. In this course we will investigate the nature of the self by looking at what happens when it is disordered. Some of the phenomena we will consider are: dissociative identity disorder (formerly multiple personality disorder); split brains; autism; frontal lobe syndrome; delusion; amnesia; depersonalisation disorder; and gender identity disorder. We will consider in what sense these phenomena are pathologies of the self, and what they reveal about the normal self.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will:

    1. be acquainted with a range of theoretical views about the nature of the self;
    2. be acquainted with the main features of a number of psychiatric and neurological disorders with a claim to being pathologies of selfhood;
    3. have developed views about the way in which these disorders may contribute to the theory of the self.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    At least one unit in any of: philosophy, psychology, or medicine


    MUM4080 - Music during the age of enlightenment, 1750-1800

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit allows for a closer examination of art-music between 1750-1800. The development of sonata form, the string quartet and the symphony will be contextualised in relationship to the philosophic ideas attached to the Age of the Enlightenment. Works by CPE Bach, JC Bach, Karl Stamitz, Johann Stamitz, Mozart and Haydn will act as musical examples.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have developed further knowledge of the Classical era (1750-1800) on a framework within which to identify, categorise and assess and write critically about the music.

    Assessment

    For students in the GradDipMus/MMus:
    16 Annotations (260 words each): 50%
    5 Class presentations (1000 words each): 50%

    For students in the GadDipMusSt/MMusSt:
    Essay (4000 words): 50%
    5 Class presentations (1000 words each): 50%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week


    MUM4090 - Trios, quartets and quintets, 1835-1935

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit allows for a close examination of chamber music composed between 1835-1935. The Romantic, Neo-Classical, Non-Tonal and Dodecaphonic approaches will form the background to trios, quartets and quintets composed for a variety of forces. Works by Mendelssohn, Schumann, Brahms, Saint-Saens, Ravel, Tchaikovsky, Bartok, Schoenberg and Berg will act as musical examples.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have developed further knowledge of the history, and style of chamber music (1835-1935) on a framework within which to identify, categorise and assess and write critically about the music.

    Assessment

    The methods of assessment will be five class presentations and a series of short annotations (for GradDip/MMus candidates) or five class presentations and a larger essay (for GradDip/MMusStuds candidates). All tasks have the basic objective to enable candidates to investigate changes in approach to composition over a fifty year period.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week


    MUM4120 - 20th and 21st century repertoire studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Clients will investigate the solo literature, composed in the 20th and 21st centuries, for their particular instrument (if MMus clients). The diversity of stylistic changes within this period will serve to enhance the study, and the set works act as examples in the debate on modernism-postmodernism, tonality and neo-tonality; romantic and neo-romantic, neo-classical and modernism and modernism and minimalism.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit, clients should have an understanding of the changes in music that occurred over the last century and an opportunity to develop a critical idiomatic approach to stylistic analysis

    Assessment

    Written work: 60% (5500 words)
    Lecture demonstrations: 25% (2200 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hour seminars per week


    MUM4320 - Conducting I

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Guided by supervisors, the student chooses and submits an intermediate level program of works to be studied and conducted. Students will receive an individual conducting lesson each week and attend masterclasses, the nature of the masterclasses will be determined by enrolments. Each student arranges and presents a 60 minute performance, and writes a 2000 word program booklet for this performance that outlines the justification of the program, a discussion of performance practice issues and a brief analysis and history of the repertoire. Examiners will attend the first and last rehearsals as well as the performance to assess progress and rehearsal skills.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students should have acquired a high level of expertise in conducting, including the ability to create an aural picture of a musical score, a fundamental baton technique able to be used for a variety of ensembles, and independence of hand movements; developed a comprehensive knowledge of the musical content and style of the available repertoire for a specific ensemble - choral, band or orchestral; acquired appropriate supplementary skills in research, writing and criticism.

    Assessment

    Program booklet (2000 words): 20%
    Rehearsals and performance: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour individual lesson and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission by audition.


    MUM4330 - Conducting II

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Guided by supervisors, the student chooses and submits an advanced level program of works to be studied and conducted. Students will receive an individual conducting lesson each week and attend masterclasses. Each student arranges and presents a 60-minute performance, and writes a 2000 word program booklet for this performance that outlines the justification of the program, a discussion of performance practice issues and a brief analysis and history of the repertoire. Examiners will attend the first and last rehearsals as well as the performance, to assess progress and rehearsal skills.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students should have acquired an extended level of expertise in conducting, including the ability to create an aural picture of a musical score, a fundamental baton technique able to be used for a variety of ensembles, and independence of hand movements; developed a comprehensive knowledge of the musical content and style of the available repertoire for a specific ensemble - choral, band or orchestral; acquired appropriate supplementary skills in research, writing and criticism.

    Assessment

    Program booklet (2000 words) 20%
    Rehearsal and performance: 80%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour individual lesson and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    MUM4320


    MUM4420 - Research methods in music

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty and Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to familiarise students with various research methods appropriate to musicology. In particular the unit provides an introduction to the practical aspects of historical musicology, ethnomusicology, and jazz and popular music studies, concentrating on methodologies associated with textual criticism, archival research, repertoire and performance practice.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit, students should have the skills essential to constructing a simple research proposal in a variety of areas and have acquired initial critical reading skills applicable to both text and score.



    Assessment

    Written work: 75%
    Thesis proposal: 15%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours seminar


    MUM4600 - Special research project in music

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

    Objectives

    An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
    Written work: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours seminar


    MUM4640 - Fieldwork techniques and technology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Margaret Kartomi

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students choose an Asian, Australian, European or other local or visiting performing arts group and prepare a field research project based on observations, audio and video recording or filming, interviewing and processing of materials gathered. Studies include theory and practice of field work in the areas of music, dance, theatre and education, reviewing of ethnographic films, video and sound recordings.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students undertaking the unit should have a practical knowledge of fieldwork techniques and an understanding of how to transcribe, analyse and process data which has been collected and recorded.

    Assessment

    Written: 40% (5000 words)
    Listening/technical tests: 20%
    Exam: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    MUM4760A - Special project: Composition and music technology - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    MUM4760B - Special project: Composition and music technology - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    MUM4960 - Chief practical study I

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students submit a unified program of works to be studied and performed or conducted, with an essay that examines issues of performance practice, analysis and history of the chosen repertoire. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons and instrumental/conducting workshops. Students arrange and present a public performance/lecture demonstration.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students should have developed a high level of performance or conducting and programming skills and knowledge of style through presentation of an extended concert or recital and program booklet and organising a successful performance event.

    Assessment

    Essay on repertoire (2000 words): 15%
    60-minute performance or lecture/demonstration: 85%

    Students who fail the unit will need permission from their instrumental coordinator in order to repeat the unit. These students will be offered a maximum of 6 individual lessons.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour individual lesson and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission by audition.


    MUM4980 - Music pedagogy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A critical study of music education with reference to its philosophy, psychology and traditions. The unit will aim to develop individual approaches to the teaching process with a particular focus on the use of innovative technology. Students will present the outcomes of their research as a critical essay or in a video/CDROM format.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students should have attained a critical understanding of: various methodologies in music education, the importance of research and ongoing professional development in the area and the need to present material in a variety of mediums including articles, conference presentations, lecture demonstrations and video. Special attention will be paid to the importance of CDRom and DVD in the field of music education.

    Assessment

    Written (6000 words): 70%
    Seminar paper (3000 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


    MUM5010 - Topics in musicology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Craig De Wilde

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Australian scholarship in musicology and ethnomusicology within the international scene, pathways already established and directions for the future.

    Objectives

    Upon the successful completion of this unit, students will have:

    1. A knowledge of music historiography, concerning the principles, history and theory of music history writing.

    1. Examined a body of historical literature, investigated various kinds of historical sources (including iconographical, archaeological, and literary), examined the assumptions and attitudes in the historical literature, and assessed critically various theories or 'philosophies' of music history.

    1. The ability to scan material quickly and judge its importance for a more detailed study, and to evaluate its scholarly worth.

    1. An insight into recent work in such research areas as Australian music and popular music.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Oral presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUM5020 - Directed reading in music

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic or genre in music

    Objectives

    An in depth study and/or recital of a particular topic and genre in music

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
    Written work: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours seminar


    MUM5030 - Australian music history

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Topics include the critical study of Australian music history writing and selected composers and their works.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired a general knowledge of the place of music in Australian culture, past and present and an understanding of historical and cultural theories with which critically to evaluate them in a variety of types of historical writing.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% OR Recital: 60%
    Written work: 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours seminar


    MUM5040 - Medieval and renaissance music

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Carol Williams

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A survey of European music from medieval times to c.1600. Themes include the impact of the theorist, text and music, sacred versus secular, theory and notation, and written versus oral traditions.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit, students should have acquired a general knowledge of the ordering of music developments within the period of investigation and an understanding of historical theories with which critically to evaluate them in a variety of types of historical writing.

    Assessment

    Written (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (2 x 1 hour seminars) per week


    MUM5050 - Music scholarship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Theories of major historical musicologists dating mainly from the late nineteenth century to the present. The theory of ethnomusicology, covering works of major ethnomusicologists from the late nineteenth century to the present.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have acquired a wide critical reading knowledge of the literature; an understanding of approaches in Australian, European, American and Asian ethnomusicology; an ability for coherent argument; and a confidence in applying various ethnomusicological techniques to a wide range of topics of music.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    MUM5060 - Research project in musicology Or ethnomusicology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Joel Crotty and Graeme Smith

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An original research project carried out under supervision. Students submit their research proposals to the head of department at or near the time of enrolment.

    Objectives

    Students will develop varied research skills, the capacity to conceptualise parameters of a topic, and to articulate them in a coherent written argument.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 - 12,000 words)


    MUM5061A - Portfolio of compositions and critical commentary - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare

    1. a portfolio of original compositions employing a variety of instrumental cominations and electro-acoustic media, and
    2. a critical commentary giving descriptive, analytical and contextrual information about the portfolio of compositions.

    Objectives

    By the end of the unit, students should have a varied portfolio of compositions, including at least one major work, which reflects sufficient technical and creative skills, as well as a knowledge of the context and repertoire related to these original works, to operate as professional composers. Students should also have gained an understanding of music technology and some of its compositional applications.

    Assessment

    Portfolio of original compositions (15 to 20 minutes of original music): 75%
    Critical commentary (4500 words): 25%


    MUM5061B - Portfolio of compositions and critical commentary - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students prepare

    1. a portfolio of original compositions employing a variety of instrumental cominations and electro-acoustic media, and
    2. a critical commentary giving descriptive, analytical and contextrual information about the portfolio of compositions.

    Objectives

    By the end of the unit, students should have a varied portfolio of compositions, including at least one major work, which reflects sufficient technical and creative skills, as well as a knowledge of the context and repertoire related to these original works, to operate as professional composers. Students should also have gained an understanding of music technology and some of its compositional applications.

    Assessment

    Portfolio of original compositions (15 to 20 minutes of original music): 75%
    Critical commentary (4500 words): 25%


    MUM5650 - Compositional thought: Writings by composers and sound artists

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Thomas Reiner

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The subject will introduce music students to various definitions of sound and investigate different conceptualisations of music and sound art. Students will investigate musical composition and sound art as a form of research and assess the extent to which leading contemporary composers and sound artists have contributed to the general pursuit of knowledge.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students should have acquired a sound understanding of contemporary approaches to music making, learned to examine and assess the aesthetic and conceptual basis of a range of contemporary musical styles and be able to assess critically the social and cultural significance and potential impact of their own work as musicians.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    Oral presentation: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour lecture) per week


    MUM5990 - Chief practical study II

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Fintan Murphy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students submit a unified program of works to be studies and performed or conducted at professional level, with a critical essay that examines isssues of performance, practice, analysis and history of the chosen repertoire. The unit is taught through a combination of individual lessons and instrumental/conducting workshops. Students arrange and present a public performance/lecture demonstration.

    Objectives

    By the end of the semester, students undertaking this unit should have gained experience in the performance or conducting of a selected repertoire from a wide range of periods at a professional standard, performed music from the solo, chamber or orchestral repertoire establishing artistic links between pieces. Students will have demonstrated an advanced ability to create artistic strategies that establish innovative performance outcomes.

    Assessment

    Essay on repertoire (2000 words): 15%
    60-minute concert performance or lecture demonstration: 85%

    Prerequisites

    MUM4960


    PHM4000A - Masters qualifying research project - part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    PHM4000B - Masters qualifying research project - part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    PHM4010 - Masters qualifying in philosophy A

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students take two units from the following list:

    1. Metaphysics and Epistemology.

    1. Value Theory.

    1. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy.

    1. Contemporary European Philosophy.

    1. Supervised reading.

    1. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition.

    1. Philosophical Pedagogy.

    Each unit consists of six 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Masters Qualifiying.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%.

    Contact hours

    Two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.


    PHM4020 - Philosophy masters qualifying B

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students take two units form the following list:

    1. Metaphysics and Epistemology.

    1. Value Theory.

    1. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy.

    1. Contemporary European Philosophy.

    1. Supervised reading.

    1. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition.

    1. Philosophical Pedagogy.

    Each unit consists of six two-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided with details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake Masters Qualifying.

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this subject will gain the ability to read and understand advanced philosophical material in some specific areas of current research. They will be able to examine and criticise arguments in those areas, as well as develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas. They will further their basic competence in the use of research tools in Philosophy. Those who undertake the Philosophical Pedagogy unit will additionally gain an appreciation for the ways in which the practical demonstration of these research skills informs teaching.

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%

    Contact hours

    Two units; each unit consists of nine 2-hour seminars.

    Prerequisites

    Masters Qualifying in Philosophy A.


    PHM5010 - Philosophy masters A

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Justin Oakley

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students take two units from the following list:

    1. Metaphysics and Epistemology;
    2. Value Theory;
    3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy;
    4. Contemporary European Philosophy;
    5. Supervised Reading;
    6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition;
    7. Philosophical Pedagogy. Each unit consists of eight 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reading lists shorty after they receive their letter of offer to undertake the MA.

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%


    PHM5070 - The Greeks and the good life

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dirk Baltzly

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will survey 1000 years of Greek philosophical thought on the nature of the soul and psychic well-being, from the presocratics to late antiquity. It will stress the role of the ancient philosophical schools as practitioners of psychotherapy, for in antiquity the object of understanding the psyche was to utilise this knowledge in order to live the good life. Students will be encouraged to develop essay topics that explore the ways in which these ideas have influenced later thought about the nature of mental states and the achievement of mental well-being.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will: 1 Possess a broad familarity with a variety of ancient views the nature of the soul and well-being; 2 Be able to read complex and difficult primary texts in ancient philosophy (in translation); 3 Be able to understand secondary literature in ancient Greek philosophy; 4 Be able to use research tools such as Philosophers Index, Perseus, Thesaurus Linguae Graeca, etc to identify secondary articles and other primary that are relevant to an issue; 5 Be able to examine and criticise arguments for competing positions; 6 Be able to develop and defend their own position on some specific issues within those areas.

    Assessment

    Written work: 95% (9000 words)
    Seminar participation: 5%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour seminar


    PHM5110 - Philosophy masters B

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Justin Oakley

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students take two units from the following list:

    1. Metaphysics and Epistemology;
    2. Value Theory;
    3. Foundations of Analytic Philosophy;
    4. Contemporary European Philosophy;
    5. Supervised Reading;
    6. Philosophy of Mind and Cognition;
    7. Philosophical Pedagogy. Each unit consists of eight 2-hour seminars. At least four units will be offered. Students will be provided details of which units are on offer as well as specific reeading lists shortly after they receive their letter of offer to undertake the MA.

    Assessment

    Written work: 85% or 100% (7500-9000 words). Some choices of component may involve oral presentations: 15%.


    PLM4030 - Ethics in world politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore a number of real-world ethical problems in world politics, arising as a result of political transformations associated with 'globalisation'. These include problems such as poverty and inequality in the global economy, just war and legitimate political violence in an age of terrorism, and the political legitimacy of state and non-state actors (including Corporations, NGOs, and International Organisations). This unit will further familiarise students with a range of ethical and normative political theories devised to help analyse and resolve such new ethical dilemmas in world politics, and encourage students to apply these critical tools to real-world ethical problems.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. Understanding of the practical and policy dimensions of a range of ethical problems in world politics, including: poverty and economic inequality; the character and prospects of 'fair trade' regimes and associated labour rights; human rights interventionism; justifications for new forms of political violence such as terrorism/the 'war on terror'; the power and political responsibility of corporations and NGOs; the democratic legitimacy of International Organisations; the rights of immigrants and refugees versus the right of states to control their borders; responsibility for climate change and future environmental protection.
    2. Knowledge of key normative and ethical theories pertinent to these practical ethical problems, including: Rawlsian, cosmopolitan, communitarian, and utilitarian theories of global 'justice' and ethics; classical and contemporary theories of 'just war' and ethical violence; theories of individual and state 'rights'; domestic and cosmopolitan 'democratic' theories; and ethical theories of 'responsibility'.
    3. Understanding of the theoretical basis for 'normative' methods of inquiry in world politics, and the way in which normative and empirical modes of analysis are distinct and inter-connected.
    4. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to examine critically the ethical credentials and political legitimacy of political decisions and institutions in world politics.
    5. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to critically engage with and evaluate key ethical assumptions and arguments in the theoretical literature on global ethics.
    6. Proficient oral communication and analysis skills, developed through class participation and presentations.
    7. Proficient writing skills, developed through writing two essays.
    8. Proficient research skills, developed in particular through work on the major research essay component of the course; these should be developed to a level capable of sustaining the commencement of PhD research.

    Assessment

    Research essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    ITM4030, ITM5030, PLT4030, PLM5030, PLM5040


    PLM4060 - Research project (Politics)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Candidates are required to carry out a program of research, under individual supervision, on a topic of their own choosing.

    Assessment

    Research project (9000 words): 100%


    PLM4065 - Advanced seminar in International political economy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

    1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
    2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
    3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

    Objectives

    The main objectives of the unit are for students to develop: i) a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy; ii) an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation; iii) insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union; and, iv) a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

    Assessment

    Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
    Examination (3 hours) : 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies

    Prohibitions

    PLT4065


    PLM4075 - Foreign aid and world development B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susan Blackburn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Starting from an overview of the aid industry since 1945, this subject canvasses arguments for and against foreign aid, then considers the contributions to world development of bilateral, multilateral and non-government agencies, and the relations between these forms of aid, with special emphasis on Australia's role. To conclude, some current issues relating to aid will be examined.

    Objectives

    On completing this subject, students should be able to understand, analyse and assess the major philosophical and empirical arguments for and against foreign aid; understand the major trends in the theory and practice of foreign aid; understand the work of aid agencies; and engage in reasoned analysis and debate on the numerous contested issues in this field of study. Fifth year students should acquire a deeper knowledge of the working of and relations between non-government aid organizations.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Class participation/presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLM5070,PLM5075


    PLM4080 - Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bill Kelly

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject investigates how counter-terrorism policy is developed, implemented and how various stakeholders such as the Victorian and Federal Government, Police, ethnic, religious community and non-governmental organizations interact to combat terrorism. The unit devotes significant attention to each stakeholder's areas of competency and their main responsibilities. In addition, the subject addresses the significance of mobilizing communities to counter-act radicalization and violence, and the significance of multiculturalism to security. Student interaction with current counter-terrorism stakeholders will enhance their knowledge and appreciation of the subject matter.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit students should:

    1. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles in counter-terrorism policy formulation, oversight and implementation.
    2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
    3. Develop an appreciation of the range of (occasional conflicting) interests in counter-terrorism policy-making and in countering terrorism.
    4. Develop an understanding of how key counter-terrorism stakeholders develop consensus and resolve potential conflicts amongst themselves.
    5. Develop a sophisticated understanding of the policies and legislation that govern counter-terrorism policy in Australia and internationally, but with a particular emphasis on Victoria.
    6. Develop an understanding of the roles that social cohesion and multiculturalism can play in counter-terrorism within Australia and globally, but especially in Victoria.
    7. Develop an understanding of how ethnic and religious communities' leaders manage (occasional) competing demands of the broader society and their constituents.
    8. Develop an understanding of how civil society (especially non-governmental organizations and the media) play in protecting civil liberties and mediating between the demands of competing counter-terrorism stakeholders.
    9. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively. Specifically to:
    a. develop a topic for investigation;
    b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;
    c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
    1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
    2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

    Assessment

    Essay(6000 words): 50%
    Take-home exam (3000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    PLM5080


    PLM4090 - Interfaith relations in the 21st century

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

    1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
    2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
    4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
    5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations & security following the events of September 11, 2001
    6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
    7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
    8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
    9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
    10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
    1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
    2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
    4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement;
    5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations & security following the events of September 11, 2001
    6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
    7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
    8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
    9. highly sophisticated level of oral skills
    10. highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
    11. highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Field trip: 10%
    Class participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip.


    PLM4100 - Terrorism, counter-terrorism & intelligence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Phil Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

    Objectives

    1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the nature, methodology and scope of the threats posed to national security by terrorist networks as well as the degree to which intelligence identified measures to counter those threats have been effective and appropriate.
    2. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the traditional functions and capabilities of intelligence agencies and how they have responded to the new challenges and demands of counter-terrorist programs. In particular, we will explore issues raised by the increased emphasis on intelligence exchanges, intelligence liaison and covert action.
    3. To develop students' understanding of the role played by different aspects of intelligence gathering--especially HUMINT, SIGINT, IMINT, OSINT and Intelligence Analysis--in addressing these threats.
    4. To develop students' understanding of how different terrorist groups pose a variety of security threats and how different intelligence services around the world are responding to this challenge.
    5. To develop the students' understanding of the structure, processes, dynamics and communication within national and between international intelligence agencies--alliances, liaison relationships and exchanges.
    6. To develop students' understanding of the political and ethical dimensions that envelop contemporary debates over intelligence reform, especially within Australian.
    7. To enhance students' ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas including terrorism, counter-terrorism policy, trade-offs made by governments between personal freedoms and public security, and intelligence and security relationships between Australia and other states.
    8. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively.
    Specifically to:
    a. develop a topic for investigation;
    b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;
    c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument;
    1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
    2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

    Assessment

    Essay, 3000 words: 35%
    Take-home exam (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%
    Class presentation (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
    Counter-terrorism scenario (equivalent to 1000 words): 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4750/PLM4750/PLM5750 Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence


    PLM4145 - Crises of reason: Psyche, society and morality

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Janover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The subject examines Sigmund Freud's writings on civilization. It compares Freud's concern with the unconscious moorings of social order to Friedrich Nietzsche's genealogy of morals and to Max Weber's historical sociology of ethics and politics. Nietzsche, Freud, and Weber make up a grand trio of acerbic critics of the optimism characteristic of European society prior to World War One. Together, Freud's psychoanalysis and Weber's sociology can be seen as parallel roads out of Nietzsche's account of morality. We will trace these roads and ask whether Nietzsche, Freud and Weber remain significant as theorists of twenty-first century psyches, society and morality.

    Objectives

    1. explain key ideas of Nietzsche on morality, Weber on work, and Freud on civilisation
    2. recognise and discuss the influence of the ideas of Nietzsche and Freud on key political ideologies and aesthetic movements of the twentieth century
    3. evaluate the possibility of combining psychological, social-theoretical, and philosophical accounts of order and disorder
    4. clarify the differences between explaining irrationality as a source of human behaviour and promoting irrationality in human conduct
    5. construct and articulate a reasoned argument connecting theorists to a field of ideas and to yet wider arenas of historical context and social movements in which ideas are expressed
    6. utilise and extend skills in oral presentation, communication and argumentation

    Assessment

    Oral seminar presentation (10 - 20 minutes) : 10%
    Summary of oral
    literature review (1000 -1,500 words) : 10%
    Essay (5000 words) : 50%
    Examination (2 hours) : 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week (26 hours per semester)


    PLM4290 - China: The quest for modernisation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A study of China's attempts to modernise in the wake of the Western impact last century emphasising the political economy. Key historical debates and the various development strategies pursued in China since 1949. Critical examination of the Soviet-inspired First Five Year Plan, the 'Maoist' programs of the Great Leap Forward and Cultural Revolution, and the various gyrations of the post-Mao 'reforms' constitute the main body of the subject.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4299,PLM5290


    PLM4310 - Wars of recognition: Terrorism and political violence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

    Objectives

    1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of
      1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts,
      2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge, and
      3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.

    1. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).

    1. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.

    Prohibitions

    PLT4319,PLM5310


    PLM4320 - Republicanism and constitutionalism in Australia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Notions of republicanism, monarchism and citizenship inherent in the constitution of the Australian polity. The constitution in this sense means both the written document with its surrounding conventions and the ideas and ideologies upon which the polity is founded. The debate over republicanism and constitutionalism in Australia will be explored from cultural, historical, institutional, theoretical and comparative perspectives.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLM4340 - Fringe politics and extremist violence: An Introduction to terrorism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Flexible)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought.
    2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression.
    3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era.
    4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence.
    5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.
    6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
    7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay.
    8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One two hour seminar per week.

    Prerequisites

    PLM5340 OR PLT4349

    Prohibitions

    PLM5340,PLT4349


    PLM4390 - Grand theories of politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Janover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Selected topics in the history of political thought, including the nature of epic or grand theories of politics and the role of various forms of moral, religious, scientific, and metaphysical thinking in such theories. Texts and arguments considered are of two kinds:

    1. models of construction and deconstruction of the history of Western political and philosophical thought in writings of Heidegger, Arendt and Strauss;
    2. conceptions of knowledge, power and morality, culture and civilisation in the thinking of Socrates, Plato, Machiavelli, Rousseau and Nietzsche.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    PLM5390,PLT4399


    PLM4420 - Islam and modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Irfan Ahmad

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 30%; Take home Exam (6000 words): 60%; Class Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    PLT4429/PLM5420


    PLM4430 - Political Islam

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
    Short essay (2000 words): 30%
    Take-home exam paper (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    A 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4430,PLM5430


    PLM4440 - Global soul: Consumers, citizens and rebels

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Muldoon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.

    1. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.

    1. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.

    1. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).

    1. Display advanced oral communication skills.

    1. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (5000 words)
    Take home exam: 40%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLM5440,PLT4449


    PLM4460 - Conflict resolution and Islam in the Middle East

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have

    1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution;
    2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution;
    3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution;
    4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan;
    5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East;
    6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints;
    7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I & II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society;
    8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution;
    9. A sophisticated level of oral skills;
    10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays;
    11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% +Oral presentation: 20%
    Class tests: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    PLT4469,PLM4460


    PLM4480 - Culture, norms and Ideas in international politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Introduction to the debate between reflectivist and rationalist scholars about the nature of world politics and the future of international relations theory. The unit asks whether culture, norms and ideas really matter, and whether understanding these factors will lead to better theories about conflict and cooperation in international politics.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 60%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLM4490 - Islam in Turkey and Indonesia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

    1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
    2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent, conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance, conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
    4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
    5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
    6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
    7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
    8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
    9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
    1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
    2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent, conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance, conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
    4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
    5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
    6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
    7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
    8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
    9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
    11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
    12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
    13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Field trip: 10%
    Class Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


    PLM4520 - Perspectives on world politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This seminar focuses on neo-Kantian and postmodernist conceptions of international relations, that is, on all those conceptions of international relations which purport to assist us in achieving justice and morality in international relations.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

    1. Show their comprehension of the many ways in which theories of international politics shape, and are shaped by, political philosophy, both classical and modern.

    1. Demonstrate their knowledge of a range of theories in international relations, including Kantian and noe-Kantian Theories, Critical Theories, Postmodernist Theories and Feminist Theories.

    1. Show their knowledge of the subject but also demonstrate how the theoretical concepts intrinsic to that knowledge apply, or fail to apply, to 'the real world' of international politics.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4529,PLM5520


    PLM4600 - Strategic studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andrew Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50% (2500 words)
    Class test: 40% (2 hours)
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4609,PLM5600


    PLM4700 - Green Political Theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A critical examination of the distinctive contribution of green political theory to political thought, including the green critique of the domination of nature (especially the critique of anthropocentrism) and the green analyses of the social, technological and economic conditions that have contributed to the current ecological predicament. Major continuities and discontinuities between green political theory and other traditions of modern and post-modern political thought are also examined. Particular attention will be devoted to ecological revisions that have been made to liberalism, socialism and feminism.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLM4750 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Group written work: 45%
    Test: 55%


    PLM4800 - Australian national government

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Economou

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Major impacts on Australian national government and politics over the last two decades. The changing economic and social fabric of Australia; the impact of globalisation and the re-emergence of neo-liberal ideology. The changing Australian political tradition; recent challenges to representative and accountable governance; the increase in political disenchantment and the gradual dealignment of the electorate and the effect of these on the political parties; and, more generally, the form and nature of democracy in Australia.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 40%
    Seminar presentation and participation: 20%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4809,PLM5800


    PLM4930 - Southeast Asian politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susan Blackburn

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Development strategies in Indonesia, Malaysia and Vietnam. Development options and development policies of successive governments - the groups which benefit and lose. Issues of political economy affecting the region as a whole, including environmental controversies, democratisation and women and development.

    Assessment

    Book report (2000 words): 25%
    Essay (4000 words): 45%
    Tutorial presentation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 20%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (2 x 1 hour lectures and 1 x 1 hour tutorial) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4930


    PLM5000 - Research dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will have an opportunity to conduct in-depth research into a topic of their choice under staff supervision.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate developed skills to read critically material from, and acquire knowledge of, a selected field of international relations.

    1. Demonstrate developed skills in presenting such knowledge in an academically sound and convincing manner.

      1. Identify and develop a specific topic in the field of international relations for investigation;
      2. demonstrate an awareness and command of the available sources; and
      3. present a clear, logically ordered and sustained argument which meets high scholarly standards.

    Assessment

    Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

    Contact hours

    0.5 hour supervisory meeting per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    Students must have a distinction plus (70%+) in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


    PLM5000A - Research dissertation - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will have an opportunity to conduct in-depth research into a topic of their choice under staff supervision.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate developed skills to read critically material from, and acquire knowledge of, a selected field of international relations.
    2. Demonstrate developed skills in presenting such knowledge in an academically sound and convincing manner.
      1. Identify and develop a specific topic in the field of international relations for investigation;
      2. demonstrate an awareness and command of the available sources; and
      3. present a clear, logically ordered and sustained argument which meets high scholarly standards.

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Examination (2 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    0.5 hour supervisory meeting per fortnight

    Prerequisites

    Students must have a distinction plus (70%+) in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


    PLM5000B - Research dissertation - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton First semester 2009 (Off-campus)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will have an opportunity to conduct in-depth research into a topic of their choice under staff supervision.

    Objectives

    Upon successfully completing this subject, students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate developed skills to read critically material from, and acquire knowledge of, a selected field of international relations.
    2. Demonstrate developed skills in presenting such knowledge in an academically sound and convincing manner.
      1. Identify and develop a specific topic in the field of international relations for investigation;
      2. demonstrate an awareness and command of the available sources; and
      3. present a clear, logically ordered and sustained argument which meets high scholarly standards.

    Assessment

    Written work consisting of an 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%


    PLM5010 - Terrorism and security studies research project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision through preparing a 9,000 word project.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate skills to conduct original research independently.

    1. Demonstrate critical thinking, analytical and problem solving skills.

    1. Demonstrate a critical awareness of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism studies.

    1. Demonstrate their written communication skills across a 9,000 word project.

    Assessment

    Written work comprised of a 9,000 word research project: 100%

    Contact hours

    Fortnightly supervisory meetings

    Prerequisites

    Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Terrorism and Security Studies


    PLM5020 - Terrorism and security studies research dissertation

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Conduct original research independently.

    1. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.

    1. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.

    1. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 45%
    Exam: 45%
    Participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Fortnightly supervisory meetings

    Prerequisites

    Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Terrorism and Security Studies with at least a Credit Average result.


    PLM5020A - Terrorism and security studies research dissertation - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Conduct original research independently.
    2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.
    3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.
    4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

    Assessment

    Written work (3000 words): 60%
    Class test: 30%
    Class participation: 10%

    Prerequisites

    Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Terrorism and Security Studies with at least a Credit Average result.


    PLM5020B - Terrorism and security studies research dissertation - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students enrolled in this unit will have the opportunity to conduct independent, original, in-depth research into a terrorism-related topic of their choice under staff supervision. The unit is intended to develop students' overall research, analytical, conceptual, research and critical problem solving skills. Students will prepare and submit an original 18,000 word research dissertation.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Conduct original research independently.
    2. Critically analyse information and exhibit developed and problem solving skills.
    3. Undertake sophisticated and critical analysis of conceptual and empirical issues pertaining to terrorism and security studies.
    4. Demonstrate sophisticated written communication skills.

    Assessment

    Written work comprised of 18,000 word research dissertation: 100%

    Contact hours

    Fortnightly supervisory meetings

    Prerequisites

    Students must have completed 48 points of the Master of Terrorism and Security Studies with at least a Credit Average result.


    PLM5030 - Ethics in world politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore a number of real-world ethical problems in world politics, arising as a result of political transformations associated with 'globalisation'. These include problems such as poverty and inequality in the global economy, just war and legitimate political violence in an age of terrorism, and the political legitimacy of state and non-state actors (including Corporations, NGOs, and International Organisations). This unit will further familiarise students with a range of ethical and normative political theories devised to help analyse and resolve such new ethical dilemmas in world politics, and encourage students to apply these critical tools to real-world ethical problems.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will have achieved:

    1. Understanding of the practical and policy dimensions of a range of ethical problems in world politics, including: poverty and economic inequality; the character and prospects of 'fair trade' regimes and associated labour rights; human rights interventionism; justifications for new forms of political violence such as terrorism/the 'war on terror'; the power and political responsibility of corporations and NGOs; the democratic legitimacy of International Organisations; the rights of immigrants and refugees versus the right of states to control their borders; responsibility for climate change and future environmental protection.
    2. Knowledge of key normative and ethical theories pertinent to these practical ethical problems, including: Rawlsian, cosmopolitan, communitarian, and utilitarian theories of global 'justice' and ethics; classical and contemporary theories of 'just war' and ethical violence; theories of individual and state 'rights'; domestic and cosmopolitan 'democratic' theories; and ethical theories of 'responsibility'.
    3. Understanding of the theoretical basis for 'normative' methods of inquiry in world politics, and the way in which normative and empirical modes of analysis are distinct and inter-connected.
    4. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to examine critically the ethical credentials and political legitimacy of political decisions and institutions in world politics.
    5. Capacity to employ normative modes of theoretical analysis, in order to critically engage with and evaluate key ethical assumptions and arguments in the theoretical literature on global ethics.
    6. Proficient oral communication and analysis skills, developed through class participation and presentations.
    7. Proficient writing skills, developed through writing two essays.
    8. Proficient research skills, developed in particular through work on the major research essay component of the course; these should be developed to a level capable of sustaining the commencement of PhD research.

    Assessment

    Research essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    ITM4030, ITM5030, PLM4030, PLT4030


    PLM5065 - Advanced seminar in International political economy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Remy Davison

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit comprises an advanced seminar in international political economy (IPE), The unit explores the concept of a global political economy, and examines the key themes, theories and paradigms in IPE in the contemporary literature. The unit covers three main areas:

    1. theoretical approaches to the global political economy;
    2. major developments in 20th and 21st-century IPE; and
    3. case studies from North America, Europe and East Asia. Australia is included as a paradigmatic case of a 'middle power' that is both an influential actor in, as well as a state profoundly affected by, the global political economy

    Objectives

    The main objectives of the course are for students to develop:

    1. a critical understanding of the principal themes and theories in international political economy;
    2. an awareness of the major developments in the international political economy since World War Two, with emphasis upon the impact of economic interdependence and globalisation;
    3. insights into how a small country can influence international regulatory structures and institutions, in a world dominated by the economic powers like the United States, Japan and the European Union; and,
    4. a critical appreciation of the costs and benefits of Australia's responses to global economic pressures, with emphasis upon developments within the past decade.

    Assessment

    Essay (6,000 words) : 50%
    Examination (3 hours) : 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2-seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Admission to Politics 4th-Year Honours or admission to the MA in International Relations or admission to the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies

    Prohibitions

    PLT4065,PLM4065


    PLM5070 - Foreign aid and world development B

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susan Blackburn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Starting from an overview of the aid industry since 1945, this subject canvasses arguments for and against foreign aid, then considers the contributions to world development of bilateral, multilateral and non-government agencies, and the relations between these forms of aid, with special emphasis on Australia's role. To conclude, some current issues relating to aid will be examined. Students will be required to participate in a role-play workshop on non-government aid agencies.

    Objectives

    On completing this subject, students should be able to understand, analyse and assess the major philosophical and empirical arguments for and against foreign aid; understand the major trends in the theory and practice of foreign aid; understand the work of aid agencies; and engage in reasoned analysis and debate on the numerous contested issues in this field of study.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prohibitions

    PLM4065,PLM5075


    PLM5075 - Foreign aid and world development B

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Susan Blackburn

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Starting from an overview of the aid industry since 1945, this subject canvasses arguments for and against foreign aid, then considers the contributions to world development of bilateral, multilateral and non-government agencies, and the relations between these forms of aid, with special emphasis on Australia's role. To conclude, some current issues relating to aid will be examined.

    Objectives

    On completing this subject, students should be able to understand, analyse and assess the major philosophical and empirical arguments for and against foreign aid; understand the major trends in the theory and practice of foreign aid; understand the work of aid agencies; and engage in reasoned analysis and debate on the numerous contested issues in this field of study. Fifth year students should acquire a deeper knowledge of the working of and relations between non-government aid organizations.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLM4075 and PLM 5070


    PLM5080 - Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Bill Kelly

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject investigates how counter-terrorism policy is developed, implemented and how various stakeholders such as the Victorian and Federal Government, Police, ethnic, religious community and non-governmental organizations interact to combat terrorism. The unit devotes significant attention to each stakeholder's areas of competency and their main responsibilities. In addition, the subject addresses the significance of mobilizing communities to counter-act radicalization and violence, and the significance of multiculturalism to security. Student interaction with current counter-terrorism stakeholders will enhance their knowledge and appreciation of the subject matter.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit students should:

    1. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles in counter-terrorism policy formulation, oversight and implementation.
    2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
    3. Develop an appreciation of the range of (occasional conflicting) interests in counter-terrorism policy-making and in countering terrorism.
    4. Develop an understanding of how key counter-terrorism stakeholders develop consensus and resolve potential conflicts amongst themselves.
    5. Develop a sophisticated understanding of the policies and legislation that govern counter-terrorism policy in Australia and internationally, but with a particular emphasis on Victoria.
    6. Develop an understanding of the roles that social cohesion and multiculturalism can play in counter-terrorism within Australia and globally, but especially in Victoria.
    7. Develop an understanding of how ethnic and religious communities' leaders manage (occasional) competing demands of the broader society and their constituents.
    8. Develop an understanding of how civil society (especially non-governmental organizations and the media) play in protecting civil liberties and mediating between the demands of competing counter-terrorism stakeholders.
    9. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively. Specifically to:
    a. develop a topic for investigation;
    b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;
    c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
    1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
    2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Take-home exam (3000 words):50%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    PLM4080


    PLM5090 - Interfaith relations in the 21st century

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine the role of interfaith relations in promoting social harmony and common security in the 21st century. It will include a historical overview of interfaith relations; religion and globalization; interfaith peacebuilding; methods for interfaith engagement; the nexus between interfaith relations and security since the terrorist attacks of 11 September 2001; approaches to interfaith relations from the major religious traditions; a case study of interfaith relations in Australia; gender and youth issues in interfaith; interfaith environmental activism.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

    1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
    2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
    4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
    5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations & security following the events of September 11, 2001
    6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
    7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
    8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
    9. a sophisticated level of oral skills
    10. improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    11. developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
    1. an intricate knowledge of the international history of interfaith relations
    2. an understanding of the significance of religion in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements and the role of religion in conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. an understanding of the role of religion in peacebuilding and conflict resolution
    4. a detailed knowledge of the methods and practices of interreligious engagement
    5. an understanding of the nexus between interfaith relations & security following the events of September 11, 2001
    6. an understanding of the various manifestations of interreligious engagement including Jewish, Christian, Muslim, Buddhist and Hindu perspectives
    7. an understanding of interreligious engagement in the Australian context, with particular emphasis on co-operation between religious and state actors including police
    8. an understanding of interreligious environmental activism
    9. highly sophisticated level of oral skills
    10. highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
    11. highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Field trip: 10%
    Class participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and one 1-day (7 hours) field trip


    PLM5100 - Terrorism, counter-terrorism & intelligence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Phil Gregory

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject investigates how governments respond to terrorism through policies usually referred to as 'counter-terrorism'. In particular, it examines the central role state intelligence services play identifying, developing, formulating and implementing counter-terrorism programs,. It also assesses conventional approaches to intelligence collection, analysis, comparative intelligence practices, and the role of intelligence in national security policy formation, and how global terrorist networks pose new intelligence challenges. Case studies and scenarios are used to assist students comprehend the themes and gain insights into professional intelligence officers' responsibilities.

    Objectives

    1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the nature, methodology and scope of the threats posed to national security by terrorist networks as well as the degree to which intelligence identified measures to counter those threats have been effective and appropriate.
    2. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of the traditional functions and capabilities of intelligence agencies and how they have responded to the new challenges and demands of counter-terrorist programs. In particular, we will explore issues raised by the increased emphasis on intelligence exchanges, intelligence liaison and covert action.
    3. To develop students' understanding of the role played by different aspects of intelligence gathering--especially HUMINT, SIGINT, IMINT, OSINT and Intelligence Analysis--in addressing these threats.
    4. To develop students' understanding of how different terrorist groups pose a variety of security threats and how different intelligence services around the world are responding to this challenge.
    5. To develop the students' understanding of the structure, processes, dynamics and communication within national and between international intelligence agencies--alliances, liaison relationships and exchanges.
    6. To develop students' understanding of the political and ethical dimensions that envelop contemporary debates over intelligence reform, especially within Australian.
    7. To enhance students' ability to contribute in a constructive way to public debates in areas including terrorism, counter-terrorism policy, trade-offs made by governments between personal freedoms and public security, and intelligence and security relationships between Australia and other states.
    8. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to communicate effectively.
    Specifically to:
    a. develop a topic for investigation;
    b. familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources;
    c. recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument;
    1. Develop a level of competency in understanding the trends in terrorism and political violence that will enable them to apply the theoretical and empirical studies examined in the unit to a contemporary or scenario-based exercise.
    2. Develop skills to pursue an original question for research.

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 35%
    Take-home exam (equivalent to 3000 words): 35%
    Class presentation (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
    Counter-terrorism scenario (equivalent to 1000 words): 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4750/PLM4750/PLM5750 Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence


    PLM5145 - Crises of reason: Psyche, society and morality

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Michael Janover

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit examines Sigmund Freud's writings on civilization. It compares Freud's concern with the unconscious moorings of social order to Friedrich Nietzsche's genealogy of morals and to Max Weber's historical sociology of ethics and politics. Nietzsche, Freud, and Weber make up a grand trio of acerbic critics of the optimism characteristic of European society prior to World War One. Together, Freud's psychoanalysis and Weber's sociology can be seen as parallel roads out of Nietzsche's account of morality. We will trace these roads and ask whether Nietzsche, Freud and Weber remain significant as theorists of twenty-first century psyches, society and morality.

    Objectives

    1. explain key ideas of Nietzsche on morality, Weber on work, and Freud on civilisation
    2. recognise and discuss the influence of the ideas of Nietzsche and Freud on key political ideologies and aesthetic movements of the twentieth century
    3. evaluate the possibility of combining psychological, social-theoretical, and philosophical accounts of order and disorder
    4. clarify the differences between explaining irrationality as a source of human behaviour and promoting irrationality in human conduct
    5. construct and articulate a reasoned argument connecting theorists to a field of ideas and to yet wider arenas of historical context and social movements in which ideas are expressed
    6. utilise and extend skills in oral presentation, communication and argumentation

    Assessment

    Oral seminar presentation (10 - 20 minutes) : 10%
    Summary of oral
    literature review (1000 -1,500 words) : 10%
    Essay (5000 words) : 50%
    Examination (2 hours) : 30%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week (26 hours per semester)


    PLM5210 - Leaders, politics and publics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Professor James Walter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    What is the relationship between leaders and their followers? Who become leaders, and why? What is their role in policy determination (and what should be its limits)? How do individuals persuade a public that they 'speak for' their interests? This unit engages with political psychology, introducing some applications of theory in relation to cultural, social and political interaction. No prior knowledge of psychology is required: students will be introduced to varieties of psychological theory that have been applied to political behaviour. Students will focus on case studies of leaders in action, or of policy determination.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will be able to: 1 Understand the theoretical debates about leadership and political psychology in political institutions. 2 Analyse the hierarchy of inputs into policy determination. 3 Distinguish between theoretical interpretation, secondary source review and primary source analysis. 4 Understand the techniques of case study approaches to political analysis, and demonstrate practical research and project management skills. 5 Develop advanced skills in oral and written communication. 6 Relate both knowledge and practical skills to potential careers in the public service, policy determination and private enterprise management.

    Assessment

    Research proposal (1000 words) : 10%
    Written exercise (theory) (1000 words) : 10%
    Case Study (5000 words) : 50%
    Exam (2000 words) : 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 2 hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    PLT4210,PLM4210


    PLM5290 - China: the quest for modernisation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dennis Woodward

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    As for PLM4290. Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Seminar presentation and participation: 10%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4299,PLM4290


    PLM5310 - Wars of recognition: Terrorism and political violence

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject explores the relationship between contemporary forms of political violence, especially terrorism, and the forces of globalisation. It focuses in particular on violence as a manifestation of the disintegration of traditional belief systems centering on 'the nation' and the emergence of assertive forms of sub-cultural resistance. Through case studies of terrorist networks and the ideologies that motivate them, the course addresses conundrums such as the distinction between 'freedom fighters' and 'terrorists', the relationship between technology, economy and political violence, and the impact of violence on traditional notions of national and international governance.

    Objectives

    1. To develop in students a sophisticated understanding of
      1. the global circumstances behind rise of culture and identity as contested political concepts,
      2. under what circumstances cultural politics can take on a violent/terrorist edge, and
      3. the implications of these developments for national and international forms of governance.

    1. To foster in students a high level understanding of the challenges posed to established norms of global politics by the spread of terrorist networks and other violence-prone movements (including through case studies of terrorist movements).

    1. To enhance students' ability to contribute to public debates on issues such as counter-terrorism, state-sponsored violence, and arguments over trade-offs between civil and individual rights and public security.

    1. To develop a sophisticated understanding of conceptual debates over politically motivated violence, especially how these debates have been shaped by divergent theories of globalisation.

    1. To develop a high level understanding of the moral ambiguities surrounding political violence, and how these ambiguities complicate measures to counter or control violence.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    Applicants should have completed a bachelors degree with a major in politics, or a Faculty Certificate in politics with grades of at least credit average. Subject to the approval of the Graduate Coordinator, applicants with a major in a cognate discipline may be admitted.

    Prohibitions

    PLT4319,PLM4310


    PLM5320 - Republicanism and constitutionalism in Australia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for PLM4320. Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Seminar participation: 10%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLM5340 - Fringe politics and extremist violence: An introduction to terrorism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Flexible)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Flexible)

    Synopsis

    Concentrating on contemporary religious extremists, vigilante and militia movements, and hate groups, this unit examines the political thought, identity politics, political, social and economic conditions that give rise to terrorism and other forms of political violence. The subject addresses the following questions: How are terrorism and extremism defined? What conditions lead to terrorism and what factors have been most successful preventing it? How has globalisation contributed to terrorism and counter-terrorism? How do terrorism and counter-terrorism affect democracy and civil liberties?

    Objectives

    Upon completing this subject students will be able to:

    1. Understand, identify and assess critically different forms of contemporary terrorist actions, extremist political movements and thought.
    2. Develop a comparative understanding of the role of states, elites, transnational corporations and marginalised communities in relation to cultural politics and the limits and potential of political expression.
    3. Appreciate the importance and limitations of identity politics in the post-Cold War era.
    4. Develop an understanding of the complex relationship between mainstream and fringe political thought, practice and tendencies and terrorism and political violence.
    5. Develop skills to read various forms of text critically (audio-visual materials, scholarly literature, internet sources) and incorporate them in their assessed work.
    6. Continue the development of critical skills and an ability to communicate effectively. Specifically to: develop a topic for investigation; familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources; recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.
    7. Demonstrate an advanced utilization and critique of primary and secondary resources in the research essay.
    8. Demonstrate an advanced and critical understanding of relevant conceptual frameworks pertaining to terrorism, fringe political movements and political violence.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    One two hour seminar per week.

    Prohibitions

    PLT4349 or PLM4340


    PLM5390 - Grand theories of politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Michael Janover

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4399,PLM4390


    PLM5420 - Islam and modernity

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have attained an intricate and critical knowledge of the diversity of Islamic thought in relation to modernity; a profound and detailed understanding of the key issues at the heart of tensions between Islam and modernity; a deep understanding of the way Muslims in the Muslim world and Muslims in the West are affected by the ongoing tension between Islam and modernity; a critical appreciation of the way reformist Islamic thinkers have tried to deal with the question compatibility between Islam and modernity; a detailed knowledge of the common ground between Islam and modernity that is used by Islamic modernists/reformers and the analytical ability to deconstruct that argument with reference to traditional Islamic sources; a deep understanding of the broad conceptual basis of Islamic political thoughts; a detailed understanding of the Islamic reformist movement that has emerged in the West; a sophisticated level of oral presentation skills; highly developed writing skills; and developed research skills..

    Assessment

    Essay (3000 words): 30%; Take home Exam (6000 words): 60%; Class Participation 10%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar


    PLM5430 - Political Islam

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject will explore the origins of 'political Islam' or 'Islamism'- a backlash against the economic, political and cultural dominance of the 'West'. It will survey the gamut of Islamist organisations in the Middle East, South and South East Asia against the backdrop of an increasingly shrinking world. Political Islam begins with the study of Islamic responses to European imperialism in the 19th and 20th centuries, with particular emphasis upon the emergence of Islamic modernism. It then focuses on the growth of Islamic movements and their response to contending ideologies, including secular nationalism and socialism. Finally we consider the impact of Islam on international relations.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will have gained a critical understanding of Islamic radicalism, in its different manifestations globally, and the political and conceptual forces that extend or hamper its scope. This subject will place political Islam within the context of a shrinking world and offer students a nuanced appreciation of relations between the West and the Muslim world.

    Assessment

    Seminar presentation (2000 words): 10%
    Short essay (2000 words): 30%
    Take-home exam paper (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    A 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4430,PLM4430


    PLM5440 - Global Soul: Consumers, citizens and rebels

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Paul Muldoon

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As the consumer ethos invades every area of our lives, identity is increasingly related less to the place one inhabits and more to what one owns or is capable of attaining. These developments have implications, not only for our political life as citizens, but for the Western tradition of thinking about politics itself. To the extent that political thought and action has traditionally been based around an embedded notion of citizenship, it is in serious need of re-examination. This unit explores how changes in modes of consumption in post-industrial societies have altered our notions of citizenship and produced a new 'politics of rebellion' outside the conventional political arena.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Understand different theoretical approaches to consumerism.

    1. Connect debates over consumerism to notions of democracy and citizenship.

    1. Develop a deeper understanding of globalisation and its discontents.

    1. Be able to make connections across different disciplines (particularly politics, sociology and cultural studies).

    1. Display advanced oral communication skills.

    1. Undertake independent research and present the results in a coherent written format.

    1. Critically reflect at an advanced level both orally and in writing on their prior knowledge and understanding of politics and political concepts.

    Assessment

    Oral Presentation (1,000 words equivalent): 10%
    Research Essay (5,000 words): 50%
    Take-home Exam (2 x 1,500 word essays): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4449,PLM4440


    PLM5460 - Conflict resolution and Islam in the Middle East

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ben MacQueen

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the patterns of civil and international conflict in Islamic societies in the Middle East and attempts at its resolution. Specifically, it will highlight how a variety of formal and informal conflict resolution mechanisms have been employed with varying degrees of success. This review of the mechanics of conflict resolution will be complemented by a detailed examination of conflict resolution theory and how it links to practice. A series of case studies will be coupled with a detailed examination of both the theoretical and practical underpinnings of conflict resolution to evaluate current and alternative trends at the resolution of conflict in the Middle East.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students will have

    1. An intricate knowledge of the patterns of conflict in the Middle East as well as the mechanics of conflict resolution;
    2. An understanding of the interconnectedness of patterns of conflict in the Middle East and an ability to relate the interconnectedness of conflicts to the difficulties of conflict resolution;
    3. An understanding of Islamic political and social mechanisms relative to the processes of conflict resolution;
    4. A detailed knowledge of the conflict resolution processes in the Arab-Israel/Israeli-Palestinian conflicts, the Lebanese civil war, the Iran-Iraq war, the Algerian civil war and the current conflicts in Iraq and Sudan;
    5. An appreciation of the role of international powers in the conflict and resolution processes in the Middle East;
    6. An understanding of the broad conceptual basis of conflict resolution theory from materialist, structuralist, and 'culturalist' standpoints;
    7. An understanding of the various manifestations of conflict resolution practice, such as Track I & II diplomacy, interstate and non-state negotiations, and the role of civil society;
    8. An understanding of the role of major international powers in Middle Eastern conflict resolution as well as the mechanics of United Nations conflict resolution practice, the role of NGOs and local cultural processes of conflict resolution;
    9. A sophisticated level of oral skills;
    10. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays;
    11. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%:
    Class tests: 40%

    Contact hours

    1 two-hour seminar

    Prohibitions

    PLT4469,PLM4460


    PLM5480 - Culture, norms and ideas in International politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for PLM4480. Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 60%
    Examination (3 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLM5490 - Islam in Turkey and Indonesia

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Greg Barton

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit examines the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia and pays particular attention to their progressive potential. Drawing upon the critical work of contemporary civil society movements and innovative intellectuals in both countries, it explores the conceptual and practical dimensions of the pursuit of constructive interfaith relations in the Islamic world. By placing Turkey and Indonesia at the centre of analysis, the unit aims to reveal Islam, less as a source of violence and terrorism, than as a source of tolerance, peace and conflict resolution.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students at 4th level will have achieved:

    1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
    2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent, conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance, conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
    4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
    5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
    6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
    7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
    8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
    9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability

    By the end of this unit, students at Masters level will have achieved:
    1. An sound understanding of the character and position of Islam and Islamic thought in contemporary Turkey and Indonesia
    2. An understanding of the significance of Islam in late modernity, with particular emphasis on the rise of religious social movements in Turkey and Indonesia and the role of Islamic movements in political dissent, conflict, violence and terrorism
    3. An understanding of the role of Islamic social movements in Turkey and Indonesia in promoting tolerance, conflict resolution and contributing to the common good
    4. A sound understanding of traditional Islamic thought, practices and social movements in Turkey and Indonesia
    5. A broad understanding of the social, historical and intellectual dynamics driving Islamic revivalism in Turkey and Indonesia
    6. A broad understanding of radical Islamist movements in Turkey and Indonesia, including terrorist groups
    7. An sound understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Indonesia
    8. An understanding of progressive Islamic thought and social movements in Turkey, in particular the contribution of Said Nursi and the Nurcu movements and of Fethullah Gulen and the Gulen movement to Islamic thought and practice in Turkey
    9. Improved writing skills by producing two research essays
    10. Developed research skills and theoretical background and ability
    11. Highly sophisticated level of oral skills
    12. Highly developed writing skills by producing two research essays
    13. Highly developed research skills and theoretical background and ability.

    Assessment

    Short essay (3000 words): 30%
    Major essay (5000 words): 50%
    Field trip: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour lecture and one 1-hour seminar per week, and in addition one 7-hour field trip


    PLM5520 - Perspectives on world politics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Terry MacDonald

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to demonstrate the ability to:

    1. Show their comprehension of the many ways in which theories of international politics shape, and are shaped by, political philosophy, both classical and modern.

    1. Demonstrate their knowledge of a range of theories in international relations, including Kantian and noe-Kantian Theories, Critical Theories, Postmodernist Theories and Feminist Theories.

    1. Show their knowledge of the subject but also demonstrate how the theoretical concepts intrinsic to that knowledge apply, or fail to apply, to 'the real world' of international politics.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    2 hours exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4529,PLM4520


    PLM5600 - Strategic studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Strategic studies is defined here as the analysis of the military dimension of international relations. Within this setting, the unit looks at the following topics: the role of US military power in world affairs, Australian defence policy, armed intervention, threats to the peace, the proliferation of 'weapons of mass destruction', arms control and concepts of security. Fifth-year level students demonstrate an awareness of how strategic issues can be related to broader conceptual concerns in the field of international relations.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4609,PLM4600


    PLM5620 - Research project (Politics)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Candidates are required to carry out a program of research, under individual supervision, on a topic of their own choosing.

    Assessment

    Research project (9000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    Students must have a distinction plus (70%+) in the two core units of the Master of International Relations program.


    PLM5700 - Green Political Theory

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for PLM4700. Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Assessment

    Essay (6000 words): 50%
    Examination (3 hours): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PLM5750 - Special reading course

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Andy Butfoy

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    PLM5800 - Australian national government

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Economou

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students devise their own research question (in consultation with the lecturer). In researching the essay they engage in substantive research using both primary and secondary materials, and show an awareness of relevant conceptual frameworks.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Oral presentation: 10%
    Class participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PLT4809,PLM4800


    PLM5995 - Internship in counter-terrorism studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Pete Lentini

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students may apply for this competitive internship which will be restricted to one student per semester who is jointly approved by the Department of Premier and Cabinet, Parliament of Victoria and the Global Terrorism Research Centre (GTReC). The intern will gain vocational experience working in the Department's Security and Emergencies Unit, become acquainted with the areas of competence within the Unit and the Department, produce a research project on a counter-terrorism related topic upon which both the Department and GTReC agree, and enhance critical writing and communication skills by assisting in the drafting of related documents.

    Objectives

    Upon completing this unit students should:

    1. Develop an understanding of the role of the role of the Security and Emergencies Unit and Department of Premier's counter-terrorism functions.
    2. Develop an understanding of key counter-terrorism stakeholders' roles and significance in countering terrorism and the dynamics of their interactions.
    3. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to develop a topic for investigation.
    4. Develop skills to produce a major original project that is relevant to contemporary counter-terrorism policy and counter-terrorism stakeholders, especially the Security and Emergencies Unit, Department of Premier and Cabinet.
    5. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to familiarise themselves with a wide range of sources.
    6. Continue to develop critical skills and their abilities to recognise and be able to present a logically ordered argument.

    Assessment

    One research project (9000 words) that is mutually agreed upon by the Global Terrorism Research Centre and Department of Premier and Cabinet.

    Contact hours

    The student will be based for two days (approx. 16 hours) within the Security and Emergencies Unite, Department of Premier and Cabinet. In addition, the candidate will have weekly meetings with the Convenor of the Master of Counter-Terrorism Studies to discuss progress.

    Prerequisites

    Students must have successfully completed with distinction or above in all of the following: PLM4340/5340 (Fringe politics and extremist violence: an introduction to terrorism); PLM4310/5310 (Wars of recognition: terrorism and political violence); PLM4100/5100 (Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence) and PLM4080/5080 (Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support).

    Prohibitions

    Students who have not completed or achieved the marks of distinction or above in PLM4340/5340 (Fringe politics and extremist violence: an introduction to terrorism); PLM4310/5310 (Wars of recognition: terrorism and political violence); PLM4100/5100 (Terrorism, counter-terrorism, and intelligence) and PLM4080/5080 (Counter-terrorism policy, legislation, community engagement and support).


    PRF4000 - Work in context

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will examine a broad range of issues raised by transformations in the forms and practices of work from a range of differing theoretical and disciplinary perspectives. Students will explore the direct and indirect impacts of these changes on the nature of work in the contemporary labour market with a focus on developing strategic responses, including the impact of technological change on work and workers, the changing nature of the organisation and processes of production and the impact this has on workplace skill requirements, the growth of alternatives to full-time paid employment, and the rise of precarious employment and the impact this has on job security.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation (equivalent to 1,500 words when written up for submission): 20%
    Interpretive exercise (3,000 words): 30%
    Research project (4,500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PRF4010 - Labour market analysis and career planning

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Janne Skinner

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with a critical understanding of the changing Australian labour market. This unit will

    1. develop students' understanding of the processes of professional job markets;
    2. critically engage students in the generalist/specialist debates in education and labour market circles;
    3. develop students' ability to analyse labour markets (including current and future changes) to identity skill requirements and career potential;
    4. provide students with practical instruction in a number of labour market related activities such as resume preparation, job search and interview skills; and
    5. develop and extend students' career-management skills and capacities.

    Assessment

    Skills interpretation exercise (equivalent to 3,000 words): 30%
    Career potential and management plan (including CV) (equivalent to 1,500 words): 20%
    Research project (4,500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PRF4020 - Professional research and communication

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Janne Skinner

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The aim of this unit is to provide students with practical skills in professional research and communication. The unit will

    1. consolidate and extend students' existing skills in applied research and communication by introducing them to a range of research and communication practices in organizations, and
    2. develop and extend students' project management skills including using computerised project management software, and working in multi-cultural, multi-functional and cross-disciplinary project teams. The delivery of the unit will draw on academic staff with relevant skills and experience and a number of guest lecturers from the public and private sectors.

    Assessment

    Oral presentation (equivalent to 1,200 words when written up for submission): 30%
    Professional writing portfolio (equivalent to 1,300 words): 30%
    Applied research project (equivalent to 2,000 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PRF4030 - Understanding teams and organisations

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Janne Skinner

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will focus on professional practice in the workplace. It will:

    1. extend and consolidate students' existing skills and knowledge in managing oneself in a professional manner in an organised and culturally diverse environment;
    2. develope an awareness and understanding of the range of ways in which work can be organised and carried out in contemporary workplaces including teams and contracted work;
    3. develop a sensitivity to ethical practice, gender and cultural differences, equity and equal opportunity in the workplace; and
    4. develop an understanding of the range of legislation which governs work practices on the part of both employer and employee.

    Assessment

    Reflective exercise (equivalent to 1,000 words): 20%
    Group simulation exercise (equivalent to 1,500 words when written up for submission): 30%
    Research project (equivalent to 2,000 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PRF4040 - Professional studies internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Janne Skinner

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit is a field-based unit where students undertake a 40-day work placement aimed at consolidating and extending what they have learnt from the Professional Studies course through experiential learning. The unit develops their understanding of the nuances of applying academically obtained skills and knowledge to an actual workplace environment; and facilitates their acquisition of work-based networks for potential employment opportunities. Students will undertake a structured professional development program negotiated with the academic and workplace supervisors and will participate in regular progress review sessions with the supervisors.

    Assessment

    Pre-placement issues paper and learning plan (equivalent to 2000 words): 20%
    Field journal (equivalent to 2,500 words): 30%
    Placement report (equivalent to 4,500 words): 50%

    Contact hours

    Field-based, contact hours to be negotiated.


    PUB4001 - Publishing history, culture and commerce

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. Value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit the student should have acquired:

    1. an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development;
    2. a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book;
    3. an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present;
    4. an appreciation of the study of the history of the book;
    5. advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

    Assessment

    Three papers (4500 words): 45%
    Major Essay (4500 words): 45%
    Class contribution and presentation:10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    PUB5001


    PUB4002 - Authorship, editing and text

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practice and enhance their skills as copy editors.

    Objectives

    At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired

    1. an understanding the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide;
    2. an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copy-editor and the commissioning editor;
    3. foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copy-editing and skills as copy-editors.

    Assessment

    Practical exercises (2000 words): 20%
    Three assignments (6000 words): 60%
    Participation and presentation: 10%
    Examination (1 hour): 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PUB4003 - Publishing processes and new technology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    An overview of the role of the various production processes and their management in publishing. Students are taken through the various stages of the physical production of various formats (books, magazines and newspapers) and their subsequent marketing and distribution. The contribution of new technology and multi-media outcomes are explored.

    Objectives

    At the conclusion of this subject students should have acquired:

    1. an understanding of the stages and forms of production in publishing;
    2. an understanding of different roles in the production process (typesetting, format design, etc);
    3. an understanding of the transformations brought about by new technologies in different forms of publishing;
    4. an understanding of editorial management in the process of transformation of text into publication.

    Assessment

    Practical exercises (3000 words): 35%
    Review essay (5000 words): 50%
    Examination (1000 words): 15%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar per week


    PUB4004 - New publishing media

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Electronic and print production processes have converged effectively in most sectors of the publishing and communications industries. The professional editor, publisher and writer must now have an advanced understanding of the application of new publishing technologies, and of how these technologies affect their ways of working with others involved in the processes of publishing. The competence and productivity of the professional depends on such knowledge and its application, and this unit, which is vocational in character, provides the student with an invaluable basis of knowledge and skills for entry into the world of publishing.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject the student should have acquired:

    1. an advanced understanding of electronic publication and of electronic publishing in the publishing and communications industries;
    2. an understanding of the roles of the writer and editor in the creation and production of electronic publications;
    3. a knowledge of the convergence of editorial and production processes for print and electronic publishing
    4. an understanding of the techniques of writing and editing texts for electronic publication, including scholarly publications.

    Assessment

    Practical exercises including a field exercise report (2500 words): 25%
    Research essay (3000 words): 30%
    Evaluation of multimedia product (1500 words): 20%
    Examination (2 hours): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    PUB4007 - Advanced editing

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject takes this further and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, technical and scientific editing. Students will also be allowed to specialise in chosen applied fields.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired:

    1. an understanding the editor's role in book, magazine and electronic publishing;
    2. an understanding of editorial skills, including literary, electronic, multimedia, professional and corporate publishing, and scholarly editions;
    3. an understanding of plain language, key principles and practices applicable to the editorial and related functions of a publishing house (including management of freelance editors), style councils.

    Assessment

    Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%
    Long Essay (3500 words): 35%
    Practical Exercises (3000 words): 30%
    Examination (1 hour): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    PUB4002 or PUB4020 or equivalent industry experience

    Prohibitions

    PUB5007


    PUB4008 - The professional editor

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The professional editor plays a central role in the productive and creative operations of a publishing house. He, or she, sets or maintains editorial and production standards and is largely responsible for the day to day management of major publishing projects (including complex electronic publications), the publishing program and the editorial and production team. This unit will concentrate on developing a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject student have acquired

    1. an understanding of the role of the senior or managing editor in a publishing house;
    2. an understanding of the responsibilities of the professional editor in major publishing projects and also in-house or freelance editors, designers, illustrators and book production staff;
    3. an ability to scrutinise codes of publishing practice and editorial standards;
    4. an ability to critically review style guides and production manuals;
    5. an understanding of the role of the professional editor in the development of complex electronic publications.

    Assessment

    Essay (1750 words): 40%
    Essay (1750 words): 40%
    Practical Exercise(1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    Two hours per week plus site visitations and guest lecturers.

    Co-requisites

    Normally undertaken as part of the Graduate Certificate in Professional Editing with PUB 4020 and PUB 4007

    Prohibitions

    PUB5008


    PUB4010 - Selling the book and publication rights

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit the student should have acquired:

    1. an understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade;
    2. an understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context;
    3. an understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling;
    4. developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.

    Assessment

    Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%
    Long Essay (3500 words): 35%
    Practical Exercises in copywriting and sales (3000 words): 30%
    Examination (1 hour): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus additional site visits and guest lectures.

    Prohibitions

    PUB5010


    PUB4020 - Copy editing for professionals

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an overview of the role of the editor or writer of texts for publication or communication in fields such as Science and Technology, Medicine, Psychology, Education, Law or Finance where specialist editors and publishers produce books, journals or other publications in printed and electronic forms. The editors who prepare them for publication apply professional knowledge and skills in ways that meet subject-specific requirements and expectations. This unit is vocational and will provide the student with a sound understanding of copy-editing in both its essential elements and its application for professional purposes.

    Objectives

    Upon completion students should have acquired:

    1. a basic understanding of the theory and practice of copy-editing,
    2. an in-depth introduction to the particular requirements and expectations of editorial practice in their field of knowledge or specialisation,
    3. an understanding in outline of the publishing industry in Australia and internationally in professional, reference and educational publishing,
    4. an ability to apply their knowledge by copy-editing texts specific to their field.

    Assessment

    Three practical exercises (500 words each): 30%; Two assignments (1500 words each): 60%; participation and verbal presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    Two hours per week plus guest lectures and excursions

    Co-requisites

    PUB4008,PUB4007

    Prohibitions

    PUB4002,PUB5002


    PUB5001 - History of publishing and the impact of the book

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    As for PUB4001

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit the student should have acquired:

    1. an understanding the importance of the book in cultural development;
    2. a critical awareness of the forms of publishing and the culture of the book;
    3. an understanding of the publishing industry in Australia both past and present;
    4. an appreciation of the study of the history of the book;
    5. an understanding of government policy and publishing;
    6. advanced research and presentation skills, both written and oral.

    Assessment

    Historical perspectives on the book and publishing as agents of change. A critical introduction to the history of publishing and approaches to the study of publishing today in Australian and international contexts. The study of the various cycles in the history of the book analysed and assessed. The book as an object of government policy, value addition in publishing, print and electronic delivery, women in publishing, the publishing firm and social contribution of the book. Different approaches to the study of publishing and history of the book.

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level

    Prohibitions

    PUB4001


    PUB5002 - Authorship, editing and text

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    An overview of the role of and the relationships between author, editor and designer in publishing in Australia and internationally. Students are taken through the processes involved in the transmission of a text from manuscript to edited form. The role of commissioning editors, literary agents and copy editors are discussed and analysed and opportunities provided for students to practise and enhance their copy-editing skills. Different styles and requirements of copy-editing introduced.

    Objectives

    At the completion of the subject the student should have acquired:

    1. an understanding the structure and functioning of the publishing firm, of the structure and composition of the publishing industry in Australia and worldwide;
    2. an analytical appreciation of the roles of the copy-editor and the commissioning editor;
    3. foundation knowledge of the theory and practice of copy-editing and skills as copy-editors;
    4. an understanding of different varieties of editing and style.

    Assessment

    Practical exercises (2000 words): 20%
    Three assignments (6000 words): 60%
    Participation and presentation: 10%
    Examination (1 hour): 10%

    Contact hours

    2-hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level.

    Prohibitions

    PUB4002


    PUB5004 - New publishing media

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Electronic and print production processes have converged effectively in most sectors of the publishing and communications industries. The professional editor, publisher and writer must now have an advanced understanding of the application of new publishing technologies, and of how these technologies affect their ways of working with others involved in the processes of publishing. The competence and productivity of the professional depends on such knowledge and its application, and this unit, which is vocational in character, provides the student with an invaluable basis of knowledge and skills for entry into the world of publishing, including scholarly publishing.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject the student should have acquired:

    1. an advanced understanding of electronic publication and of electronic publishing in the publishing and communications industries;
    2. an understanding of the roles of the writer and editor in the creation and production of electronic publications;
    3. a knowledge of the convergence of editorial and production processes for print and electronic publishing
    4. an understanding of the techniques of writing and editing texts for electronic publication, including scholarly publications;
    5. a critical understanding of electronic publication for selected audiences.

    Assessment

    Practical exercises including a field exercise report (2500 words): 25%
    Research essay (3000 words): 30%
    evaluation of multimedia product (1500 words): 20%
    Examination (2 hours): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level

    Prohibitions

    PUB4004


    PUB5005 - Publishing industry project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan and Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    An industry-relevant publishing project involving the preparation of a text for publication, a project based on an industry placement or a reading course on some aspect of the publishing industry or publishing history. Prior to the start of semester students are responsible for devising their topic as well as seeking approval from the course co-ordinator. The project is normally undertaken over the course of 13 weeks during a semester unit and is assessed by a suitably qualified staff member. Students are responsible for devising their research topic in consultation with their supervisor.

    Objectives

    1. To provide students with an opportunity to undertake an extended industry-oriented research project focusing on a topic or topics of their particular interest;
    2. to develop students' capacity to draw on a range of suitable research methodologies;
    3. to develop students' capacity to undertake an analysis of suitable secondary data;
    4. to develop students' written communication skills;
    5. to develop students' capacity to tackle a particular issue, project or problem in depth.

    Assessment

    Written work to the equivalent of 9000 words (9000 words) : 100%

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level and PUB 4001, PUB4002 and PUB4003 or equivalent or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


    PUB5006 - The publishing firm

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The organisation, objectives and operations of typical publishing firms. Principles and practices of management in the publishing industry. Topics include the objectives of the firm; decision-making processes; the management of intellectual property, including contracting with authors, suppliers, distributors, other publishers; financial management; the creation and supervision of teams; project management; the supervision of team-leaders and project managers; staff appraisals; the management of specialists and suppliers, including outsourcing; information technology, records and archives management; managing change in the firm.

    Objectives

    At the completion of the subject candidates should have acquired:

    1. a sound understanding of the importance of management in publishing;
    2. an understanding of key principles and practices applicable to the publishing firm, the organisation of the publishing firm and of the publishing industry;
    3. analytical, problem-solving and presentational skills appropriate to the context of publishing.

    Assessment

    Two projects and practical assignments (2000 words): 45%
    Essay (1500 words): 35%
    Examination (1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus industry seminars

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level including PUB 4001, PUB4002 and PUB4003 or equivalent, or with the approval of the co-ordinator.


    PUB5007 - Advanced editing

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit is a key component in a program of tuition in editing upon which the student builds to achieve full professional competence. Students will have undertaken basic exercises following completion of an approved pre-requisite and be familiar with the work of the professional editor and the role of copy-editing in the preparation of the manuscript for publication. This subject takes this further and examines specialised applications of copy editorial skill, including, for example, technical and scientific editing. Students will also be allowed to specialise in chosen applied fields.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject students should have acquired:

    1. an understanding the editor's role in book, magazine and electronic publishing;
    2. an understanding of editorial skills, including literary, electronic, multimedia, professional and corporate publishing, and scholarly editions;
    3. an understanding of plain language, key principles and practices applicable to the editorial and related functions of a publishing house (including management of freelance editors), style councils;
    4. an understanding of new applied styles with different textual materials.

    Assessment

    Seminar essay and presentation essays (1500 words): 20%
    Long Essay (3500 words): 35%
    Practical Exercises (3000 words): 30%,
    Examination (1 hour): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus industry seminars

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level, including PUB4002 or PUB4020 or equivalent industry experience.

    Prohibitions

    PUB4007


    PUB5008 - The professional editor

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The professional editor plays a central role in the productive and creative operations of a publishing house. He, or she, sets or maintains editorial and production standards and is largely responsible for the day-to-day management of major publishing projects (including complex electronic publications), the publishing program and the editorial and production team. The professional editor will already have trained as a copy-editor. This advanced unit will concentrate on developing a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this subject student have acquired

    1. an understanding of the role of the senior or managing editor in a publishing house;
    2. an understanding of the responsibilities of the professional editor in major publishing projects and also in-house or freelance editors, designers, illustrators and book production staff;
    3. an ability to scrutinise codes of publishing practice and editorial standards;
    4. an ability to critically review style guides and production manuals;
    5. an understanding of the role of the professional editor in the development of complex electronic publications;
    6. a sound understanding of the broader responsibilities and professional concerns of the editorial manager in a variety of situations.

    Assessment

    Essay (1750 words): 40%
    Essay (1750 words): 40%
    Practical Exercise(1000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    Two hours per week plus site visitations and guest lecturers.

    Prohibitions

    PUB4008


    PUB5010 - Selling the book and Publication Rights

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mr Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    The Australian publishing industry is both a large national industry and a significant part of a massive global industry. Australian publishers, printers and booksellers participate in an international book trade in which rights to books and electronic products are both produced and bought and sold for publication in different countries and different languages. This unit examines the commercial operation and dynamics of publishing in a globalised environment. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights).

    Objectives

    1. An understanding of the dynamics and processes of the Australian book trade

    1. An understanding of the Australian book trade in its international context.

    1. An understanding and capacity to analyse established and emerging methods of book and e-book marketing and selling

    1. Developed basic skills in copywriting and the negotiation of sales rights.

    1. An understanding of international procedures of marketing and selling of publication rights of all kinds (including translation, reproduction, adaptation and electronic rights)

    Assessment

    Seminar essay and presentation (1500 words): 20%
    Long Essay (3500 words): 35%
    Practical Exercises in copywriting and sales (3000 words): 30%,
    Examination (1 hour): 15%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week plus additional site visits and guest lectures

    Prerequisites

    48 points at 4th year level

    Prohibitions

    PUB4010


    PUB5100 - Publishing internship project

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr David Dunstan and Nick Walker

    Offered

    City (Melbourne) First semester 2009 (Day)
    City (Melbourne) Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students work with a publishing firm or appropriate publishing professional for a minimum of 80-90 hours under academic and professional supervision. They complete a report on their internship (or provide other evidence of work undertaken) and write a reflective essay dealing with some aspect of the work situation. A short viva voce examination draws on the student's work experience. This internship may be undertaken in any aspect of the publishing industries: editing, marketing, sales, retailing, promotions, etc.

    Objectives

    On completion of this subject students should have:

    1. gained a developed understanding of work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries, e.g. copy editing, sales and marketing, book design;
    2. developed work skills associated with work in at least one aspect of the publishing industries;
    3. written a reflective essay on the aspect of the publishing industries providing the internship experience;
    4. demonstrated a capacity to report and reflect critically on work practices and experiences in the publishing industries;
    5. acquired an understanding of the knowledge, practices and/or technology specific to certain branches of the publishing industry.

    Assessment

    Workplace report or evidence of task work (1750 words): 40%
    Reflective Essay (1750 words): 40%
    Presentation (1000 words): 20%,

    Contact hours

    Minimum of 80-90 hours over the course of semester spent in an industry internship. Equivalent of 12 hours per week contact and private study

    Prerequisites

    Completion of 48 points at 4th year level, including PUB 4001, PUB4002 and PUB4003 or equivalent.



    RCD4601 - Facilitating community development

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to enhance the skills, knowledge and understanding of facilitating the community involvement of diverse groups of people into areas of decision-making. This solution- focused learning will introduce participants to a systematic approach to enable 'ordinary people' to work together and establish common goals towards sustainable futures.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will: have a knowledge and understanding of rural/regional community development principles and practice; understand and apply collaborative learning strategies; have basic skills in facilitating group involvement in learning; demonstrate capacity to work towards facilitating involvement of diverse sectors within the community; and engage in self directed learning through reflection and evaluation.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (1000) : 20%
    Assignment 2 (2000) : 50%
    Journal (1000) : 20%
    Participation in community-based learning (500) : 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week equivalent

    Prohibitions

    EDF5602, RCD5602


    RCD4602 - Theory and practice of community development 1

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit provides a significant learning experience for students in implementing the principles, skills and strategies of collaborative education, by establishing a community group or workplace project to advance understanding in the development of community engagement towards sustainability. The unit provides a framework and supervised practice that requires the student to reflect on the integration of theory and practice in facilitating skill development within their community or workplace.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will: demonstrate a highly developed understanding of the principles and practice of rural/regional community development, integrating and extending the knowledge from RCD4601 with new experientially-acquired knowledge; and demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of the value and effectiveness of collaborative learning strategies and self directed learning in relation to rural/regional community development through application to a community project.

    Assessment

    Planning proposal (2000) : 50%
    Reflective journal and participation (equivalent to 2000 words) 50% ( 2500 words) : 50%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week equivalent

    Prohibitions

    EDF5605, RCD5605


    RCD4603 - Theory and practice of community development 2

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Students will facilitate a group of interested community members or workplace colleagues in the process of collaborative engagement. Attention will be paid to the development of a public language and voice from within this group, in contributing to future directions for their community or workplace. The unit provides a framework and supervised practice requiring students to reflect on the integration between theory and practice in facilitating community engagement.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will: demonstrate a capacity to carry through to completion a project that requires skills in the changing roles of group facilitation, demonstrating sensitivity to the increasing independence of learners as well as diverse personalities involved in local issues and interests; and demonstrate an advanced capacity to reflect on and evaluate their own skills in collaborative learning and group facilitation through written, oral and or visual presentation of their analysis, in collaboration with group members.

    Assessment

    Journal (1000) : 20%
    Assignment (3000) : 70%
    Group facilitation ( 500) : 10%

    Prerequisites

    RCD4602

    Prohibitions

    EDF5606, RCD5606


    RCD4604 - Collaborative engagement in communities

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The content of the unit will advance understanding of collaborative learning principles and practice in relation to regional community development. This will be achieved through attention to practical engagement techniques for implementing a sequence of strategies relevant for groups moving from private to public areas of decision making.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit students will: have an advanced understanding of rural/regional community development principles and practice; demonstrate critical understanding and application of collaborative learning strategies and self-directed learning in relation to rural and regional community development; demonstrate skills and knowledge in facilitating group involvement in learning; demonstrate skills in involving diverse sectors within the community; and demonstrate the capacity to reflect on and critically evaluate their own skills and knowledge in collaborative learning.

    Assessment

    Assignment 1 (2000) : 45%
    Assignment 2 (2000) : 45%
    Participation in regional activities (500) : 10%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week equivalent

    Prohibitions

    EDF5603, RCD5603


    RLM4000 - Research paper in religion and theology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

    Assessment

    Research paper (9000 words): 100%


    RLM4040 - Islamic thought in the modern world

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines various major trends in the contemporary Islamic world, situating them in the context of the major confrontation of Islam with modernity, in North Africa, Turkey, India, and other parts of the Islamic world. Consideration will be given both to movements demanding strict implementation of traditional sources of authority and to contextualist schools of thought concerned with interpreting Islamic principles within evolving socio-economic conditions. The impact of socialism, feminism, secularism and concern with human rights on a range of contemporary Islamic thinkers will be studied, both within a range of traditionally Islamic countries, and among Muslims within the West.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing RLM4040:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the principles, main varieties and characteristics of the mainstrands of contemporary Islamic thought;
    2. Will be familiar with the social and political context of the main varieties of contemporary Islamic thought;
    3. Will be familiar with the major contemporary debates within Islam and relation to its encounter with other contemporary intellectual, social and political movements;
    4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations; and
    5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression.

    Assessment

    Review exercises (2000 words): 20%; Research Essay (7000 words): 70%; Seminar participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    1 X 2 hour seminar, per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4040, RLM5040


    RLM4060 - Medieval women and their world: Constructing identities 1100-1450

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit looks at the way a range of medieval women (like Heloise, Hildegard of Bingen, Julian of Norwich, and Christine de Pizan), shaped and performed their identity through visionary and scholarly writing, and thus helped transform conventional themes in theology, literature and art, 1100-1450. The unit will explore the ways in which women sought to transform both secular and religious understanding of their own identity, and thus to question received ideas about gender, religion and ethics.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Reflect critically on historiography relating to gender and religion in the medieval period.

    1. Gain familiarity with the literary achievement of a range of women writers and visionaries in medieval Europe.

    1. Acquire research skills in analysing and contextualising the thought of at least two women writers.

    1. Gain expertise in relating literature to visual representations in the period.

    Assessment

    Essay (7000 words): 60%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4400, RLM5060


    RLM4070 - Buddhism: Society, politics and ethics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Mabbett

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Ethical and social doctrines in early Buddhist texts and their implications for questions of politics in the light of the society of the time. Buddhist ethical doctrines and theories in the light of Western philosophical issues. The unit highlights selected issues of social concern such as human relationships and emotions, women and family, race, caste and identity orientations, equality, freedom and human rights, ethical issues pertaining to the environment, and death and dying.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Buddhism as the matrix of experience in several Asian countries.

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.

    1. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to key Buddhist doctrines.

    1. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.

    1. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, the relationship between Buddhist monks and laymen.

    1. Have examined the implications of Buddhist doctrines for social and political relationships.

    1. Understand the impact of the impulse to asceticism which was part of the Buddhist agenda.

    1. Have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of the early Buddhist order.

    1. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and philosophical Buddhist texts.

    1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

    1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of early Buddhist society.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 10%
    Two research essays (3000 words each): 60%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4070, RLM5070


    RLM4100 - Religion and ceremony in Australian society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Thomas Reuter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers an exploration of contemporary belief systems and ritual practices in Australian society, from the perspective of social theory and within a historical context of major global changes in the way religion and ceremony operate in society. The underlying reasons behind these new developments in religion and ceremonial practice will be explored by analyzing a variety of different agendas and organizational forms, ranging from fundamentalist movements to New Age groups, Pentecostal Christianity, eco-spirituality and neo-religious youth subcultures. International trends and influences will be considered together with the unique history and phenomenology of religion in Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Define at least two basic, classical social theory approaches to the study of religion and critique them with the help of contemporary theory in sociology, anthropology and post-colonial studies;
    2. Describe and analyze the various ways in which religions have developed historically, especially with the advent of modernity, both internationally and within Australian society;
    3. Analyze a historical or contemporary manifestation of the action of religion in society by applying social theories of religion;
    4. Provide a critical account of the role of fundamentalism, revivalism and charismatic movements at both an international and a local level;
    5. Analyze the impact of new trends in religion and ceremonial practice on the re-imagining of multiculturalism and on inter-faith relations in Australia.

    Assessment

    Class presentation and written synopsis (2000 words): 25%; Research essay (7000 words): 75%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4100, RLM5100


    RLM4110 - Sustainability and the sacred

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews and Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the history of changing attitudes towards nature and the sacred from ancient times to the present through the examination of a variety of religious, philosophical and literary texts, with particular emphasis on the implications of such attitudes for environmental sustainability. It will consider in succession mythic narratives about creation from traditional cultures (e.g. Aboriginal, Celtic, Middle Eastern), Greek philosophical reflection on the cosmos, the impact of monotheism (Jewish, Christian, Islamic), the rise of mechanistic science, Romanticism, and the emergence of a range of contemporary ecospiritualities (neopaganism, 'greenfaith').

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will:

    1. acquire a broad overview of the evolution of thinking about nature and the sacred, from the earliest records of mythic thought to most recent thinking on ecospirituality, with particular reference to the idea of "paradigm shifts"
    2. acquire expertise in reading and analysing mythological, religious and scientific narratives about creation with particular reference to the assumptions about nature and the sacred which underpin them
    3. become familiar with critical debate about a variety of issues connected to sustainability and the sacred, such as the significance of animist beliefs or devotion to "mother earth", the contribution of monotheistic traditions to thinking about nature, the scientific revolution and the romantic reenchantment of the world
    4. develop the skill of presenting both orally and in writing their own reasoned reflections about the relationship between environmental sustainability and changing notions of the sacred
    5. acquire the capacity to carry out a sustained research project on an approved subject of their choice.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Class paper (1000 words): 20%
    Research essay (7000 words): 50%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4110, RLM5110


    RLM4145 - Interpreting the sources of Islam: the Qur'an and hadith

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will explore the textual sources of Islam, the Qur'an and hadith from Sunni, Shiite and Western points of views, as well as the notion of independent inquiry (itjihad) within Islam involved in exploring these texts. It will consider the different ways in which the Qur'an and hadith or Prophetic sayings have been interpreted as a source of understanding and implementation of Islamic jurisprudence. It will explore both traditional and contemporary interpretations of the Qur'an and hadith in the Islamic world and the West. In the process, the students will develop their ability of research and analysis of sacred text and Islamic law.

    Objectives

    By the end of this unit, students will:

    1. gain a foundational knowledge of the science of the Qur'an and hadith
    2. understand the compilation and structure of the Qur'an and the collection and ranking system of hadith
    3. be familiar with the relationship between Qur'anic exegesis, hadith interpretation and Islamic law from Sunni and Shiite point of views
    4. have analyzed contemporary discussions of the Qur'an and hadith sfrom a critical point of view
    5. have developed the ability to undertake academic research and analysis of Islam's sacred texts and law
    6. In addition, at fourth-year level students will engage in original research in applying Islamic principles to contemporary issues.

    Assessment

    Written work (8000 words): 90%
    Seminar participation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT3145, RLT4145


    RLM5000 - Research paper in religion and theology

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research paper on a topic relating to the critical study of a theme in religious studies or in theology, providing training in research skills and contemporary methodological approaches. The topic may be contemporary or historical.

    Assessment

    Written (9000 words): 100%


    RLM5040 - Islamic thought in the modern world

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Salih Yucel

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit examines various major trends in the contemporary Islamic world, situating them in the context of the major tension of Islam with modernity, in North Africa, Turkey, India, and other parts of the Islamic world. Consideration will be given both to movements demanding strict implementation of traditional sources of authority and to contextualist schools of thought concerned with interpreting Islamic principles within evolving socio-economic conditions. The impact of socialism, feminism, secularism and concern with human rights on a range of contemporary Islamic thinkers will be studied, both within a range of traditionally Islamic countries, and among Muslims within the West.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing RLM5040:

    1. Will have acquired a broad knowledge of the principles, main varieties and characteristics of the mainstrands of contemporary Islamic thought;
    2. Will be familiar with the social and political context of the main varieties of contemporary Islamic thought;
    3. Will be familiar with the major contemporary debates within Islam and relation to its encounter with other contemporary intellectual, social and political movements;
    4. Will have developed a capacity to work effectively with others and a capacity to express ideas verbally in group situations;
    5. Will have developed considerable facility in bibliographic research, analysis, and written expression; and
    6. Students taking this unit at 5th year level will be expected to incorporate a range of disciplinary perspectives into their research essay.

    Assessment

    Review exercises (2000 words): 20%; Research Essay (7000 words): 70%; Seminar participation: 10%.

    Contact hours

    1 X 2 hour seminar, per week


    RLM5060 - Medieval women and their world: Constructing identities 1100-1450

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit looks at the way a range of medieval women (like Heloise, Hildegard of Bingen, Julian of Norwich, and Christine de Pizan), shaped and performed their identity through visionary and scholarly writing, and thus helped transform conventional themes in theology, literature and art, 1100-1450. The unit will explore the ways in which women sought to transform both secular and religious understanding of their own identity, and thus to question received ideas about gender, religion and ethics.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Reflect critically on historiography relating to gender and religion in the medieval period.

    1. Gain familiarity with the literary achievement of a range of women writers and visionaries in medieval Europe.

    1. Acquire research skills in analysing and contextualising the thought of at least two women writers.

    1. Gain expertise in relating literature to visual representations in the period.

    Assessment

    Two papers (2500 words each): 40%
    Essay (9000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    RLM5070 - Buddhism: Society, politics and ethics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ian Mabbett

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Ethical and social doctrines in early Buddhist texts and their implications for questions of politics in the light of the society of the time. Buddhist ethical doctrines and theories in the light of Western philosophical issues. The unit highlights selected issues of social concern such as human relationships and emotions, women and family, race, caste and identity orientations, equality, freedom and human rights, ethical issues pertaining to the environment, and death and dying.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the nature of Buddhism as the matrix of experience in several Asian countries.

    1. Have acquired an understanding of the variety within that experience.

    1. Be critically conversant with the conceptual and analytical issues relating to key Buddhist doctrines.

    1. Have worked with the conceptual complexities of 'religious culture'.

    1. Understand the nature of, and the religious and the social function of, the relationship between Buddhist monks and laymen.

    1. Have examined the implications of Buddhist doctrines for social and political relationships.

    1. Understand the impact of the impulse to asceticism which was part of the Buddhist agenda.

    1. Have engaged the inter-relationship between the material world and the aesthetic, spiritual and religious activities of the early Buddhist order.

    1. Have developed a capacity to analyse the processes which underpinned the construction of devotional and philosophical Buddhist texts.

    1. Will have developed the capacity to detect the resonances of language and code embedded in particular texts and their relationship to social context.

    1. Will be able to engage in critical discussion of texts in relation to the urban context of early Buddhist society.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 10%
    Two research essays (3000 words): 60%
    Examination (2 hours): 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4070, RLM4070


    RLM5100 - Religion and ceremony in Australian society

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Thomas Reuter

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit offers an exploration of contemporary belief systems and ritual practices in Australian society, from the perspective of social theory and within a historical context of major global changes in the way religion and ceremony operate in society. The underlying reasons behind these new developments in religion and ceremonial practice will be explored by analyzing a variety of different agendas and organizational forms, ranging from fundamentalist movements to New Age groups, Pentecostal Christianity, eco-spirituality and neo-religious youth subcultures. International trends and influences will be considered together with the unique history and phenomenology of religion in Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will be able to:

    1. Define at least two basic, classical social theory approaches to the study of religion and critique them with the help of contemporary theory in sociology, anthropology and post-colonial studies;
    2. Describe and analyze the various ways in which religions have developed historically, especially with the advent of modernity, both internationally and within Australian society;
    3. Analyze a historical or contemporary manifestation of the action of religion in society by applying social theories of religion;
    4. Provide a critical account of the role of fundamentalism, revivalism and charismatic movements at both an international and a local level;
    5. Analyze the impact of new trends in religion and ceremonial practice on the re-imagining of multiculturalism and on inter-faith relations in Australia;

    In addition, students at the higher level of study (RLM5100) are expected to be able to:
    1. Review, critique and expand on existing social theories of religion, through careful (re-)analysis of empirical data on contemporary religious belief systems and practices;
    2. Use their own experiences of contemporary religion in Australia together with the knowledge of social theories of religion they have acquired in this unit to produce new insights and, thus, to begin to make a contribution to this field of research.

    Assessment

    Class presentation and written synopsis (2000 words): 25%; Research essay (7000 words): 75%.

    To create a qualitative distinction between students at Levels 4 and 5, essay topics for L5 students will be set at a greater level of difficulty. Students will be expected to apply theory to the analysis of case material in a more sophisticated, critical and innovative manner, and will be encouraged to draw on their own knowledge of relevant cases.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    RLT4100, RLM4100


    RLM5110 - Sustainability and the sacred

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews and Kate Rigby

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the history of changing attitudes towards nature and the sacred from ancient times to the present through the examination of a variety of religious, philosophical and literary texts, with particular emphasis on the implications of such attitudes for environmental sustainability. It will consider in succession mythic narratives about creation from traditional cultures (e.g. Aboriginal, Celtic, Middle Eastern), Greek philosophical reflection on the cosmos, the impact of monotheism (Jewish, Christian, Islamic), the rise of mechanistic science, Romanticism, and the emergence of a range of contemporary ecospiritualities (neopaganism, 'greenfaith').

    Objectives

    Students who successfully complete this unit will:

    1. acquire a broad overview of the evolution of thinking about nature and the sacred, from the earliest records of mythic thought to most recent thinking on ecospirituality, with particular reference to the idea of "paradigm shifts"
    2. acquire expertise in reading and analysing mythological, religious and scientific narratives about creation with particular reference to the assumptions about nature and the sacred which underpin them
    3. become familiar with critical debate about a variety of issues connected to sustainability and the sacred, such as the significance of animist beliefs or devotion to "mother earth", the contribution of monotheistic traditions to thinking about nature, the scientific revolution and the romantic reenchantment of the world
    4. develop the skill of presenting both orally and in writing their own reasoned reflections about the relationship between environmental sustainability and changing notions of the sacred
    5. acquire the capacity to carry out a sustained research project on an approved subject of their choice.

    Assessment

    Exercise (1000 words): 20%
    Class paper (1000 words): 20%
    Research essay (7000 words): 50%
    Oral presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    RLM5140 - Confronting death through ceremony and symbol: A cross-cultural analysis

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Tamara Prosic

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit explores the ways in which different cultures confront the experience of death through metaphor, ritual, and symbolic association, and the ways in which they memorialize the dead. It considers the nature of beliefs about life, death and the hereafter; funerary rituals and strategies for body disposal; the physical and symbolic boundaries between the worlds of the living and the dead; the perceived impact of the dead on the affairs of the living; the dying process as a public or private event; taboos about dying and death in everyday discourse and the language used regarding death; death in myths. Examples will be drawn from major religious traditions (Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism), ancient Mediterranean cultures, and modern secular societies, including contemporary Australia.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit students will:

    1. Gain familiarity and be conversant with the main conceptions and ritualisation of death and symbolic themes in a range of different cultures and societies.
    2. Reflect critically on the influence particular death ethos has on the conduct of the living.
    3. Understand the nature and the social function of death related practices.
    4. Develop a capacity to understand, analyse and contextualise the symbolic language of death.
    5. Research and complete a research essay that considers the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, within a specific cultural situation.
    6. Pursue original independent research relating to the process of memory and ceremony in relation to the dead, relating it to broader theoretical reflection on the symbolism of death, and its relationship to a broader cultural context.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80% (7000 words)
    Tutorial presentation: 20% (2000 words)

    Prohibitions

    RLT4140, RLM4140


    SCD4301 - Participatory planning: Local, national and international perspectives

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    Public and private sector practitioners are increasingly required to work across planning areas, adopt a whole of government approach to planning issues, develop a shared values perspective, engage with the community context, facilitate a community voice, address ecological imperatives, as well as achieve successful outcomes according to pre-determined key performance indicators. This unit will require students to reflect on, analyse and critique their current practices, by developing a critical understanding of the importance of participatory planning within their organisations or community and to analyse and evaluate their perspective within local, national and international frameworks.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students should be able to: critically understand the theory, principles and models of participatory social and community planning, and the intellectual and institutional links between this form of planning and others: program planning, statutory planning, strategic/urban planning, business planning; Demonstrate skills in working within, across and between public and private sector organisations including with various levels of government and with practitioners from the range of disciplines involved in planning and implementation; critically understand and demonstrate the knowledge and skills required to manage planning projects, including vision, needs analysis, and the effective design of structures, processes, timing and resourcing dimensions, and of implementation, problem-solving and evaluation strategies, matched with effective corrective strategies and /or sanctions/protocols; understand the principles of and important areas of practice in community development, informed by social justice and ecological sustainability and the involvement of diverse people and perspectives; understand the interconnections between community and place, and their relevance to the organisational contexts in which people work, or in relation to which they live; demonstrate skills in facilitating the engagement of communities in planning processes for community- defined purposes, ensuring that the community has decision making power and is adequately resourced throughout the planning and implementation phases with necessary information, skills development and other resources.; skills in facilitating community planning as action research, with full community participation, continuous feedback, and collective revisions and problem solving; demonstrated capacity to integrate all learning into a planning case study; demonstrate excellent presentation and IT skills in contributing and arguing their case study in a virtual forum.

    Assessment

    Journal (2000 words): 20%
    Case study (5500 words): 60%
    Case study presentation (1500 words): 15%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 hour per week in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be encouraged to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.


    SCD4302 - Governance and Community

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit locates the understanding of working in public and private sector organisations within a critical analysis of the changing role of the state and new framings of governance and citizenship. It examines the structures, processes and discourses that shape organisations and partnerships. It provides an understanding of the distinct roles in organisational governance and management. It explores the discourses and practices of community development and community strengthening and their relationship with governance and governmentality, and further develops students' skills in facilitating effective processes and outcomes in working within and across organisations, and with communities.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of the unit, students should have: a well-developed understanding of governance and governmentality, and their shaping of institutional and discursive developments; critical understanding of globalization and international perspectives on the changing role of the state, including neo-liberal and social democratic framings of the citizenship social contract; a sound understanding of the political and organisational structures of governance, including mandate, processes, responsibilities and liabilities; a critical understanding of whole of government and partnership approaches, and skills in working effectively in a cross-organisational environment and with communities; clarity about the distinct roles of governance and management in organizations of all kinds; a critical understanding of community development, community engagement, community strengthening and capacity building as forms of activism and of governance; skills in facilitating mutual understanding, dialogue, shared goals and outcomes between community and governance structures.

    Assessment

    Theoretical essay (4000 words): 45%
    Critical analysis (5000 words): 55%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    1 hour per week in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be encouraged to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

    Prerequisites

    SCD4301 and EDF6806


    SCD5301 - Research practicum

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit will provide students with an opportunity to conduct a research project related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project will involve negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and/or communities involved. Students will be expected to have thought through some of the issues related to their proposed methodology in the course of completing the pre-requisite research methodology unit, especially the requirement for ethics approval for research involving humans. The aim of the unit is to produce a high quality, practice focused and reflective report relevant to the focus of their degree.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent, and frequently, participatory, research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 9000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; and skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relevant to the focus of their degree.

    Assessment

    Research project report (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be conducted electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student.

    Prohibitions

    EDF6810, EDF6020, HSM5301, HSM4306


    SCD5302 - Research practicum

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Gippsland Full year 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides students with an opportunity to conduct substantial research related to their workplace or community. Under academic supervision, the project involves negotiated outcomes between the student, the university and particular organisation/s and communities involved. Students are expected to have thought through issues related to their proposed methodology project in completing the prerequisite research methodology unit/s, especially ethics approval requirements for research involving humans. The aim is to produce a high quality, theoretically informed, practice focused, and reflective report relevant to the focus of the degree.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will be able to demonstrate: skills and knowledge in initiating and conducting independent research under supervision; an appreciation of, and a commitment to ethical research; advanced critical thinking, analytical and problem-solving skills; advanced written skills through the presentation of a 18000 word research project; skills and knowledge in reviewing a specific body of research, and command of that literature; skills and knowledge in critically examining a key issue or issues relating to the focus of the degree.

    Assessment

    Dissertation (18,000 words): 100%

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Students will engage in supervision fortnightly. This may be electronically on-line, via the telephone, video-conferencing, or face to face, depending on the location of the student

    Prerequisites

    SCD5305

    Prohibitions

    HSM5302


    SCD5305 - Research methods

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Karen Crinall

    Offered

    Gippsland Second semester 2009 (Off-campus)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides a framework for designing research methodologies relevant to human service and community organisations in the public and private sectors, by examining the history, nature, function and current role of social and community research. By focusing on the management of research projects, students engage in exercises requiring the resolution of ethical and methodological issues and dilemmas, including forming researchable topics and questions, negotiating the selection of appropriate design and method, including participatory and action research; developing awareness of underpinning agendas and vested interests; and knowledge of philosophical and theoretical positions.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to: engage with research relevant to their particular organisational context in the public and private sectors, as a creative, problem-solving activity; demonstrate awareness of, and critical engagement with theoretical, practical and ethical considerations in research design and conduct; demonstrate knowledge and skills in conducting and evaluating research and skills in the management of research projects. Students will also be able to: demonstrate critical awareness of the options and constraints of different types of research design, including qualitative and quantitative methodologies; identify appropriate methods for conducting research across a range of contexts, and design an appropriate research methodology. Students will be able to critically explore the relevance of various contemporary theoretical approaches, including postmodern, feminist and critical theory, in the design of their research.

    Assessment

    Written work: 100% (9000 words)

    Off-campus attendance requirements

    Students will be expected to participate for a minimum of one hour per fortnight in on-line activities and discussion. Students will also be required to consult regularly with the unit adviser, where possible in face-to-face meetings.

    Prerequisites

    SCD4301, EDF6806

    Prohibitions

    HSM4305, HSM5305, SCW4305


    SHM4000A - Research project part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

    Objectives

    A student successfully completing SHM4000A/SHM5000A will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
    2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
    3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
    4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
    5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

    Assessment

    Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH SHM4000A/SHM5000A AND SHM4000B/SHM5000B.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


    SHM4000B - Research project part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

    Objectives

    A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
    2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
    3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
    4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
    5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

    Assessment

    Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH SHM4000A/SHM5000A AND SHM4000B/SHM5000B.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


    SHM4010 - School of historical studies placement

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Undergraduate, Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews and Michael Fagenblatt

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to their area of graduate study. In consultation with the subject convener, students will work under the supervision of a professional in an institution situated locally or overseas. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to:

    1. have negotiated relevant placement and engaged in a relationship with a supervisor from the organization of placement
    2. have developed a network of contacts both within the organization and with the other participants of the program
    3. have developed an understanding of the theoretical issues relating to the field
    4. have developed high level communication and presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Reflective essay (1500 words): 20%
    Oral Report (1500 words): 10%
    Placement project (6000 words): 70%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for four weeks, plus placement


    SHM5000A - Research project part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

    Objectives

    A student successfully completing SHM4000A/SHM5000A will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
    2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
    3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
    4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
    5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

    Assessment

    Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH SHM4000A/SHM5000A AND SHM4000B/SHM5000B.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


    SHM5000B - Research project part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Mark Baker

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students undertake a reading program and research project in their field of study, decided in consultation with the course coordinator and supervisor. Students will carry out their research and write a research paper under the supervision of a member of the academic staff.

    Objectives

    A student successfully completing this unit will be able to demonstrate:

    1. the ability to plan, implement and complete a research program under the supervision of academic staff
    2. a comprehensive knowledge of the main themes, questions and issues of a particular field of study being researched
    3. an awareness of the major methodological, theoretical and thematic issues raised by their project
    4. an ability to develop sound conclusions and interpretations based upon the critical analysis of a range of evidence
    5. the fluent, effective and coherent communication of research findings and relevant theoretical and conceptual conclusions.

    Assessment

    Students undertaking this unit at are expected to complete a 9000 word research project under the supervision of a member of the academic staff. This will normally involve 1-2 hours per week of meetings with the supervisor, with additional time spent on private research and writing. Students completing a 24 point research project will complete BOTH SHM4000A/SHM5000A AND SHM4000B/SHM5000B.

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour meeting per week with supervisor


    SHM5010 - School of historical studies placement

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Constant Mews and Michael Fagenblatt

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Day)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will undertake about eighty hours of work placement in a field relating to their area of graduate study. In consultation with the subject convener, students will work under the supervision of a professional in an institution situated locally or overseas. Students pursue a practical project during the placement resulting in a substantial report or other piece of written work.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this course students will be expected to:

    1. have negotiated relevant placement and engaged in a relationship with a supervisor from the organization of placement
    2. have developed a network of contacts both within the organization and with the other participants of the program
    3. have developed an understanding of the theoretical issues relating to the field
    4. have developed high level communication and presentation skills.

    Assessment

    Reflective essay (1500 words): 20%
    Oral Report (1500 words) 10%
    Placement project (6000 words): 70%

    Contact hours

    One 2-hour seminar per week for four weeks, plus placement


    SYM4005 - Qualitative research strategies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    Theories, critiques and ethical issues in qualitative social research. Qualitative research methods and strategies used in social research including participant observation, unstructured interviewing, ethnography and the analysis of documents and texts. Theoretical and methodological issues involved in phenomenology, symbolic interactionism and ethnomethodology.

    Assessment

    Two pieces of written work (4500 words each): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM5005


    SYM4015 - Secondary analysis of official statistics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ernest Healy

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    In secondary analysis the researcher does not design how to collect the data, nor is he/she involved in the collection of the data, but he/she has access to the data and will (or have) conduct(ed) your own analysis. In this course students will re-analyse 'official statistics' from the Australian census and ABS Labour Force Survey (but other data sources may also be considered). Students are required to collect, analyse and write report on data from these sources. The skills learnt will be relevant for jobs that require research using quantitative secondary data. The unit is also relevant for those who may undertake theoretical or applied research for a higher degree in the future.

    Objectives

    1. To make students aware of the data available for analysis; locate, collate, analyse and write reports based on secondary official data;
    2. Students learn the importance of the use of comparative data for policy research; will learn to use time series data to understand the present and the past;
    3. This is a broad ranging course and students will not become a specialist in any specific area. Rather they will be exposed to a broad range of official statistics;
    4. We will look at the ethical problems encountered when doing secondary analysis. Official statistics embody values and ideologies that are not 'value-free' or 'objective'. Students will be expected to learn to look out for such things as political motives, sexism, racism and classism in the operational definitions used by the primary researchers. Furthermore, students will also be expected to look out for these things in the definitions they construct in the re-analysis of secondary data.

    Assessment

    Four research reports (2250 words each): 25% each.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM5015


    SYM4025 - Survey research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a range of survey research, including mail questionaires, face-to-face interviews, telephone interviews and focus group interviews. Attention will be directed toward assessing the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches. The unit had been designed to increase students' understanding of the underlying issues and debates concerning each survey technique including the writing of questions and various interviewer or respondent biases.

    Assessment

    Two practical assignments (2000 words each): 40%
    Research report (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM5025


    SYM4045 - Analysing quantitative data

    12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    In this unit the student will be introduced to a conventional quantitative technique known as standardization; and univariate, bivariate and multivariate measures of statistical relationships. Learning of these topics will involve hand-on practice with real survey data. Data analysis will be carried out in SPSS. The main objective is to provide students with the conceptual foundations and basic procedural tools to both design quantitative research projects and to carry out bivariate and multivariate quantitative data analysis in standard statistical packages including SPSS.

    Objectives

    Students will learn to design and execute quantitative research based on secondary survey data. Students will gain a sound understanding of how to use SPSS, how to do univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis of categorical survey data in SPSS. The grounding obtained in this unit should enable more competent students to extend their own learning in any areas of specific interest.

    Assessment

    Standardization report (equivalent 1500 words): 20%
    Univariate and bivariate report (equivalent 2500 words): 30%
    Univariate, bivariate and multivariate report (equivalent 5000 words): 50%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM5045


    SYM4055 - Data analysis software for social research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This is a hands-on unit taught in a computer laboratory. The modules may change from year to year, depending on staff available, but the aim is to provide students with practical experience using various data analysis software programs such Excel and SPSS, the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (for quantitative data) and NVivo (for qualitative data).

    Objectives

    Various research data will be used to learn Excel, SPSS and NVivo. Each class will cover specific aspects of the relevant software and involve students using the data to carry out specific tasks. Thus, each class will form the basis of the assessment for this unit. Please note that this unit is not a methodology course. Primarily this unit is about developing confidence and skills in using data analysis software for social research.

    Assessment

    3 x Class tests (equiv. 4000 words): 45%
    3 x Practical assignments (equiv. 5000 words): 55%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar/laboratory) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM5055


    SYM4065 - Issues in public policy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Daniel Edwards

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This subject introduces students to a range of issues relating to the formulation and delivery of public policy and in particular, social policy. In doing this, it covers contemporary and historical Australian examples.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will develop:

    • a working familiarity with the major policy issues and debates in Australia;
    • a good understanding of the Australian policy formation process;
    • a basic knowledge of the relationship between sociological knowledge, social research and the policy process;
    • an understanding of the relationship between research and argument in policy development;
    • skills in identifying appropriate research methods for particular policy issues;
    • skills in research design for policy issues; and
    • skills in reading and analysing social policy research and understanding its strengths and limitations.

    Assessment

    Two seminar presentations (2000 words each): 40%; Research paper (5000 words): 60%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM5065


    SYM4085 - Research practicum

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to provide research experience in a group through an activity-based, problem-solving learning program. Students will undertake a qualitative research project as members of a research team of fellow students working under the guidance and supervision of the co-ordinator.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. developed research literature search and synthesis skills;

    1. developed qualitative data collection and analysis skills;

    1. developed report writing skills;

    1. enhanced group work skills.

    Assessment

    Individual project report (5500 words): 60%
    Individual contribution to group work (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    One x 2 hr seminar/workshop per week.

    Prerequisites

    SYM4005 or permission of co-ordinator.

    Prohibitions

    SYM5075


    SYM5005 - Qualitative research strategies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Jan van Bommel

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    Theories, critiques and ethical issues in qualitative social research. Qualitative research methods and strategies used in social research including participant observation, unstructured interviewing, ethnography and the analysis of documents and texts. Theoretical and methodological issues involved in phenomenology, symbolic interactionism and ethnomethodology.

    Assessment

    Two pieces of written work (4500 words each): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM4005


    SYM5015 - Secondary analysis of official statistics

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Ernest Healy

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    In secondary analysis the researcher does not design how to collect the data, nor is he/she involved in the collection of the data, but he/she has access to the data and will (or have) conduct(ed) your own analysis. In this course students will re-analyse 'official statistics' from the Australian census and ABS Labour Force Survey (but other data sources may also be considered). Students are required to collect, analyse and write report on data from these sources. The skills learnt will be relevant for jobs that require research using quantitative secondary data. The unit is also relevant for those who may undertake theoretical or applied research for a higher degree in the future.

    Objectives

    1. To make students aware of the data available for analysis; locate, collate, analyse and write reports based on secondary official data;
    2. Students learn the importance of the use of comparative data for policy research; will learn to use time series data to understand the present and the past;
    3. This is a broad ranging course and students will not become a specialist in any specific area. Rather they will be exposed to a broad range of official statistics;
    4. We will look at the ethical problems encountered when doing secondary analysis. Official statistics embody values and ideologies that are not 'value-free' or 'objective'. Students will be expected to learn to look out for such things as political motives, sexism, racism and classism in the operational definitions used by the primary researchers. Furthermore, students will also be expected to look out for these things in the definitions they construct in the re-analysis of secondary data.

    Assessment

    Four research reports (2250 words each): 25% each.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM4015


    SYM5025 - Survey research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to a range of survey research, including mail questionaires, face-to-face interviews, telephone interviews and focus group interviews. Attention will be directed toward assessing the strengths and weaknesses of these approaches. The unit had been designed to increase students' understanding of the underlying issues and debates concerning each survey technique including the writing of questions and various interviewer or respondent biases.

    Assessment

    Two practical assignments (2000 words each): 40%
    Research report (5000 words): 60%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM4025


    SYM5035 - Theoretical and methodological issues in applied social research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Critical appraisal of current methods of social inquiry as preparation for students designing their own research. Examples are selected to cover a wide range of theoretical explanations and styles of doing social research. Issues include debates surrounding subjectivity and objectivity, qualitative and quantitative data analysis, macro and micro theory; political and ethical issues in research on humans.

    Assessment

    Ten weekly position papers (300 words each): 30%
    Major essay (6000 words): 70%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    SYM5045 - Analysing quantitative data

    12 points, SCA Band 0 (NATIONAL PRIORITY), 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dharma Arunachalam

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    In this unit the student will be introduced to a conventional quantitative technique known as standardization; and univariate, bivariate and multivariate measures of statistical relationships. Learning of these topics will involve hand-on practice with real survey data. Data analysis will be carried out in SPSS. The main objective is to provide students with the conceptual foundations and basic procedural tools to both design quantitative research projects and to carry out bivariate and multivariate quantitative data analysis in standard statistical packages including SPSS.

    Objectives

    Students will learn to design and execute quantitative research based on secondary survey data. Students will gain a sound understanding of how to use SPSS, how to do univariate, bivariate and multivariate analysis of categorical survey data in SPSS. The grounding obtained in this unit should enable more competent students to extend their own learning in any areas of specific interest.

    Assessment

    Standardization report (equivalent 1500 words): 20%; Univariate and bivariate report (equivalent 2500 words): 30%; Univariate, bivariate and multivariate report (equivalent 5000 words): 50%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM4045


    SYM5055 - Data analysis software for social research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This is a hands-on unit taught in a computer laboratory. The modules may change from year to year, depending on staff available, but the aim is to provide students with practical experience using various data analysis software programs such Excel and SPSS, the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (for quantitative data) and NVivo (for qualitative data).

    Objectives

    Various research data will be used to learn Excel, SPSS and NVivo. Each class will cover specific aspects of the relevant software and involve students using the data to carry out specific tasks. Thus, each class will form the basis of the assessment for this unit. Please note that this unit is not a methodology course. Primarily this unit is about developing confidence and skills in using data analysis software for social research.

    Assessment

    3 x class tests (equiv. 4000 words) : 45%
    3 x practical assignments (equiv. 5000 words) : 55%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar/laboratory) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM4055


    SYM5065 - Issues in public policy

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Daniel Edwards

    Offered

    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This subject introduces students to a range of issues relating to the formulation and delivery of public policy and in particular, social policy. In doing this, it covers contemporary and historical Australian examples.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this subject will develop:

    • a working familiarity with the major policy issues and debates in Australia;
    • a good understanding of the Australian policy formation process;
    • a basic knowledge of the relationship between sociological knowledge, social research and the policy process;
    • an understanding of the relationship between research and argument in policy development;
    • skills in identifying appropriate research methods for particular policy issues;
    • skills in research design for policy issues; and
    • skills in reading and analysing social policy research and understanding its strengths and limitations.

    Assessment

    Two seminar presentation (2000 words each): 40%; Research Paper (5000 words): 60%.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    SYM4065


    SYM5075 - Applied social research project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves students completing an individual research project under the supervision of one staff member from Sociology (or a cognate discipline). The student investigates an appropriate applied social research topic and takes responsibility for all stages of the research process. The final research report is marked by two internal examiners.

    Assessment

    Research report (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week


    SYM5075A - Applied social research project - part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves students completing an individual research project under the supervision of one staff member from Sociology (or a cognate discipline). The student investigates an appropriate applied social research topic and takes responsibility for all stages of the research process. The final research report is marked by two internal examiners.

    Objectives

    Upon completing the individual research project, students will have a demonstrated capacity to:

    1. develop a set of key research questions relevant to an appropriate applied social research topic;
    2. devise a suitable sociological research design to investigate the topic;
    3. read and evaluate the relevant literature and write a literature review appropriate for a social research project;
    4. collect and analyse qualitative and/or quantitative data to answer the key research questions; and
    5. write a professional, scholarly research report that communicates the empirical findings within a sustained argument.

    Assessment

    Research report (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    A final mark of at least 70% in all four 4th level units of the Master of Applied Social Research.
    Students intending to complete this unit must complete a detailed research proposal outlining the research project prior to enrolment. Guidelines for the research proposal will be provided upon request by the course coordinator.


    SYM5075B - Applied social research project - part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Kirsten McLean

    Offered

    Caulfield First semester 2009 (Evening)
    Caulfield Second semester 2009 (Evening)

    Synopsis

    This unit involves students completing an individual research project under the supervision of one staff member from Sociology (or a cognate discipline). The student investigates an appropriate applied social research topic and takes responsibility for all stages of the research process. The final research report is marked by two internal examiners.

    Objectives

    Upon completing the individual research project, students will have a demonstrated capacity to:

    1. develop a set of key research questions relevant to an appropriate applied social research topic;
    2. devise a suitable sociological research design to investigate the topic;
    3. read and evaluate the relevant literature and write a literature review appropriate for a social research project;
    4. collect and analyse qualitative and/or quantitative data to answer the key research questions; and
    5. write a professional, scholarly research report that communicates the empirical findings within a sustained argument.

    Assessment

    Research report (15,000-18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    3 hours per week

    Prerequisites

    A final mark of at least 70% in all four 4th level units of the Master of Applied Social Research.
    Students intending to complete this unit must complete a detailed research proposal outlining the research project prior to enrolment. Guidelines for the research proposal will be provided upon request by the course coordinator.


    SYM5085 - Research practicum

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Naomi White

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit is designed to provide rsearch experience in a group through an activity-based, problem-solving learning program. Students will undertake a qualitative research project as members of a research team of fellow students working under the guidance and supervision of the co-ordinator.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit students will have:

    1. advanced research design critique and development skills;

    1. advanced research literature search and synthesis skills;

    1. advanced qualitative data collection and analysis skills;

    1. advanced report writing skills;

    1. enhanced leadeership and group work skills.

    Assessment

    Written work: 90%
    Tutorial participation and presentation: 10%

    Contact hours

    One x 2 hr seminar/workshop per week.

    Prerequisites

    SYM4005 or permission of co-ordinator.

    Prohibitions

    SYM4085


    TRN4000 - Research methodology in translation studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to explore the scope, relevance and nature of research in Translation Studies. It will address questions and areas such as: the nature of research and research methodology, different approaches to translation and translation studies, basic approaches to case studies and survey methods, the differences and respective advantages of empirical approaches vs. more traditional (and common) descriptive-theoretical approaches, the status of contrastive linguistics within Translation Studies and the nature of translation errors as opposed to language errors.

    Assessment

    Written work (2000 words): 45%
    Practical exercises: 30%
    Exam (1 hour): 25%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 1 hour lecture and 1 x 1 hour seminar)

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 and TRN4040

    Co-requisites

    TRN4050


    TRN4010 - Technology and translation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rika Shimo-Malmberg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the issues and techniques associated with creating, manipulating, displaying and printing texts in a variety of languages, including scripts that are alphabetic, syllabic and ideographic. The current standards and techniques for multilingual texts will be introduced. Students will be introduced to and taught to evaluate the various electronic aids to translation, such as electronic dictionaries and translation memory systems. There will be an overview of machine translation and its limitations. There will be training in the use of online corpora and guidance in WWW searching in translation. Various ways of "adding value" to a translated text, such as the use of computer graphics, will also be introduced.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will:

    • have acquired experience in coping with various problems involved in creating and handling text in a multilingual environment;
    • be equipped to use and evaluate a number of electronic aids to translation which are available in the marketplace;
    • have had hands-on experience with translation memory systems;
    • be competent in searching the WWW for information to assist in translation;
    • be able to produce "value-added" translated texts through use of computer graphics, tables, etc.

    Assessment

    6 Text-handling/translation tasks (3600 words): 30%
    3 Presentations with accompanying reports (800 words each): 40%
    1 final report (3000 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030

    Prohibitions

    TRN5010


    TRN4020 - Directed reading in translation studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit aims to provide the student with the opportunity to investigate a topic of his or her choice in consultation with the unit coordinator or the language specific instructor. Students will be required to do a preliminary bibliographical search, both in available libraries and online databases, followed by a critical appraisal in essay form of relevant translation literature.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

    1. Carry out thorough library and web-based searches

    1. Critically appraise theoretical and methodological translation literature

    1. Write up research finds in an appropriate academic style and within the metalanguage of translation studies.

    Assessment

    Annotated bibliography (1,500 words): 25%
    Critical essay (3,000 words): 75%

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030


    TRN4030 - Introduction to interpreting and translation studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    12-point, one-semester introductory core unit of the MA in Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); the various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to interpreting and translation practice; the basic theoretical principles of interpreting and translation; and interpreting and translation terminology

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will:

    1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies,
    2. Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction),
    3. Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline',
    4. Be able to conceptualise the three dimensions of equivalence: hermeneutics (Humboldt, Schleiermacher, Koschmieder (tertium comparationis)); cognition (Kintsch, Kumaul, Rumelhart (prototypes and schemata)); pragmatics (Austin, Searle, Levinson (illocution and perlocution));
    5. Be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of this predominantly European theoretical framework to non-European languages.

    Assessment

    Written work: 60%
    2 hour Exam: 25%
    Oral presentation: 15%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (1 x 1 hour seminar, 1 x 1 hour tutorial and 1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    TRN4040 - Translation 1: Discourse analysis

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Leah Gerber

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    In this unit students will develop an understanding and acquire knowledge on discourse analysis tools used in Translation Studies. The unit will provide students with the opportunity to analyse discourse features of the original text and compare and contrast them with the translated version. The unit also aims to develop the student's ability to translate texts of increasing levels of complexity and expertise in a variety of textual genres. A particular emphasis is given to ethical issues involved in translation.
    The unit combines a generic, classroom-based component, in which some of the theoretical issues from the parallel core subjects are discussed, in addition to language-specific tutorials and a fieldwork component, in which students will be introduced to translation and translating in a variety of different environments. This unit includes web-based translation assignments tailored to individual target languages, involving the practical application of theoretical insights. Translation will be LOTE-English OR English-LOTE.

    Objectives

    On completion of the unit, students will be able to:

    1. identify the problems different text genres pose for translation
    2. translate a variety of document genres by applying critical insights from translation theory and methodology
    3. access, translate and return Web-based documents
    4. use suitable strategies to create texts in the target language
    5. identify and analyse ethical issues as they relate to the interpreting and translation industry.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    1 Test: 20%
    1 Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    1 x 1.5 hour seminar, 1 x 1.5 hour tutorial, the equivalent of 1 x 1 hour interactive web-based work, and the equivalent of 40 hours of fieldwork.

    Co-requisites

    TRN4030


    TRN4050 - Translation 2: Language for special purposes

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Leah Gerber

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject follows on from TRN4040 Translation 1: Discourse Analysis. It addresses the more specific translation issue of field: the use of language in various professional and social settings. Such uses will be addressed, firstly, through theoretical discussion in relation to context and cognitive environment, followed by the practical translation of authentic texts, which illustrate the issues involved.

    Objectives

    1. translate a variety of linguistic registers, informed by theoretical insight
    2. develop specialized competence in one or more areas of professional discourse
    3. develop a glossary by which they can expand and store their knowledge of specialised terms and how they might be used
    4. identify and discuss theoretical and methodological issues related to the translation of different professional discourses
    5. utilise problem-solving strategies for specialist discourses
    6. use a variety of specialised dictionaries, glossaries, and web-based translation aids.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    1 Test: 20%
    1 Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    One two-hour seminar per week and the equivalent of two hours interactive Web-based work

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030


    TRN4100 - The business of translation and interpreting

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Heinz Kreutz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to introduce students to many practical issues relating to the profession of translation and interpreting, and expose them to a realistic translation and interpreting environment through an industry placement program. During their practicum students are expected to be integrated into the day-to-day translation and interpreting activities in a number of international companies based in metropolitan Melbourne. Students will have the opportunity to apply their specialist language skills as well as other professional skills (eg. Marketing, IT, Business Administration) in an industry environment.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject, students will

    1. have gained an insight into the practical aspects of acting as a translation/intepreting worker in an industry environment (during the industry placement phase of the subject);

    1. have developed an understanding of the running of a small translation/interpreting business;

    1. have learned how to conceptualise and deal with legal and ethical issues pertaining to source and target texts.

    Assessment

    Report on the industry placement module (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%
    Practical exercises (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture and One x 1 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 and TRN4040

    Prohibitions

    TRN5100


    TRN4200 - Theory and practice of interpreting

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marc Orlando

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit consists of two components: an introduction to current theoretical debates and an overview of ethical and professional issues, and the practice of dialogue and basic consecutive interpreting and listening comprehension. Topics in consecutive interpreting include general social and cultural skills, and business at a level that paraprofessional interpreters are likely to encounter in Australian situations. In listening comprehension, students interpret authentic interviews and talks. They also practice sight translation in both languages. Students will gain an understanding of the basic theories of interpreting.

    Objectives

    Upon completion of this unit, students i) should have gained the basic techniques of interpreting in a dialogue mode and providing consecutive interpreting of basic speeches ii) should also have extended their comprehension level of natural discourse in their non-native language iii) will have acquired an understanding of ethics and working environments of different modes of interpreting, and iv) are expected to interpret a three to five minute speech on a topic that is familiar to them at a paraprofessional level.

    Assessment

    Written report/essay (2500 words): 20%
    Laboratory tasks (equivalent to 4,500 words): 30%
    Role play test in class time (equivalent to approximately 1000 words): 10%
    End of semester take home written examination (2000 words): 20%
    End of semester role play test (equivalent to approximately 2000 words): 20%

    Contact hours

    Four hours of workshops per week (2 hours per language direction). In addition, 20 hours per week will be spent in assigned interpreting tasks, including 10 hours of compulsory laboratory work.

    Co-requisites

    The parallel core unit, TRN4040 can be taken concurrently or, for part-time students, in the preceding year.

    Prohibitions

    JIT4100


    TRN4201 - Major translation project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

    Objectives

    On completion of the project, students will have developed considerably their translation skills, their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, and their awareness of relevant methodologies

    Assessment

    Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

    Prerequisites

    Completion of or, with the permission of the course coordinator, concurrent enrolment in TRN4030

    Prohibitions

    On-campus


    TRN4201A - Major translation project - Part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

    Prerequisites

    Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in TRN4030

    Co-requisites

    Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in TRN4030

    Prohibitions

    On-campus


    TRN4201B - Major translation project - Part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

    Prohibitions

    On-campus


    TRN4202 - Minor translation project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project will be 7-9000 words in total, consisting of an annotated translation of approximately 5-7000 words, with a substantial critical introduction of at least 2000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres, for eg., scientific, medical, legal, technical and governmental, to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, to be selected upon consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language. The critical introduction is to be written in English.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (Equivalent to 7000-9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor.

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030, TRN4040

    Prohibitions

    TRN4201, TRN5201, TRN5202 (for TRN4202) and TRN4020 (for TRN5202)


    TRN4300 - Intermediate interpreting

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Marc Orlando

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This subject follows on from the Semester 1 subject, TRN4200 Theory and Practice of Interpreting. In this unit, further theoretical studies are introduced along with practical applications. The topics to be covered for this interpreting exercise will have an emphasis on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, medicine, tourism, government institutions etc. The development of skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting such as techniques of note-taking, sight translation, interpreting numbers, interview interpreting and speech interpreting of approximately 5 minutes will be undertaken. The practical applications in this unit also serve as preparation for further studies in TRN5400 Advanced interpreting.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject, students should

    1. have gained theoretical knowledge of the various facets of interpreting and an insight into the practical aspects of acting as an interpreter in an industry/social environment ;
    2. have developed the specific skills needed to provide consecutive interpreting of both dialogue and speech.
    3. be able to identify the implicit structural organization of an extemporaneous speech
    4. be able to perceive essential meaning and have further developed note-taking techniques.
    5. have mastered the necessary interpreting skills to deliver a clear, stylish and faithful presentation.
    6. have expanded their active vocabulary to include the terms and idioms frequently used in extemporaneous speeches.
    7. At the end of the course, students are able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, are of moderate difficulty.

    Assessment

    Written report or essay (2000 words): 20%
    Laboratory tasks (equivalent to 4500 words): 30%
    Oral and dialogue interpreting test (equivalent to approximately 2000 words): 20%
    Student organised conference in class Time (equivalent to approximately 3,500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    Four hours of workshops per week (2 hours per language direction) In addition, 20 hours per week will be spent in assigned interpreting tasks, including 10 hours of compulsory laboratory work.

    Prerequisites

    TRN4040, TRN4200

    Prohibitions

    TRN5300


    TRN5010 - Technology and translation

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rika Shimo-Malmberg

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will introduce students to the issues and techniques associated with creating, manipulating, displaying and printing texts in a variety of languages, including scripts that are alphabetic, syllabic and ideographic. The current standards and techniques for multilingual texts will be introduced. Students will be introduced to and taught to evaluate the various electronic aids to translation, such as electronic dictionaries and translation memory systems. There will be an overview of machine translation and its limitations. There will be training in the use of online corpora and guidance in WWW searching in translation. Various ways of "adding value" to a translated text, such as the use of computer graphics, will also be introduced. Fifth-year students will be expected to demonstrate more mastery of the use of CAT tools and on-line corpora.

    Objectives

    On successful completion of this unit, students will:

    • have acquired experience in coping with various problems involved in creating and handling text in a multilingual environment;
    • be equipped to use and evaluate a number of electronic aids to translation which are available in the marketplace;
    • have had hands-on experience with translation memory systems;
    • be competent in searching the WWW for information to assist in translation;
    • be able to produce "value-added" translated texts through use of computer graphics, tables, etc.

    • Level 5 students will also be able to assess critically the efficacy and usefulness of the technology in the task.

    Assessment

    6 Text-handling/translation tasks (3600 words): 30%
    3 Presentations with accompanying reports (800 words each): 40%
    1 Final report (3000 words): 30%
    Fifth-year students will be expected to demonstrate more mastery of the use of machine-assisted translation and on-line corpora.

    Contact hours

    3 hours (1 x 3 hour seminar) per week

    Prerequisites

    TRN4040

    Prohibitions

    TRN4010


    TRN5020 - Directed reading in translation studies

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    As for TRN4020. Fifth-year students will also be required to investigate the more theoretically-orientated literature relating to Translation Studies.

    Objectives

    As for TRN4020 with the additional objective of reading more widely in the relevant theoretically orientated literature.

    Assessment

    Report on the industry placement module (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%
    Practical exercises (1500 words): 30%

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030


    TRN5030 - Introduction to interpreting and translation studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces students to the discipline of Interpreting and Translation Studies (ITS). The language of instruction will be English, the seminar will allow both formal lectures and practical workshops. The unit will cover the theoretical disciplines which inform the recently emerged interdisciplinary fields of ITS; the history of interpreting and translation, and ITS (comparative linguistics, pragmatic and semiotic approaches); various linguistic, cultural, social and other contextual factors involved in interpreting and translation work; the relevance of interpreting and translation theory to practice; the basic theoretical principles and terminology of interpreting and translation

    Objectives

    On completion of the subject, students will:

    1. Be able to identify and discuss significant historical developments in interpreting and translation studies,
    2. Have learnt a metalanguage for articulating different paradigms in interpreting and translation studies (structuralism, hermeneutics, semiotic, post-modernism, deconstruction),
    3. Have acquired the ability to recognize interpreting and translation studies as an 'inter-discipline',
    4. Be able to conceptualise and discuss ITS theoretical paradigms within historical and cultural frameworks;
    5. Have acquired the ability to relate translation theory to translation practice, and
    6. Be able to identify and discuss ethical, professional and contextual issues as they relate to ITS.
    Fifth year students will be able to discuss in depth at least two translation theoretical paradigms and their historical embeddedness, including the applicability of a predominantly Western theoretical framework to non-Western languages.

    Contact hours

    One 1-hour seminar, one 1-hour tutorial and one 2-hour seminar per week


    TRN5060 - Theoretical issues in interpreting translation studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit explores theoretical issues in research in Interpreting and Translation Studies. It addresses questions and areas such as: methodological principles for interpreting and translation research and for writing theory-related research papers, including an overview of research and research discussions and initiatives taking place in the field. Its specific focus is on: cultural issues which must be taken into consideration when translating, aspects of cultural competence (pragmatic and semiotic differences between cultures), and the related issue of equivalence. Ideal translator competence implies a sensitivity to and knowledge of cultural issues which impinge upon translation practice, including mode of discourse, tenor, and cultural-specific codes.

    Objectives

    On completion of this unit, students will be able to:

    1. develop independently a research project in Interpreting and Translation Studies;
    2. produce target texts with appropriate adherence to register, tone, genre, and cultural references;
    3. apply advanced methodological principles to translation research;
    4. apply culturally-sensitive strategies for solving problems of translation equivalence;
    5. conceptualise inductive and deductive approaches related to theory and practice of interpreting and translation studies.

    Assessment

    Written work: 50%
    Oral presentation: 20%
    Take home exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    4 hours (two-hour seminar per week plus web based work equiv. 2 hrs per week)

    Prerequisites

    TRN4040


    TRN5080 - Research project in translation/Interpreting studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research project consisting of a research paper (9,000- 10,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation/interpreting studies.

    Assessment

    Research paper (9,000 - 10,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Individual supervision

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 Introduction to translation studies or TRN4040 Translation: applications of theory


    TRN5090 - Dissertation in translation/Interpreting studies

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

    Assessment

    Research dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Individual supervision

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 Introduction to translation studies or

    TRN 4040 Translation: applications of theory


    TRN5090A - Dissertation in translation/interpreting studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

    Assessment

    Research Dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 Introduction to translation studies or
    TRN 4040 Translation: applications of theory


    TRN5090B - Dissertation in translation/interpreting studies

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research project consisting of a dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words) on an issue in translation/interpreting studies. The topic should be selected before enrolment in the unit.

    Objectives

    To complete an independent piece of research which demonstrates a contribution to the discipline of translation studies, and worthy of publication.

    Assessment

    Research Dissertation (15,000- 18,000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Individual supervision

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 Introduction to translation studies or
    TRN 4040 Translation: applications of theory


    TRN5100 - The business of translation and interpreting

    6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Heinz Kreutz

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The unit aims to introduce students to many practical issues relating to the profession of translation and interpreting, and expose them to a realistic translation and interpreting environment through an industry placement program. During their practicum students are expected to be integrated into the day-to-day translation and interpreting activities in a number of international companies based in metropolitan Melbourne. Students will have the opportunity to apply their specialist language skills as well as other professional skills (eg. Marketing, IT, Business Administration) in an industry environment. In addition, level 5 students will engage in client negotiation roleplays.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject, students will

    1. have gained an insight into the practical aspects of acting as a translation/interpreting worker in an industry environment (during the industry placement phase of the subject);

    1. have developed an understanding of the running of a small translation/interpreting business;

    1. have learned how to conceptualise and deal with legal and ethical issues pertaining to source and target texts.

    Level 5 students will also have formed a basic understanding of how to market their translation and interpreting expertise to potential clients.

    Assessment

    Report on the industry placement module (2000 words): 50%
    Exam (1 hour): 20%
    Practical exercises (1500 words): 30%

    Contact hours

    One x 1 hour lecture and One x 1 hour seminar per week

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030 and TRN4040

    Prohibitions

    TRN4100


    TRN5201 - Major translation project

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

    Prerequisites

    Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in TRN4030

    Co-requisites

    TRN4030 with permission of the coordinator

    Prohibitions

    On-campus


    TRN5201A - Major translation project part 1

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

    Prohibitions

    On-campus


    TRN5201B - Major translation project part 2

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project consists of an annotated translation of approximately 12-15,000 words, with a substantial critical introduction (written in English) of at least 3,000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres (e.g., scientific, medical, legal, technical, governmental) to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, in consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (15-18,000 words) : 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor should be scheduled

    Prerequisites

    Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in TRN4030

    Co-requisites

    Completion of, or with the permission of the coordinator, concurrent enrolment in TRN4030

    Prohibitions

    On-campus


    TRN5202 - Minor translation project

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Rita Wilson

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The project will be 7-9000 words in total, consisting of an annotated translation of approximately 5-7000 words, with a substantial critical introduction of at least 2000 words. For students intending to practice as professional translators, the project will consist of a series of set texts from a variety of genres, for eg., scientific, medical, legal, technical and governmental, to enable students to practice and develop their translation skills to a professional level. Students who wish to focus more on literary and/or cultural translation may choose to select one main text, to be selected upon consultation with the supervisor. Students will be expected to translate into their A language. The critical introduction is to be written in English.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of the project, students will i) have considerably developed their translation skills and their understanding of issues involved in the translation process, ii) be able to critically reflect on their own translation practises, and iii) be able to demonstrate their awareness of relevant methodologies, theoretical frameworks, and skills.

    Assessment

    Translation project (equivalent to 7000-9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    Regular meetings with supervisor.

    Prerequisites

    TRN4030, TRN4040

    Co-requisites

    TRN4030 with the permission of the coordinator

    Prohibitions

    TRN4201, TRN5201, TRN5202 (for TRN4202) and TRN4020 (for TRN5202)


    TRN5300 - Intermediate interpreting

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Helen Treble

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit follows on from the Semester 1 subject, TRN4200. In this unit, further theoretical studies are introduced along with practical applications. The topics to be covered for this interpreting exercise will have an emphasis on industry, business, politics, general contemporary affairs, education, medicine, tourism, government institutions etc. The development of skills and techniques needed for consecutive interpreting such as techniques of note-taking, sight translation, interpreting numbers, interview interpreting and speech interpreting of approximately 5 minutes will be undertaken. The practical applications in this unit also serve as preparation for further studies in TRN5400.

    Objectives

    At the completion of this subject, students should

    1. have gained theoretical knowledge of the various facets of interpreting and an insight into the practical aspects of acting as an interpreter in an industry/social environment ; 2. have developed the specific skills needed to provide consecutive interpreting of both dialogue and speech.
    2. be able to identify the implicit structural organization of an extemporaneous speech 4. be able to perceive essential meaning and have further developed note-taking techniques. 5. have mastered the necessary interpreting skills to deliver a clear, stylish and faithful presentation. 6. have expanded their active vocabulary to include the terms and idioms frequently used in extemporaneous speeches. 7. At the end of the course, students are able to interpret passages that are delivered at professional settings, are of moderate difficulty. 8. have formed a basic understanding of marketing their interpreting expertise to potential clients.

    Assessment

    Written work (including journal and class performance): 50%
    Oral and written exams: 50%

    Contact hours

    Four hours of workshops per week (2 hours per language direction) In addition, 20 hours per week will be spent in assigned interpreting tasks, including 10 hours of compulsory laboratory work.

    Prerequisites

    TRN4040, TRN4200

    Prohibitions

    TRN4300


    TRN5400 - Advanced interpreting

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Dr Helen Treble

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit follows on from the Semester 2 unit, TRN4300/5300. It is the final stage of a series of progressive training to students in the Master of Interpreting and Translation Studies who have achieved high competence in their LOTE and English. Topics to be covered for further training in interpreting will have a strong bias towards industry, social structure and working of bureaucracies, tourism, general contemporary affairs, business communication and others. Practice in formulaic language used in speeches and the acquisition of techniques to interpret public speeches will also form an important part of the unit. Further training in note-taking to enable students to interpret speeches of approximately 10 minutes will be undertaken. Interpreting practice in realistic situations such as simulations with guests, inviting guest speakers and using tapes of actual speeches will be arranged. It is a very intensive unit.

    Objectives

    Upon successful completion of this unit, students will
    1. have achieved a high level of competency to be able to provide LOTE-English / English-LOTE consecutive interpreting in general areas and some specialised areas; 2. have achieved an adequate level of competency to be able to provide LOTE-English simultaneous interpreting in general areas; 3. have achieved the knowledge and practical skills needed for professional-level interpreting; and 4. should achieve a comprehensive understanding of the interpreting profession.

    Assessment

    Written work and class performance: 40% (6000 words)
    2 x Exams: 60%
    award of points on student class participation/attendance

    Contact hours

    Four hours of workshops per week (2 hours per language direction). In addition, 20 hours per week will be spent in assigned interpreting tasks, including 10 hours of compulsory laboratory work.

    Prerequisites

    TRN4300


    VAM4000 - Research essay in visual culture

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    A research essay on a topic of the student's own choosing to be submitted at the end of the semester in which it is formally being undertaken. Students are advised to formulate their topic and plan of research as early as possible, and to maintain work on it throughout their fourth year.

    Assessment

    Written research essay of approximately 9000-10,000 words: 100%


    VAM4023 - Visual culture internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Anne Marsh

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Internships in cultural institutions providing first-hand experience of working in the culture industry while introducing the types of research customarily undertaken in such institutions. After several preliminary seminars held at Monash University, students will be assigned to an institution in which they will work for two days per week over a period of nine weeks, under the direction of the relevant director. Students will undertake a research project of specific relevance to the cultural institution.

    Assessment

    Catalogue exercise (1500 words)
    Research project (5500 words)
    Internship practical work (equivalent 2000 words)

    Contact hours

    2.5 hour seminar per week for 4 weeks, and 2 days per week during the 9 week period of internship


    VAM4030 - Themes in nineteenth-century Australian art

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Colonial art in relation to early settlement and the uses made of art in exploration and anthropology. The Heidelberg School and issues of contemporaneity, feminism and nationalism.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VAM4050 - Twentieth-century Australian modernism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the art and ideologies of modernism from federation to the 1960s. The different manifestations of modernism in Melbourne and Sydney. Special areas for attention include the identification of the contribution of Australian women, the influence of Aboriginal art and the iconography of the modern city, modernist photography and suburbia.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VAM4070 - Australian postmodernism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will move from the American context of The Field exhibition of 1968 to the 'pluralisms' of the 1970s: minimalism, performance art and feminism. The focus on the 1980s and 1990s will address some of the following: appropriation, nomadology, neo-expressionism, recent developments in abstraction, installation, gay art, angry women, theoretical issues and current architecture.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VAM4084 - The Culture and Imagery of Cities

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The nature and role of the image of the city from first settlement and the development of city architecture from late colonial to Federation. The formation of nineteenth and early twentieth-century Australian taste will be studied with reference to the foundation of the National Gallery of Victoria, significant private collections and the establishment of academies, schools of design and art societies, as well as gardens, cemeteries, and war memorials.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay: (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VAM5000 - Research essay in visual culture

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The topic is chosen after consultation with the coursework adviser with reference to designated topics within units. Students are assigned a supervisor according to their choice of topic. The essay may be undertaken in either first or second semester.

    Assessment

    Written (8000-10,000 words): 100%


    VAM5023 - Visual culture internship

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Anne Marsh

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    Internships in cultural institutions providing first-hand experience of working in the culture industry while introducing the types of research customarily undertaken in such institutions. After several preliminary seminars held at Monash University, students will be assigned to an institution in which they will work for two days per week over a period of nine weeks, under the direction of the relevant director. Students will undertake a research project of specific relevance to the cultural institution.

    Assessment

    Catalogue exercise (1500 words)
    Research project (5500 words)
    Internship practical work (equivalent 2000 words)

    Contact hours

    2.5 hour seminar per week for 4 weeks, and 2 days per week during the 9 week period of internship


    VAM5050 - Twentieth-century Australian modernism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): TBA

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    A study of the art and ideologies of modernism from federation to the 1960s. The different manifestations of modernism in Melbourne and Sydney. Special areas for attention include the identification of the contribution of Australian women, the influence of Aboriginal art and the iconography of the modern city, modernist photography and suburbia.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VAM5070 - Australian postmodernism

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    The unit will move from the American context of The Field exhibition of 1968 to the 'pluralisms' of the 1970s: minimalism, performance art and feminism. The focus on the 1980s and 1990s will address some of the following: appropriation, nomadology, neo-expressionism, recent developments in abstraction, installation, gay art, angry women, theoretical issues and current architecture.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    VAM5084 - Culture and Imagery of Cities

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Leigh Astbury

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    The nature and role of the image of the city from first settlement and the development of city architecture from late colonial to Federation. The formation of nineteenth and early twentieth-century Australian taste will be studied with reference to the foundation of the National Gallery of Victoria, significant private collections and the establishment of academies, schools of design and art societies, as well as gardens, cemeteries, and war memorials.

    Assessment

    First seminar paper (2500 words): 25%
    Second seminar paper (3000 words): 35%
    Research essay (3500 words): 40%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    WSM4005 - Research component (Dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words)

    24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    Students will be required to attend research methodology seminars, participate in research proposal seminars, engage in a significant research and reading program, and write a dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words on a topic of their own choosing, under the supervision of a member of academic staff.

    Assessment

    Written (15,000-18,000 words): 100%


    WSM4005A - Research component - Part 1 (Dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)


    WSM4005B - Research component - Part 2 (Dissertation of 15,000-18,000 words)

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Assessment

    Essay (2500 words): 50%
    Tutorial participation: 10%
    Examination (2 hours): 40%


    WSM4010 - Gender, sexuality, power

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadley interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Seminar presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    WMN4010, WSM5010


    WSM4020 - Feminist research

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Suzanne Fraser

    Offered

    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit prepares students to undertake extended research within the broad interdisciplinary area of feminist scholarship. It will pose a range of questions, such as: What is feminist epistemology? What makes research feminist? Are there specific feminist research methods? How, as researchers, do we deal with the ethical questions and political nature of feminist research? The unit explores differing practical modes of feminist research as students develop and document their own research projects.

    Assessment

    Written (9000 words): 100%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    WSM4041 - Gender issues

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will be offered as a directed reading course. Teaching staff will be determined in consultation with the Director and in response to the expressed interest of students.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class Participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    WSM4700 - Gender, globalisation and development: Research issues

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): A/Prof Denise Cuthbert

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit will have:

    1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;

    1. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;

    1. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;

    1. skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;

    1. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.

    Assessment

    Short exercise(2700 words): 30%
    Seminar presentation (equiv 1800 words): 20%
    Research paper (4500 words): 50%

    Students at level 4 and level 5 will be given different short exercises. Students at level 5 will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to develop a research paper of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    GND4030, WSM5700


    WSM5010 - Gender, sexuality, power

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): JaneMaree Maher

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit provides an introduction to basic terms, concepts and debates necessary for understanding the current state of contemporary theorising on gender issues. Designed to be broadley interdisciplinary in its concerns, it will examine such issues as the formation of knowledge, the construction of bodies, the shifting nature of femininity and masculinity and questions of sexual and cultural difference. These broad issues will be considered through close reading and discussion of selected works by theorists. Contemporary theoretical interventions will be examined with respect to the history of feminist movements worldwide and the impact of feminist thought on disciplinary knowledges.

    Assessment

    Written work: 70%
    2 hour Exam: 30%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    GND4010, WSM4010


    WSM5040 - Gender issues

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): Maryanne Dever

    Offered

    Clayton First semester 2009 (Day)
    Clayton Second semester 2009 (Day)

    Synopsis

    This unit will be offered as a directed reading course. Teaching staff will be determined in consultation with the Director and in response to the expressed interest of students.

    Assessment

    Written work: 80%
    Class participation/presentation: 20%

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week


    WSM5700 - Gender, globalisation and development: Research issues

    12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Leader(s): A/Prof Denise Cuthbert

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    Synopsis

    This unit introduces key feminist debates in the theory and practice of cross-cultural research and grounds those debates in the literature of globalization and gender and development. Issues examined include the power relations underlying and determining the research process; cultural biases inherent in the production of knowledge; ethical issues in cross-cultural research; negotiating racial, ethnic and cultural differences in research. Discussion will also cover the challenges posed to white Western feminism primarily by women of colour, Third World and indigenous women, and women from other non-Western groups.

    Objectives

    Students successfully completing this unit at level 5 will have:

    1. acquired a grounded, working knowledge of the major feminist debates and methodological literature in the field of cross-cultural research;

    1. an understanding of the gendered dimensions of debates concerning globalisation and development;

    1. a capacity for informed, theoretical critique of feminist research methodologies and other qualitative research methodologies;

    1. enhanced skills in the presentation of verbal and written analyses and arguments on issues pertaining to cross-cultural feminist research;

    1. familiarity with a range of research methodologies appropriate to feminist cross-cultural research.

    1. enhanced skills in developing and presenting of individual research assignments

    Assessment

    Short exercise (2700 words): 30%; Seminar presentation (equiv. 1800 words) 20%; Research paper (4500 words): 50%

    Students at level 4 and level 5 will be given different short exercises. Students at level 5 will be expected to demonstrate greater capacity for independent research and will be required to develop a research paper of a more conceptually challenging nature.

    Contact hours

    2 hours (1 x 2 hour seminar) per week

    Prohibitions

    GND4030/WSM4700


    WTR4001 - Project Management

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4002 - Science of water

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4003 - Water, sustainability and development

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4004 - Water governance and policy

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4100 - Catchment and aquatic ecosystem health

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4200 - Water and community development

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4300 - Water planning and economics

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR4400 - Water supply and sanitation

    6 points, SCA Band 2, 0.125 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR5000 - Specialisation project

    24 points, SCA Band 2, 0.500 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Australia (Other) First semester 2009 (Day)
    Australia (Other) Second semester 2009 (Day)


    WTR5000(A) - Integrated water management specialisation project Part A

    12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009


    WTR5000(B) - Integrated water management specialisation project Part B

    12 points, SCA Band 2, 0.250 EFTSL

    Postgraduate Faculty of Arts

    Offered

    Not offered in 2009

    [an error occurred while processing this directive]